WorldWideScience

Sample records for isotope switching system

  1. A fast switching electrostatic deflector system for actinide isotopic ratio measurements

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zorko, Benjamin; Child, D. P.; Hotchkis, M. A. C.

    2010-04-01

    We have implemented a fast switching electrostatic system on the actinides beamline on the ANTARES accelerator at ANSTO, to improve the precision of analyses by accelerator mass spectrometry. This high-energy bouncing system is based on a pair of deflector plates, deflecting in the orbit plane, set at the entrance and exit of the analysing magnet. The design of deflector plates is unique, and it was modelled by SIMION in order to minimize field inhomogenity and fringe field effects. The pair of deflector plates are supplied by a high-voltage amplifier driven by an EPICS-enabled control unit, with two 4 W power supplies providing up to ±10 kV modulation. The high-energy bouncing system is synchronized with the existing low-energy bouncing system. To measure the isotopic ratio with the new system, the magnetic fields of the injector and analysing magnets are set to transmit selected isotopes along the beam line with zero voltage applied. The other isotopes of interest are transmitted by keeping the magnetic fields constant and modulating the voltages on the injector magnet chamber and on the high-energy deflector plates.

  2. Saturated Switching Systems

    CERN Document Server

    Benzaouia, Abdellah

    2012-01-01

    Saturated Switching Systems treats the problem of actuator saturation, inherent in all dynamical systems by using two approaches: positive invariance in which the controller is designed to work within a region of non-saturating linear behaviour; and saturation technique which allows saturation but guarantees asymptotic stability. The results obtained are extended from the linear systems in which they were first developed to switching systems with uncertainties, 2D switching systems, switching systems with Markovian jumping and switching systems of the Takagi-Sugeno type. The text represents a thoroughly referenced distillation of results obtained in this field during the last decade. The selected tool for analysis and design of stabilizing controllers is based on multiple Lyapunov functions and linear matrix inequalities. All the results are illustrated with numerical examples and figures many of them being modelled using MATLAB®. Saturated Switching Systems will be of interest to academic researchers in con...

  3. Stabilizing Randomly Switched Systems

    CERN Document Server

    Chatterjee, Debasish

    2008-01-01

    This article is concerned with stability analysis and stabilization of randomly switched systems under a class of switching signals. The switching signal is modeled as a jump stochastic (not necessarily Markovian) process independent of the system state; it selects, at each instant of time, the active subsystem from a family of systems. Sufficient conditions for stochastic stability (almost sure, in the mean, and in probability) of the switched system are established when the subsystems do not possess control inputs, and not every subsystem is required to be stable. These conditions are employed to design stabilizing feedback controllers when the subsystems are affine in control. The analysis is carried out with the aid of multiple Lyapunov-like functions, and the analysis results together with universal formulae for feedback stabilization of nonlinear systems constitute our primary tools for control design

  4. Control synthesis of switched systems

    CERN Document Server

    Zhao, Xudong; Niu, Ben; Wu, Tingting

    2017-01-01

    This book offers its readers a detailed overview of the synthesis of switched systems, with a focus on switching stabilization and intelligent control. The problems investigated are not only previously unsolved theoretically but also of practical importance in many applications: voltage conversion, naval piloting and navigation and robotics, for example. The book considers general switched-system models and provides more efficient design methods to bring together theory and application more closely than was possible using classical methods. It also discusses several different classes of switched systems. For general switched linear systems and switched nonlinear systems comprising unstable subsystems, it introduces novel ideas such as invariant subspace theory and the time-scheduled Lyapunov function method of designing switching signals to stabilize the underlying systems. For some typical switched nonlinear systems affected by various complex dynamics, the book proposes novel design approaches based on inte...

  5. Design of two-layer switching rule for stabilization of switched linear systems with mismatched switching

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Dan MA

    2014-01-01

    A two-layer switching architecture and a two-layer switching rule for stabilization of switched linear control systems are proposed, under which the mismatched switching between switched systems and their candidate hybrid controllers can be allowed. In the low layer, a state-dependent switching rule with a dwell time constraint to exponentially stabilize switched linear systems is given;in the high layer, supervisory conditions on the mismatched switching frequency and the mismatched switching ratio are presented, under which the closed-loop switched system is still exponentially stable in case of the candidate controller switches delay with respect to the subsystems. Different from the traditional switching rule, the two-layer switching architecture and switching rule have robustness, which in some extend permit mismatched switching between switched subsystems and their candidate controllers.

  6. On stability of switched linear systems with perturbed switching paths

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2006-01-01

    This paper addresses the stability issue of switched linear systems with perturbed switching paths. First,by introducing thenotions of child-path and parent-path, we are able to define the distance between two switching paths by means of their switching matrices chains. Next, we present the nice properties of the defined distance. Then, a stability criterion is presented for a class of switched linear systems with perturbed switching paths. Finally, an illustrative example is presented to verify the effectiveness of the approach.

  7. STABILITY OF SWITCHED POLYNOMIAL SYSTEMS

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zhiqiang LI; Yupeng QIAO; Hongsheng QI; Daizhan CHENG

    2008-01-01

    This paper investigates the stability of (switched) polynomial systems. Using semi-tensor product of matrices, the paper develops two tools for testing the stability of a (switched) polynomial system. One is to convert a product of multi-variable polynomials into a canonical form, and the other is an easily verifiable sufficient condition to justify whether a multi-variable polynomial is positive definite. Using these two tools, the authors construct a polynomial function as a candidate Lyapunov function and via testing its derivative the authors provide some sufficient conditions for the global stability of polynomial systems.

  8. Quadratic stabilization of switched nonlinear systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    DONG YaLi; FAN JiaoJiao; MEI ShengWei

    2009-01-01

    In this paper, the problem of quadratic stabilization of multi-input multi-output switched nonlinear systems under an arbitrary switching law is investigated. When switched nonlinear systems have uniform normal form and the zero dynamics of uniform normal form is asymptotically stable under an arbitrary switching law, state feedbacks are designed and a common quadratic Lyapunov function of all the closed-loop subsystems is constructed to realize quadratic stabilizability of the class of switched nonlinear systems under an arbitrary switching law. The results of this paper are also applied to switched linear systems.

  9. A novel upgrade to Helsinki AMS: Fast switching of isotopes with electrostatic deflectors

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Palonen, V., E-mail: vesa.palonen@helsinki.fi; Tikkanen, P.

    2015-10-15

    We have developed and installed electrostatic deflectors at the injection magnet entrance and exit to enable fast switching between isotopes in AMS measurements. The fast selection of the injected isotope, stable isotope current measurements, and rare isotope detection are all performed with three synchronized real-time NI-PXI computers. With the improvements, we are able to attain a precision of better than 0.2% for the {sup 14}C/{sup 13}C ratio of modern samples.

  10. Critical dwell time of switched linear systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Lijun ZHANG; Chunwen LI

    2006-01-01

    In this paper, we consider the relation between the switching dwell time and the stabilization of switched linear control systems. First of all, a concept of critical dwell time is given for switched linear systems without control inputs, and the critical dwell time is taken as an arbitrary given positive constant for a switched linear control systems with controllable switching models. Secondly, when a switched linear system has many stabilizable switching models, the problem of stabilization of the overall system is considered. An on-line feedback control is designed such that the overall system is asymptotically stabilizable under switching laws which depend only on those of uncontrollable subsystems of the switching models. Finally, when a switched system is partially controllable (While some switching models are probably unstabilizable), an on-line feedback control and a cyclic switching strategy are designed such that the overall system is asymptotically stabilizable if all switching models of this uncontrollable subsystems are asymptotically stable. In addition,algorithms for designing switching laws and controls are presented.

  11. STABILITY OF A SWITCHED LINEAR SYSTEM

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    At-Tasneem Mohd Amin

    2012-12-01

    Full Text Available Hybrid systems are dynamic systems that arise out of the interaction of continuous state dynamics and discrete state dynamics. Switched systems, which are a type of hybrid system, have been given much attention by control systems research over the past decade. Problems with the controllability, observability, converseability and stabilizability of switched systems have always been discussed. In this paper, the trend in research regarding the stability of switched systems will be investigated. Then the variety of methods that have been discovered by researchers for stabilizing switched linear systems with arbitrary switching will be discussed in detail.

  12. Model Reduction of Switched Systems Based on Switching Generalized Gramians

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Shaker, Hamid Reza; Wisniewski, Rafal

    2012-01-01

    In this paper, a general method for model order reduction of discrete-time switched linear systems is presented. The proposed technique uses switching generalized gramians. It is shown that several classical reduction methods can be developed into the generalized gramian framework for the model r......-Galerkin projection is constructed instead of the similarity transform approach for reduction. It is proven that the proposed reduction framework preserves the stability of the original switched system. The performance of the method is illustrated by numerical examples....

  13. Robust Stability of Switched Systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Sloth, Christoffer; Wisniewski, Rafael

    2014-01-01

    This paper presents a linear programming-based method for finding Lyapunov functions of switched systems with polynomial vector fields and parametric uncertainties. We propose to utilize a certificate of positivity in the Bernstein basis to find a Lyapunov function. A certificate of positivity...... in the Bernstein basis always exists if a polynomial is positive, and the Bernstein basis is shown to be well conditioned....

  14. Switching in electrical transmission and distribution systems

    CERN Document Server

    Smeets, René; Kapetanovic, Mirsad; Peelo, David F; Janssen, Anton

    2014-01-01

    Switching in Electrical Transmission and Distribution Systems presents the issues and technological solutions associated with switching in power systems, from medium to ultra-high voltage. The book systematically discusses the electrical aspects of switching, details the way load and fault currents are interrupted, the impact of fault currents, and compares switching equipment in particular circuit-breakers. The authors also explain all examples of practical switching phenomena by examining real measurements from switching tests. Other highlights include: up to date commentary on new develo

  15. On stability of randomly switched nonlinear systems

    CERN Document Server

    Chatterjee, Debasish

    2007-01-01

    This article is concerned with stability analysis and stabilization of randomly switched nonlinear systems. These systems may be regarded as piecewise deterministic stochastic systems: the discrete switches are triggered by a stochastic process which is independent of the state of the system, and between two consecutive switching instants the dynamics are deterministic. Our results provide sufficient conditions for almost sure global asymptotic stability using Lyapunov-based methods when individual subsystems are stable and a certain ``slow switching'' condition holds. This slow switching condition takes the form of an asymptotic upper bound on the probability mass function of the number of switches that occur between the initial and current time instants. This condition is shown to hold for switching signals coming from the states of finite-dimensional continuous-time Markov chains; our results therefore hold for Markov jump systems in particular. For systems with control inputs we provide explicit control s...

  16. On formalism and stability of switched systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Leth, John-Josef; Wisniewski, Rafal

    2012-01-01

    In this paper, we formulate a uniform mathematical framework for studying switched systems with piecewise linear partitioned state space and state dependent switching. Based on known results from the theory of differential inclusions, we devise a Lyapunov stability theorem suitable for this class...... of switched systems. With this, we prove a Lyapunov stability theorem for piecewise linear switched systems by means of a concrete class of Lyapunov functions. Contrary to existing results on the subject, the stability theorems in this paper include Filippov (or relaxed) solutions and allow infinite switching...

  17. Description and verification of switched control systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    贺风华; 姚郁; 赵霞; 张猛

    2003-01-01

    A modeling framework has been constructed using the theory of hybrid control systems for the switched control systems (SCS) and it can be more effectively used to describe the behavior of the systems and to more easily realize the simulation of the closed loop SCS under the MATLAB environment. On the other hand, a hybrid automaton model is established to analyze and verify the switched control systems. The proposed method is illustrated by an example of switched inverted pendulum control system.

  18. Switching Systems: Active Mode Recognition, Identification of the Switching Law

    OpenAIRE

    Elom Ayih Domlan; José Ragot; Didier Maquin

    2007-01-01

    http://www.hindawi.com/journals/jcse/raa.50796.html; International audience; The problem of the estimation of the discrete state of a switching system is studied. The knowledge of the switching law is essential for this kind of system as it simplifies their manipulation for control purposes. This paper investigates the use of a model-based disgnosis method for the determination of the active mode at each timepoint based on the system input/output data. The issue of the parametric identificati...

  19. Observability conditions of switched linear singular systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Bin MENG; Jifeng ZHANG

    2007-01-01

    The observability problem of switched linear singular(SLS) systems is studied in this paper. Based on the observability definition, the unobservable subspaces of given switching laws are investigated under the condition that all subsystems are regular. A necessary condition and a sufficient condition for observability of SLS systems are given. It is shown that the observability and controllability are dual for some special SLS systems with circulatory switching laws. The method developed here is applicable to the observability analysis of normal switched linear systems.

  20. Bumpless switching control for switched systems with partial actuator failures

    Science.gov (United States)

    Qi, Yiwen; Bao, Wen; Zhang, Qingxin; Chang, Juntao

    2016-11-01

    This study is concerned with the bumpless transfer problem for switched systems with partial actuator failures, in order to obtain smooth system performance output transition. Taking into account that the system requires a controller switching from current sub-controller to a fault-tolerant sub-controller after actuator fault. And bumpless transfer for control input cannot be traditionally designed when the actuator fault occurs, while performance smoothing can be considered and it is actually the ultimate goal of bumpless transfer. Specifically, the actuator fault model is firstly established and partial actuator fault is considered. Then, the system performance output signal is deemed as the main design variable of bumpless transfer, and closed-loop control systems both previous and after controller switching are constructed. Moreover, by using model matching thought and the adaptive sliding mode control technique, a bumpless transfer compensator design strategy is given to drive the performance output variable (after controller switching) to track the one of reference model. At last, simulation results of numeric and application examples demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed bumpless transfer strategy.

  1. Switched Systems With Multiple Invariant Sets

    Science.gov (United States)

    2015-05-06

    Motor Control Mode Figure 1: Schematic of mode switching with non-equilibrium limit sets. with σ = 1. For a positive rate of convergence λ > 0, it...while utilizing steady-state control strategies for static balancing or tasks requiring fine motor control . Mode-switching also implicates a large...Switched Systems With Multiple Invariant SetsI Michael Dorothy, Soon-Jo Chung∗ Department of Aerospace Engineering, University of Illinois at Urbana

  2. Stabilization of Slowly Varying Switched Linear Systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    ZHANG Bing; LIANG Tong

    2012-01-01

    The stabilization problem of systems that switch among a finite set of slowly varying linear systems with arbitrary switching frequency is discussed.It is shown that if the entries of the pointwise stabilizing feedback gain matrix are continuously differentiable functions of the entries of the system coefficient matrices,then the closed-loop system is uniformly asymptotically stable if the rate of time variation of the system coefficient matrices is sufficiently small.

  3. Switched steerable multiple beam antenna system

    Science.gov (United States)

    Iwasaki, Richard S. (Inventor)

    1988-01-01

    A steerable multibeam five element cross-feed cluster antenna system is described. The feed power is divided into five branches. Each branch includes a switching network comprised of a plurality of time delay elements each individually controlled by a respective electromagnetic latching switch. Frequency independent individual two-dimensional beam steering at intermediate (IF) scanning frequencies is thereby provided wherein discrete incremental time delays are introduced by the switching networks into each branch and the signals recombined thereafter to form each beam. The electromagnetic latched switching reduces power consumption and permits higher power switching and reciprocal coincident tranmsit and receive operation. Frequency independence due to incremental time delay switching permits coincident reciprocal operation and steering for transmit-receive signal paths carrying different transmit-receive frequencies. Diagonal quarter wave plates in the waveguides alter polarization from the circular to orthogonal linear to provide transmitter-receiver isolation.

  4. Finite-time quantised feedback asynchronously switched control of sampled-data switched linear systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Ronghao; Xing, Jianchun; Li, Juelong; Xiang, Zhengrong

    2016-10-01

    This paper studies the problem of stabilising a sampled-data switched linear system by quantised feedback asynchronously switched controllers. The idea of a quantised feedback asynchronously switched control strategy originates in earlier work reflecting actual system characteristic of switching and quantising, respectively. A quantised scheme is designed depending on switching time using dynamic quantiser. When sampling time, system switching time and controller switching time are all not uniform, the proposed switching controllers guarantee the system to be finite-time stable by a piecewise Lyapunov function and the average dwell-time method. Simulation examples are provided to show the effectiveness of the developed results.

  5. Analysis of stable isotopes in fish mucus during a controlled diet switch

    Science.gov (United States)

    We have used a controlled diet switch in steelhead trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) at the Oregon Hatchery Research Center to study the time rates of changes in stable isotopes of carbon and nitrogen (13C and 15N) in epidermal mucus, a rapidly responding “tissue.” Because of the ra...

  6. Stable isotope analysis of fish mucus during a controlled diet switch

    Science.gov (United States)

    We have used a controlled diet switch in steelhead trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) at the Oregon Hatchery Research Center to study the time rates of changes in stable isotopes of carbon and nitrogen (13C and 15N) in epidermal mucus, a rapidly responding “tissue.” Because of the ra...

  7. Stabilization and tracking for switching linear systems under unknown switching sequences

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Baglietto, M.; Battistelli, G.; Tesi, P.

    2013-01-01

    This paper describes recent progress in the study of switching linear systems i.e. linear systems whose dynamics can switch among a family of possible configurations/modes. The attention is focused on those classes of switching systems governed by unknown switching sequences. For this case, we addre

  8. Fault tolerant control for switched linear systems

    CERN Document Server

    Du, Dongsheng; Shi, Peng

    2015-01-01

    This book presents up-to-date research and novel methodologies on fault diagnosis and fault tolerant control for switched linear systems. It provides a unified yet neat framework of filtering, fault detection, fault diagnosis and fault tolerant control of switched systems. It can therefore serve as a useful textbook for senior and/or graduate students who are interested in knowing the state-of-the-art of filtering, fault detection, fault diagnosis and fault tolerant control areas, as well as recent advances in switched linear systems.  

  9. On the stabilization of switched linear stochastic systems with unobservable switching laws

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2006-01-01

    This paper is concerned with the stabilization problem of switched linear stochastic systems with unobservable switching laws. In this paper the system switches among a finite family of linear stochastic systems. Since there are noise perturbations, the switching laws can not be identified in any finite time horizon. We prove that if each individual subsystem is controllable and the switching duration uniformly has a strict positive lower bound, then the system can be stabilized by using a controller that uses online state estimation.

  10. Stabilization of switched linear systems with bounded disturbances and unobservable switchings

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2007-01-01

    This paper studies the stabilization problem of switched linear systems with bounded disturbances. It is assumed that the system switches among an infinite set of uniformly controllable linear systems, and that the switching signals are not observable, but the switching duration has a lower bound. It will be shown that by combining on-line adaptive estimation and control in the controller design, a feedback control law can be constructed which makes the switched linear system globally stable.

  11. Stabilization of a class of switched nonlinear systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2006-01-01

    The stabilization of a class of switched nonlinear systems is investigated in the paper. The systems concerned are of (generalized) switched Byrnes-Isidori canonical form, which has all switched models in (generalized) ByrnesIsidori canonical form. First, a stability result of switched systems is obtained. Then it is used to solve the stabilization problem of the switched nonlinear control systems. In addition, necessary and sufficient conditions are obtained for a switched affine nonlinear system to be feedback equivalent to (generalized) switched Byrnes-Isidori canonical systems are presented.Finally, as an application the stability of switched lorenz systems is investigated.

  12. ADAPTIVE GENERALIZED PREDICTIVE CONTROL OF SWITCHED SYSTEMS

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    WANG Yi-jing; WANG Long

    2005-01-01

    The problem of adaptive generalized predictive control which consists of output prediction errors for a class of switched systems is studied. The switching law is determined by the output predictive errors of a finite number of subsystems. For the single subsystem and multiple subsystems cases, it is proved that the given direct algorithm of generalized predictive control guarantees the global convergence of the system. This algorithm overcomes the inherent drawbacks of the slow convergence and large transient errors for the conventional adaptive control.

  13. Quantification of isotopic turnover in agricultural systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Braun, A.; Auerswald, K.; Schnyder, H.

    2012-04-01

    The isotopic turnover, which is a proxy for the metabolic rate, is gaining scientific importance. It is quantified for an increasing range of organisms, from microorganisms over plants to animals including agricultural livestock. Additionally, the isotopic turnover is analyzed on different scales, from organs to organisms to ecosystems and even to the biosphere. In particular, the quantification of the isotopic turnover of specific tissues within the same organism, e.g. organs like liver and muscle and products like milk and faeces, has brought new insights to improve understanding of nutrient cycles and fluxes, respectively. Thus, the knowledge of isotopic turnover is important in many areas, including physiology, e.g. milk synthesis, ecology, e.g. soil retention time of water, and medical science, e.g. cancer diagnosis. So far, the isotopic turnover is quantified by applying time, cost and expertise intensive tracer experiments. Usually, this comprises two isotopic equilibration periods. A first equilibration period with a constant isotopic input signal is followed by a second equilibration period with a distinct constant isotopic input signal. This yields a smooth signal change from the first to the second signal in the object under consideration. This approach reveals at least three major problems. (i) The input signals must be controlled isotopically, which is almost impossible in many realistic cases like free ranging animals. (ii) Both equilibration periods may be very long, especially when the turnover rate of the object under consideration is very slow, which aggravates the first problem. (iii) The detection of small or slow pools is improved by large isotopic signal changes, but large isotopic changes also involve a considerable change in the input material; e.g. animal studies are usually carried out as diet-switch experiments, where the diet is switched between C3 and C4 plants, since C3 and C4 plants differ strongly in their isotopic signal. The

  14. SWITCHING CONTROL:FROM SIMPLE RULES TO COMPLEX CHAOTIC SYSTEMS

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    L(U) Jinhu

    2003-01-01

    This paper reviews and introduces some simple switching piecewise-linear controllers, which can generate complex chaotic behaviors from simple switching systems. The mechanism of simple switching rules creating complex chaotic behaviors is further investigated.

  15. Modeling and control of switching max-plus-linear systems with random and deterministic switching

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Van den Boom, T.J.J.; De Schutter, B.

    2012-01-01

    Switching max-plus-linear (SMPL) systems are discrete-event systems that can switch between different modes of operation. In each mode the system is described by a max-plus-linear state equation and a max-plus-linear output equation, with different system matrices for each mode. The switching may

  16. Modeling and control of switching max-plus-linear systems with random and deterministic switching

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Van den Boom, T.J.J.; De Schutter, B.

    2012-01-01

    Switching max-plus-linear (SMPL) systems are discrete-event systems that can switch between different modes of operation. In each mode the system is described by a max-plus-linear state equation and a max-plus-linear output equation, with different system matrices for each mode. The switching may de

  17. Micro electro mechanical system optical switching

    Science.gov (United States)

    Thorson, Kevin J; Stevens, Rick C; Kryzak, Charles J; Leininger, Brian S; Kornrumpf, William P; Forman, Glenn A; Iannotti, Joseph A; Spahn, Olga B; Cowan, William D; Dagel, Daryl J

    2013-12-17

    The present disclosure includes apparatus, system, and method embodiments that provide micro electo mechanical system optical switching and methods of manufacturing switches. For example, one optical switch embodiment includes at least one micro electro mechanical system type pivot mirror structure disposed along a path of an optical signal, the structure having a mirror and an actuator, and the mirror having a pivot axis along a first edge and having a second edge rotatable with respect to the pivot axis, the mirror being capable of and arranged to be actuated to pivot betweeen a position parallel to a plane of an optical signal and a position substantially normal to the plane of the optical signal.

  18. Micro electro mechanical system optical switching

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Thorson, Kevin J; Stevens, Rick C; Kryzak, Charles J; Leininger, Brian S; Kornrumpf, William P; Forman, Glenn A; Iannotti, Joseph A; Spahn, Olga B; Cowan, William D; Dagel, Daryl J

    2013-12-17

    The present disclosure includes apparatus, system, and method embodiments that provide micro electo mechanical system optical switching and methods of manufacturing switches. For example, one optical switch embodiment includes at least one micro electro mechanical system type pivot mirror structure disposed along a path of an optical signal, the structure having a mirror and an actuator, and the mirror having a pivot axis along a first edge and having a second edge rotatable with respect to the pivot axis, the mirror being capable of and arranged to be actuated to pivot betweeen a position parallel to a plane of an optical signal and a position substantially normal to the plane of the optical signal.

  19. Balanced truncation for linear switched systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Petreczky, Mihaly; Wisniewski, Rafal; Leth, John-Josef

    2013-01-01

    in this paper, we provide a bound on the approximation error in the L2L2 norm for continuous-time and the l2l2 norm for discrete-time linear switched systems. We provide a system theoretic interpretation of grammians and their singular values. Furthermore, we show that the performance of balanced truncation...

  20. Balanced truncation for linear switched systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Petreczky, Mihaly; Wisniewski, Rafal; Leth, John-Josef

    2013-01-01

    in this paper, we provide a bound on the approximation error in the L2L2 norm for continuous-time and the l2l2 norm for discrete-time linear switched systems. We provide a system theoretic interpretation of grammians and their singular values. Furthermore, we show that the performance of balanced truncation...

  1. Stability of Fractional Order Switching Systems

    CERN Document Server

    HosseinNia, S Hassan; Vinagre, Blas M

    2012-01-01

    This paper addresses the stabilization issue for fractional order switching systems. Common Lyapunov method is generalized for fractional order systems and frequency domain stability equivalent to this method is proposed to prove the quadratic stability. Some examples are given to show the applicability and effectiveness of the proposed theory.

  2. Ecological forensics : Using single point stable isotope values to infer seasonal schedules of animals after two diet switches

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Jouta, Jeltje; Dietz, Maurine W.; Reneerkens, Jeroen; Piersma, Theunis; Rakhimberdiev, Eldar; Hallgrímsson, Gunnar T.; Pen, Ido

    2016-01-01

    Animals adjust to seasonal challenges in physical, behavioural and spatial ways. Such adjustments are commonly associated with diet changes that often can be characterised isotopically. We introduce the 'double diet switch model', with which the occurrence and timing of two subsequent diet switches

  3. State-dependent switching control of switched positive fractional-order systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhao, Xudong; Yin, Yunfei; Zheng, Xiaolong

    2016-05-01

    In this paper, the problem of switching stabilization for a class of continuous-time switched positive fractional-order systems is studied by using state-dependent switching. First, the asymptotic stability condition of switched positive fractional-order systems with state-dependent switching is given, which is based on the fractional co-positive Lyapunov method. Moreover, by the sliding sector method, the stability condition of switched positive fractional-order systems whose subsystems are possibly all unstable is obtained. A variable structure (VS) switching law with sliding sector is also proposed to guarantee the switched positive fractional-order system to be asymptotically stable. Finally, two numerical examples are given to demonstrate the advantages and effectiveness of our developed results.

  4. Multiuser hybrid switched-selection diversity systems

    KAUST Repository

    Shaqfeh, Mohammad

    2011-09-01

    A new multiuser scheduling scheme is proposed and analyzed in this paper. The proposed system combines features of conventional full-feedback selection-based diversity systems and reduced-feedback switch-based diversity systems. The new hybrid system provides flexibility in trading-off the channel information feedback overhead with the prospected multiuser diversity gains. The users are clustered into groups, and the users\\' groups are ordered into a sequence. Per-group feedback thresholds are used and optimized to maximize the system overall achievable rate. The proposed hybrid system applies switched diversity criterion to choose one of the groups, and a selection criterion to decide the user to be scheduled from the chosen group. Numerical results demonstrate that the system capacity increases as the number of users per group increases, but at the cost of more required feedback messages. © 2011 IEEE.

  5. Disturbance Decoupling of Switched Linear Systems

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Yurtseven, E.; Heemels, W.P.M.H.; Camlibel, M.K.

    2010-01-01

    In this paper we consider disturbance decoupling problems for switched linear systems. We will provide necessary and sufficient conditions for three different versions of disturbance decoupling, which differ based on which signals are considered to be the disturbance. In the first version the contin

  6. KIPS kilowatt isotope power system

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    1977-01-01

    This Control System topical report covers basic control requirements, selection of control system and a recent review of an electromechanical approach to the flow control valve. Section I covers the basic control requirements for Organic Rankine cycle systems, particular requirements for an isotope fueled space power system, and special requirements imposed by launch, Shuttle deployment and spacecraft requirements. Various control devices which can be used to meet system requirements are discussed. In Section II, various combinations of control functions and devices are presented with comments as to the suitability of each for the intended application. This is essentially a review of the selection process used to pick the present KIPS control system. The formal trade-off matrix, component description, and system selection, as prepared for Design Reviews 2 and 3, is included as Appendix A to the report. Section 3 covers the recently completed design of an electronic-electromechanical flow control valve and compares this approach to the thermal bulb-hydro-mechanical flow control valve baseline. The results of this comparative study indicate that the present configuration is preferable to an electrical valve.

  7. Optimization of multi-branch switched diversity systems

    KAUST Repository

    Nam, Haewoon

    2009-10-01

    A performance optimization based on the optimal switching threshold(s) for a multi-branch switched diversity system is discussed in this paper. For the conventional multi-branch switched diversity system with a single switching threshold, the optimal switching threshold is a function of both the average channel SNR and the number of diversity branches, where computing the optimal switching threshold is not a simple task when the number of diversity branches is high. The newly proposed multi-branch switched diversity system is based on a sequence of switching thresholds, instead of a single switching threshold, where a different diversity branch uses a different switching threshold for signal comparison. Thanks to the fact that each switching threshold in the sequence can be optimized only based on the number of the remaining diversity branches, the proposed system makes it easy to find these switching thresholds. Furthermore, some selected numerical and simulation results show that the proposed switched diversity system with the sequence of optimal switching thresholds outperforms the conventional system with the single optimal switching threshold. © 2009 IEEE.

  8. A switched system approach to stabilization f networked control systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2006-01-01

    A switched system approach is proposed to model networked control systems (NCSs) with communication constraints. This enables us to apply the rich theory of switched systems to analyzing such NCSs. Sufficient conditions are presented on the stabilization of NCSs. Stabilizing state/output feedback controllers can be constructed by using the feasible solutions of some linear matrix inequalities (LMIs). The merit of our proposed approach is that the behavior of the NCSs can be studied by considering switched system without augmenting the system. A simulation example is worked out to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed approach.

  9. Switched Systems and Motion Coordination: Combinatorial Challenges

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sadovsky, Alexander V.

    2016-01-01

    Problems of routing commercial air traffic in a terminal airspace encounter different constraints: separation assurance, aircraft performance limitations, regulations. The general setting of these problems is that of a switched control system. Such a system combines the differentiable motion of the aircraft with the combinatorial choices of choosing precedence when traffic routes merge and choosing branches when the routes diverge. This presentation gives an overview of the problem, the ATM context, related literature, and directions for future research.

  10. Design of switched controllers for discrete singular bilinear systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Xiuhua ZHANG; Qingling ZHANG

    2007-01-01

    In this paper, switched controllers are designed for a class of nonlinear discrete singular systems and a class of discrete singular bilinear systems. An invariant principle is presented for such switched nonlinear singular systems.The invariant principle and the switched controllers are used to globally stabilize a class of singular bilinear systems that are not open-loop stable.

  11. Robust dynamic output feedback control for switched polytopic systems under asynchronous switching

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yang Tingting

    2015-08-01

    Full Text Available The robust controller design problem for switched polytopic systems under asynchronous switching is addressed. These systems exist in many aviation applications, such as dynamical systems involving rapid variations. A switched polytopic system is established to describe the highly maneuverable technology vehicle within the full flight envelope and a robust dynamic output feedback control method is designed for the switched polytopic system. Combining the Lyapunov-like function method and the average dwell time method, a sufficient condition is derived for the switched polytopic system with asynchronous switching and data dropout to be globally, uniformly and asymptotically stable in terms of linear matrix inequality. The robust dynamic output feedback controller is then applied to the highly maneuverable technology vehicle to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed approach. The simulation results show that the angle of attack tracking performance is acceptable over the time history and the control surface responses are all satisfying along the full flight trajectory.

  12. On Stabilization and Tracking for Switching Linear Systems

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Baglietto, Marco; Battistelli, Giorgio; Tesi, Pietro

    2012-01-01

    This paper describes recent progress in the study of switching linear systems, i.e. linear systems that can be modeled as a family of subsystems connected by switching between a number of discrete modes. We address the problem of stabilization and tracking for switching linear systems in case where

  13. Stability Analysis for Class of Switched Nonlinear Systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Shaker, Hamid Reza; How, Jonathan P.

    2010-01-01

    Stability analysis for a class of switched nonlinear systems is addressed in this paper. Two linear matrix inequality (LMI) based sufficient conditions for asymptotic stability are proposed for switched nonlinear systems. These conditions are analogous counterparts for switched linear systems which...

  14. Robust control for a class of uncertain switched fuzzy systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Hong YANG; Jun ZHAO

    2007-01-01

    A model of uncertain switched fuzzy systems whose subsystems are uncertain fuzzy systems is presented.Robust controllers for a class of switched fuzzy systems are designed by using the Lyapunov function method. Stability conditions for global asymptotic stability are developed and a switching strategy is proposed. An example shows the effectiveness of the method.

  15. Noise Induced Switching in Delayed Systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-04-27

    Hamiltonian . In many cases, as in general descriptions of finite population interactions [38], it is not possible to use the Lagrangian approach. In the general...the Hamiltonian or Lagrangian formulation will work to describe the trajectory of the switching optimal path. For additive noise, the second order...When considering dynamical systems with isolated feedback mechanisms or coupling devices to connect a network, there always exists a finite time for the

  16. Stability conditions of complex switched systems with unstable subsystems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    肖扬

    2004-01-01

    New stability conditions for complex switched systems are presented. We propose the concepts of attractive region and semi-attractive region, which are used as a tool for analyzing the stability of switched systems with unstable subsystems. Based on attractive region the sufficient conditions with less conservative for stability of switched systems have been established, there is no limitation for all members of the system set to be stable. Since our results have considered and utilized the decreasing span of oscillating solutions of the switched systems, they are more practical than the other presented ones of stability of switched systems, and need not resort to multiple Lyapunov functions.

  17. Tracking Control for Switched Cascade Nonlinear Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xiaoxiao Dong

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available The issue of H∞ output tracking for switched cascade nonlinear systems is discussed in this paper, where not all the linear parts of subsystems are stabilizable. The conditions of the solvability for the issue are given by virtue of the structural characteristics of the systems and the average dwell time method, in which the total activation time for stabilizable subsystems is longer than that for the unstabilizable subsystems. At last, a simulation example is used to demonstrate the validity and advantages of the proposed approach.

  18. Towards ISS disturbance attenuation for randomly switched systems

    CERN Document Server

    Chatterjee, Debasish

    2007-01-01

    We are concerned with input-to-state stability (ISS) of randomly switched systems. We provide preliminary results dealing with sufficient conditions for stochastic versions of ISS for randomly switched systems without control inputs, and with the aid of universal formulae we design controllers for ISS-disturbance attenuation when control inputs are present. Two types of switching signals are considered: the first is characterized by a statistically slow-switching condition, and the second by a class of semi-Markov processes.

  19. Isotope hydrology of catchment basins: lithogenic and cosmogenic isotopic systems

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Nimz, G. J., LLNL

    1998-06-01

    A variety of physical processes affect solute concentrations within catchment waters. The isotopic compositions of the solutes can indicate which processes have determined the observed concentrations. These processes together constitute the physical history of the water. Many solutes in natural waters are derived from the interaction between the water and the rock and/or soil within the system - these are termed `lithogenic` solutes. The isotopic compositions of these solutes provide information regarding rock-water interactions. Many other solutes have their isotopic compositions determined both within and outside of the catchment - i.e., in addition to being derived from catchment rock and soil, they are solutes that are also transported into the catchment. Important members of this group include solutes that have isotopic compositions produced by atomic particle interactions with other nuclides. The source of the atomic particles can be cosmic radiation (producing `cosmogenic` nuclides in the atmosphere and land surface), anthropogenic nuclear reactions (producing `thermonuclear` nuclides), or radioactive and fission decay of naturally-occurring elements, principally {sup 238}U (producing `in-situ` lithogenic nuclides in the deep subsurface). Current language usage often combines all of the atomic particle-produced nuclides under the heading `cosmogenic nuclides`, and for simplicity we will often follow that usage here, although always indicating which variety is being discussed. This paper addresses the processes that affect the lithogenic and cosmogenic solute concentrations in catchment waters, and how the isotopic compositions of the solutes can be used in integrative ways to identify these processes, thereby revealing the physical history of the water within a catchment system. The concept of a `system` is important in catchment hydrology. A catchment is the smallest landscape unit that can both participate in all of the aspects of the hydrologic cycle and

  20. Stability of simultaneously triangularizable switched systems on hybrid domains

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Geoffrey Eisenbarth

    2014-03-01

    Full Text Available In this paper, we extend the results of [8, 15, 22], which provide sufficient conditions for the global exponential stability of switched systems under arbitrary switching via the existence of a common quadratic Lyapunov function. In particular, we extend the Lie algebraic results in [15] to switched systems with hybrid non-uniform discrete and continuous domains, a direct unifying generalization of switched systems on R and Z, and extend the results in [8, 22] to a larger class of switched systems, namely those whose subsystem matrices are simultaneously triangularizable. In addition, we explore an easily checkable characterization of our required hypotheses for the theorems. Finally, conditions are provided under which there exists a stabilizing switching pattern for a collection of (not necessarily stable linear systems that are simultaneously triangularizable and separate criteria are formed which imply the stability of the system under a given switching pattern given a priori.

  1. Switching Control System Based on Robust Model Reference Adaptive Control

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    HU Qiong; FEI Qing; MA Hongbin; WU Qinghe; GENG Qingbo

    2016-01-01

    For conventional adaptive control,time-varying parametric uncertainty and unmodeled dynamics are ticklish problems,which will lead to undesirable performance or even instability and nonrobust behavior,respectively.In this study,a class of discrete-time switched systems with unmodeled dynamics is taken into consideration.Moreover,nonlinear systems are here supposed to be approximated with the class of switched systems considered in this paper,and thereby switching control design is investigated for both switched systems and nonlinear systems to assure stability and performance.For robustness against unmodeled dynamics and uncertainty,robust model reference aclaptive control (RMRAC) law is developed as the basis of controller design for each individual subsystem in the switched systems or nonlinear systems.Meanwhile,two different switching laws are presented for switched systems and nonlinear systems,respectively.Thereby,the authors incorporate the corresponding switching law into the RMRAC law to construct two schemes of switching control respectively for the two kinds of controlled systems.Both closed-loop analyses and simulation examples are provided to illustrate the validity of the two proposed switching control schemes.Furthermore,as to the proposed scheme for nonlinear systems,its potential for practical application is demonstrated through simulations of longitudinal control for F-16 aircraft.

  2. Robust controller for a class of uncertain switched fuzzy systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    YANG Hong; ZHAO Jun

    2007-01-01

    A robustness control of uncertain switched fuzzy systems is presented.Using the switching technique and the Lyapunov function method,a continuous state feedback controller is built to ensure that for all allowable uncertainties the relevant closed-loop system is asymptotically stable.Furthermore,a switching strategy that achieves system global asymptotic stability of the uncertain switched fuzzy system is given.In this model,each subsystem of the switched system is an uncertain fuzzy system,and a common parallel distributed compensation controller is presented.The main condition is given in the form of convex combinations which are more solvable.This method transforms a certain switched system and has strong robustness for various system parameters.Simulations show the feasibility and the effectiveness of this method.

  3. H-infinity control for switched and impulsive singular systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Yujuan YIN; Jun ZHAO; Yuzhong LIU

    2008-01-01

    A new model of dynamical systems is proposed which consists of singular systems with impulsive effects, i.e., switched and impulsive singular systems (SISS). By using the switched Lyapunov functions method, a sufficient condition for the solvability of the H-infinity control problem for SISSs is given which generalizes the H-infinity control theory for singular systems to switched singular systems with impulsive effects. Then the sufficient condition of solvablity of the H-infinity control problem is presented in terms of linear matrix inequalities. Finally, the effectiveness of the developed approach for switched and impulsive singular systems is illustrated by a numerical example.

  4. A notion of passivity for switched systems with state-dependent switching

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2006-01-01

    A passivity concept for switched systems with state-dependent switching is presented. Each subsystem has a storage function to describe the "energy" stored in the subsystem. The passivity property of a switched system is given in terms of multiple Storage functions. Each storage function is allowed to grow on the "switched on" time sequence but the total growth is bounded by a certain function. Stability is inferred from passivity and asymptotic stability is achieved under further assumptions of a detectivity property of a local form and boundedness of the total change of some storage function on its inactive intervals. A state-dependent switching law that renders the system passive is also designed.

  5. Single Switched Capacitor Battery Balancing System Enhancements

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Joeri van Mierlo

    2013-04-01

    Full Text Available Battery management systems (BMS are a key element in electric vehicle energy storage systems. The BMS performs several functions concerning to the battery system, its key task being balancing the battery cells. Battery cell unbalancing hampers electric vehicles’ performance, with differing individual cell voltages decreasing the battery pack capacity and cell lifetime, leading to the eventual failure of the total battery system. Quite a lot of cell balancing topologies have been proposed, such as shunt resistor, shuttling capacitor, inductor/transformer based and DC energy converters. The shuttling capacitor balancing systems in particular have not been subject to much research efforts however, due to their perceived low balancing speed and high cost. This paper tries to fill this gap by briefly discussing the shuttling capacitor cell balancing topologies, focusing on the single switched capacitor (SSC cell balancing and proposing a novel procedure to improve the SSC balancing system performance. This leads to a new control strategy for the SSC system that can decrease the balancing system size, cost, balancing time and that can improve the SSC balancing system efficiency.

  6. Magnetically switched power supply system for lasers

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pacala, Thomas J. (Inventor)

    1987-01-01

    A laser power supply system is described in which separate pulses are utilized to avalanche ionize the gas within the laser and then produce a sustained discharge to cause the gas to emit light energy. A pulsed voltage source is used to charge a storage device such as a distributed capacitance. A transmission line or other suitable electrical conductor connects the storage device to the laser. A saturable inductor switch is coupled in the transmission line for containing the energy within the storage device until the voltage level across the storage device reaches a predetermined level, which level is less than that required to avalanche ionize the gas. An avalanche ionization pulse generating circuit is coupled to the laser for generating a high voltage pulse of sufficient amplitude to avalanche ionize the laser gas. Once the laser gas is avalanche ionized, the energy within the storage device is discharged through the saturable inductor switch into the laser to provide the sustained discharge. The avalanche ionization generating circuit may include a separate voltage source which is connected across the laser or may be in the form of a voltage multiplier circuit connected between the storage device and the laser.

  7. Colored Noise Induced Bistable Switch in the Genetic Toggle Switch Systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Pei; Lü, Jinhu; Yu, Xinghuo

    2015-01-01

    Noise can induce various dynamical behaviors in nonlinear systems. White noise perturbed systems have been extensively investigated during the last decades. In gene networks, experimentally observed extrinsic noise is colored. As an attempt, we investigate the genetic toggle switch systems perturbed by colored extrinsic noise and with kinetic parameters. Compared with white noise perturbed systems, we show there also exists optimal colored noise strength to induce the best stochastic switch behaviors in the single toggle switch, and the best synchronized switching in the networked systems, which demonstrate that noise-induced optimal switch behaviors are widely in existence. Moreover, under a wide range of system parameter regions, we find there exist wider ranges of white and colored noises strengths to induce good switch and synchronization behaviors, respectively; therefore, white noise is beneficial for switch and colored noise is beneficial for population synchronization. Our observations are very robust to extrinsic stimulus strength, cell density, and diffusion rate. Finally, based on the Waddington's epigenetic landscape and the Wiener-Khintchine theorem, physical mechanisms underlying the observations are interpreted. Our investigations can provide guidelines for experimental design, and have potential clinical implications in gene therapy and synthetic biology.

  8. Isotope engineering of carbon nanotube systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Simon, F; Kramberger, Ch; Pfeiffer, R; Kuzmany, H; Zólyomi, V; Kürti, J; Singer, P M; Alloul, H

    2005-07-01

    The synthesis of a unique isotope engineered system, double-wall carbon nanotubes with natural carbon outer and highly 13C enriched inner walls, is reported from isotope enriched fullerenes encapsulated in single-wall carbon nanotubes (SWCNTs). The material allows the observation of the D line of the highly defect-free inner tubes that can be related to a curvature induced enhancement of the electron-phonon coupling. Ab initio calculations explain the inhomogeneous broadening of inner tube Raman modes due to the distribution of different isotopes. Nuclear magnetic resonance shows a significant contrast of the isotope enriched inner SWCNTs compared to other carbon phases and provides a macroscopic measure of the inner tube mass content. The high curvature of the small diameter inner tubes manifests in an increased distribution of the chemical shift tensor components.

  9. Development of multiple laser frequency control system for Ca{sup +} isotope ion cooling

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Jung, Kyunghun, E-mail: jung@lyman.q.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp [The University of Tokyo, Nuclear Professional School (Japan); Yamamoto, Yuta, E-mail: yamamoto@lyman.q.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp [The University of Tokyo, Department of Nuclear Engineering and Management (Japan); Hasegawa, Shuichi, E-mail: hasegawa@tokai.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp [The University of Tokyo, Nuclear Professional School (Japan)

    2015-11-15

    We here developed and evaluated a laser frequency control system which synchronizes the laser frequency to the resonance of target Ca {sup +} isotope ion whose having more than 8 GHz of isotope shift based on the Fringe Offset Lock method for simple operation of ICPMS-ILECS (Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometry - Ion trap Laser Cooling Spectroscopy) The system fulfilled the minimum requirements of four slave lasers stability for Doppler cooling of Ca {sup +} ions. A performance of the system was evaluated by cooling {sup 40}Ca {sup +} ions with the stabilized slave lasers. All the stable even Ca {sup +} isotope ions were trapped and their fluorescence was observed by switching laser frequencies using the system. An odd calcium isotope {sup 43}Ca {sup +}cooling was also succeeded by the control system.

  10. Reachability analysis of switched linear discrete singular systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2006-01-01

    This paper studies the reachability problem of the switched linear discrete singular (SLDS) systems. Under the condition that all subsystems are regular, the reachability of the SLDS systems is characterized based on a peculiar repeatedly introduced switching sequence. The necessary and sufficient conditions are obtained for the reachability of the SLDS systems.

  11. Model Reduction of Linear Switched Systems by Restricting Discrete Dynamics

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Bastug, Mert; Petreczky, Mihaly; Wisniewski, Rafal

    2014-01-01

    We present a procedure for reducing the number of continuous states of discrete-time linear switched systems, such that the reduced system has the same behavior as the original system for a subset of switching sequences. The proposed method is expected to be useful for abstraction based control s...

  12. High-Speed Computer-Controlled Switch-Matrix System

    Science.gov (United States)

    Spisz, E.; Cory, B.; Ho, P.; Hoffman, M.

    1985-01-01

    High-speed computer-controlled switch-matrix system developed for communication satellites. Satellite system controlled by onboard computer and all message-routing functions between uplink and downlink beams handled by newly developed switch-matrix system. Message requires only 2-microsecond interconnect period, repeated every millisecond.

  13. Optimal Control of Switched Systems based on Bezier Control Points

    OpenAIRE

    FatemeGhomanjani; Mohammad HadiFarahi

    2012-01-01

    This paper presents a new approach for solving optimal control problems for switched systems. We focus on problems in which a pre-specified sequence of active subsystems is given. For such problems, we need to seek both the optimal switching instants and the optimal continuous inputs. A Bezier control points method is applied for solving an optimal control problem which is supervised by a switched dynamic system. Two steps of approximation exist here. First, the time interval is divided into ...

  14. Geometry of the Limit Sets of Linear Switched Systems

    OpenAIRE

    Balde, Moussa; Jouan, Philippe

    2011-01-01

    International audience; The paper is concerned with asymptotic stability properties of linear switched systems. Under the hypothesis that all the subsystems share a non strict quadratic Lyapunov function, we provide a large class of switching signals for which a large class of switched systems are asymptotically stable. For this purpose we define what we call non chaotic inputs, which generalize the different notions of inputs with dwell time. Next we turn our attention to the behaviour for p...

  15. Brayton Isotope Power System (BIPS) facility specification

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    1976-05-31

    General requirements for the Brayton Isotope Power System (BIPS)/Ground Demonstration System (GDS) assembly and test facility are defined. The facility will include provisions for a complete test laboratory for GDS checkout, performance, and endurance testing, and a contamination-controlled area for assembly, fabrication, storage, and storage preparation of GDS components. Specifications, schedules, and drawings are included.

  16. Modelling switching power converters as complementarity systems

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Camlibel, Mehmet; Iannelli, Luigi; Vasca, Francesco

    2004-01-01

    Switched complementarity models of linear circuits with ideal diodes and/or ideal switches allow one to study well-posedness and stability issues for these circuits by employing the complementarity problems of the mathematical programming. In this paper, we demonstrate that other types of typical el

  17. Approximately bisimilar symbolic models for incrementally stable switched systems

    CERN Document Server

    Girard, Antoine; Tabuada, Paulo

    2008-01-01

    Switched systems constitute an important modeling paradigm faithfully describing many engineering systems in which software interacts with the physical world. Despite considerable progress on stability and stabilization of switched systems, the constant evolution of technology demands that we make similar progress with respect to different, and perhaps more complex, objectives. This paper describes one particular approach to address these different objectives based on the construction of approximately equivalent (bisimilar) symbolic models for switched systems. The main contribution of this paper consists in showing that under standard assumptions ensuring incremental stability of a switched system (i.e. existence of a common Lyapunov function, or multiple Lyapunov functions with dwell time), it is possible to construct a finite symbolic model that is approximately bisimilar to the original switched system with a precision that can be chosen a priori. To support the computational merits of the proposed approa...

  18. Control of delay dominant systems with costs related to switching

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Deng, Honglian; Larsen, Lars Finn Sloth; Stoustrup, Jakob

    2010-01-01

    The objective of this paper is to extend a novel low complexity method for optimizing switch control developed by the authors earlier to work with delay dominant systems and demonstrate that the method works in practice with a refrigeration test system. The extended method solves switching problems...

  19. Regulated competition in health care: Switching and barriers to switching in the Dutch health insurance system

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Rijken Mieke

    2011-05-01

    Full Text Available Abstract Background In 2006, a number of changes in the Dutch health insurance system came into effect. In this new system mobility of insured is important. The idea is that insured switch insurers because they are not satisfied with quality of care and the premium of their insurance. As a result, insurers will in theory strive for a better balance between price and quality. The Dutch changes have caught the attention, internationally, of both policy makers and researchers. In our study we examined switching behaviour over three years (2007-2009. We tested if there are differences in the numbers of switchers between groups defined by socio-demographic and health characteristics and between the general population and people with chronic illness or disability. We also looked at reasons for (not-switching and at perceived barriers to switching. Methods Switching behaviour and reasons for (not-switching were measured over three years (2007-2009 by sending postal questionnaires to members of the Dutch Health Care Consumer Panel and of the National Panel of people with Chronic illness or Disability. Data were available for each year and for each panel for at least 1896 respondents - a response of between 71% and 88%. Results The percentages of switchers are low; 6% in 2007, 4% in 2008 and 3% in 2009. Younger and higher educated people switch more often than older and lower educated people and women switch more often than men. There is no difference in the percentage of switchers between the general population and people with chronic illness or disability. People with a bad self-perceived health, and chronically ill and disabled, perceive more barriers to switching than others. Conclusion The percentages of switchers are comparable to the old system. Switching is not based on quality of care and thus it can be questioned whether it will lead to a better balance between price and quality. Although there is no difference in the frequency of switching

  20. H-infinity filtering for discrete-time switched linear systems under arbitrary switching

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2011-01-01

    This paper is concerned with the problem of H-infinity filtering for discrete-time switched linear systems under arbitrary switching laws.New sufficient conditions for the solvability of the problem are given via switched quadratic Lyapunov functions.Based on Finsler's lemma,two sets of slack variables with special structure are introduced to provide extra degrees of freedom in optimizing the guaranteed H-infinity performance.Compared to the existing methods,the proposed one has better performances and less...

  1. Guaranteed cost control with constructing switching law of uncertain discrete-time switched systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zhang Ying; Duan Guangren

    2007-01-01

    A guaranteed cost control problem for a class of linear discrete-time switched systems with normbounded uncertainties is considered in this article. The purpose is to construct a switching rule and design a state feedback control law, such that, the closed-loop system is asymptotically stable and the closed-loop cost function value is not more than a specified upper bound for all admissible uncertainties under the constructed switching rule.A sufficient condition for the existence of guaranteed cost controllers and switching rules is derived based on the Lyapunov theory together with the linear matrix inequality (LMI) approach. Furthermore, a convex optimization problem with LMI constraints is formulated to select the suboptimal guaranteed cost controller. A numerical example demonstrates the validity of the proposed design approach.

  2. Control synthesis of linear distributed parameter switched systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Leping Bao; Shumin Fei; Lin Chai

    2015-01-01

    The control synthesis for switched systems is extended to distributed parameter switched systems in Hilbert space. Based on semigroup and operator theory, by means of multiple Lyapunov method incorporated average dwel time approach, sufficient con-ditions are derived in terms of linear operator inequalities frame-work for distributed parameter switched systems. Being applied to one dimensional heat propagation switched systems, these lin-ear operator inequalities are reduced to linear matrix inequalities subsequently. In particular, the state feedback gain matrices and the switching law are designed, and the state decay estimate is explicitly given whose decay coefficient completely depends on the system’s parameter and the boundary condition. Final y, two numerical examples are given to il ustrate the proposed method.

  3. Chaos control via feeding switching in an omnivory system.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chattopadhyay, Joydev; Pal, Nikhil; Samanta, Sudip; Venturino, Ezio; Khan, Q J A

    2015-12-01

    Tanabe and Namba (Ecology, 86, 3411-3414) studied a three species Lotka-Volterra model with omnivory and explored that omnivory can create chaos. It is well documented that predator switching is a similar biological phenomenon to omnivory and likely to occur simultaneously. In the present paper, the tri-trophic Lotka-Volterra food web model with omnivory and predator switching is re-investigated. We observe that if we incorporate predator switching in the system and the intensity of predator switching increases above a threshold value, then the system will be stable from chaotic dynamics. To study the global dynamics of the system extensive numerical simulations are performed. Our analytical and numerical results suggest that predator switching mechanism enhances the stability and the persistence of a food chain system.

  4. Multiple-Model Adaptive Switching Control for Uncertain Multivariable Systems

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Baldi, Simone; Battistelli, Giorgio; Mari, Daniele; Mosca, Edoardo; Tesi, Pietro

    2011-01-01

    This paper addresses the problem of controlling an uncertain multi-input multi-output (MIMO) system by means of adaptive switching control schemes. In particular, the paper aims at extending the approach of multiple-model unfalsified adaptive switched control, so far restricted to single-input singl

  5. Robust Medical Isotope Production System

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Klein, Steven Karl [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States); Kimpland, Robert Herbert [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States)

    2015-06-15

    The success of this theoretical undertaking provided confidence that the behavior of new and evolving designs of fissile solution systems may be accurately estimated. Scaled up versions of SUPO, subcritical acceleratordriven systems, and other evolutionary designs have been examined.

  6. Robust Medical Isotope Production System

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Klein, Steven Karl [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States); Kimpland, Robert Herbert [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States)

    2015-06-15

    The success of this theoretical undertaking provided confidence that the behavior of new and evolving designs of fissile solution systems may be accurately estimated. Scaled up versions of SUPO, subcritical acceleratordriven systems, and other evolutionary designs have been examined.

  7. Robust filtering and fault detection of switched delay systems

    CERN Document Server

    Wang, Dong; Wang, Wei

    2013-01-01

    Switched delay systems appear in a wide field of applications including networked control systems, power systems, memristive systems. Though the large amount of ideas with respect to such systems have generated, until now, it still lacks a framework to focus on filter design and fault detection issues which are relevant to life safety and property loss. Beginning with the comprehensive coverage of the new developments in the analysis and control synthesis for switched delay systems, the monograph not only provides a systematic approach to designing the filter and detecting the fault of switched delay systems, but it also covers the model reduction issues. Specific topics covered include: (1) Arbitrary switching signal where delay-independent and delay-dependent conditions are presented by proposing a linearization technique. (2) Average dwell time where a weighted Lyapunov function is come up with dealing with filter design and fault detection issues beside taking model reduction problems. The monograph is in...

  8. Theoretical analysis of balanced truncation for linear switched systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Petreczky, Mihaly; Wisniewski, Rafal; Leth, John-Josef

    2012-01-01

    In this paper we present theoretical analysis of model reduction of linear switched systems based on balanced truncation, presented in [1,2]. More precisely, (1) we provide a bound on the estimation error using L2 gain, (2) we provide a system theoretic interpretation of grammians...... for showing this independence is realization theory of linear switched systems. [1] H. R. Shaker and R. Wisniewski, "Generalized gramian framework for model/controller order reduction of switched systems", International Journal of Systems Science, Vol. 42, Issue 8, 2011, 1277-1291. [2] H. R. Shaker and R....... Wisniewski, "Switched Systems Reduction Framework Based on Convex Combination of Generalized Gramians", Journal of Control Science and Engineering, 2009....

  9. Geometry of the Limit Sets of Linear Switched Systems

    CERN Document Server

    Balde, Moussa

    2010-01-01

    The paper is concerned with asymptotic stability properties of linear switched systems. Under the hypothesis that all the subsystems share a non strict quadratic Lyapunov function, we provide a large class of switching signals for which a large class of switched systems are asymptotically stable. For this purpose we define what we call non chaotic inputs, which generalize the different notions of inputs with dwell time. Next we turn our attention to the behaviour for possibly chaotic inputs. To finish we give a sufficient condition for a system composed of a pair of Hurwitz matrices to be asymptotically stable for all inputs.

  10. Stability and Stabilization of Block-cascading Switched Linear Systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Ya-Hong Zhu; Dai-Zhan Cheng

    2006-01-01

    The main purpose of this paper is to investigate the problem of quadratic stability and stabilization in switched linear systems using reducible Lie algebra. First, we investigate the structure of all real invariant subspaces for a given linear system. The result is then used to provide a comparable cascading form for switching models. Using the commoncascading form, a common quadratic Lyapunov function is (QLFs) is explored by finding common QLFs of diagonal blocks.In addition, a cascading Quaker Lemma is proved. Combining it with stability results, the problem of feedback stabilization for a class of switched linear systems is solved.

  11. Regulated competition in health care: switching and barriers to switching in the Dutch health insurance system.

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Reitsma-van Rooijen, M.; Jong, J.D. de; Rijken, M.

    2011-01-01

    Background: In 2006, a number of changes in the Dutch health insurance system came into effect. In this new system mobility of insured is important. The idea is that insured switch insurers because they are not satisfied with quality of care and the premium of their insurance. As a result, insurers

  12. Simulation Modeling for Electrical Switching System of Hydropower Station

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ran HU

    2013-08-01

    Full Text Available This paper proposes a simulation modeling method for the electrical switching system of hydropower station, which is a sub-topic for Hydropower Station Simulation Training System. The graphics model of commonly used electrical switch equipment is developed with a certain software. As vast and different types of Hydropower station circuit breakers and associated grounding switches, and each specific action of the switch process is not same, so the modular modeling method is described to solve the problem. According to the role and status in power plant, electrical switch system is divided into several sub modules, among which a number of small modules are sorted in. In each sub module, a common model is developed. Besides, the application method that the network topology analysis algorithm used in electrical switching system simulation logic judgment is introduced. With the ‘connecting line fusion’ technique, logic function expression member information table is automatically generated, thereby enhancing the suitability for the electrical switch simulation model. The methods mentioned above assure the real-time, typicality and flexibility in simulation, and have been successfully used in the development of a large hydropower station simulator.

  13. Robust H∞ output feedback controller design for uncertain discrete-time switched systems via switched Lyapunov functions

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2007-01-01

    The H∞ output feedback control problem for uncertain discrete-time switched systems is reasearched. A new characterization of stability and H∞ performance for the switched system under arbitrary switching is obtained by using switched Lyapunov function.Then,based on the characterization,a linear matrix inequality (LMI)approach is developed to design a switched output feedback controller which guarantees the stability and H∞ performance of the closed-loop system.A numerical example is presented to demonstrate the application of the proposed method.

  14. Study on the stability of switched dissipative Hamiltonian systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    ZHU Liying; WANG Yuzhen

    2006-01-01

    The hybrid Hamiltonian system is a kind of important nonlinear hybrid systems. Such a system not only plays an important role in the development of hybrid control theory, but also finds many applications in practical control designs for obtaining better control performances. This paper investigates the stability of switched dissipative Hamiltonian systems under arbitrary switching paths. Under a realistic assumption, it is shown that the Hamiltonian functions of all the subsystems can be used as the multiple-Lyapunov functions for the switched dissipative Hamiltonian system. Based on this and using the dissipative Hamiltonian structural properties, this paper then proves that the P-norm of the state of switched dissipative Hamiltonian system converges to zero with the time increasing, and presents two sufficient conditions for the asymptotical stability under arbitrary switching paths. Utilizing these new results, this paper also obtains two useful corollaries for the asymptotical stability of switched nonlinear time-invariant systems. Finally, two examples are studied by using the new results proposed in this paper, and some numerical simulations are carried out to support our new results.

  15. Singular Perturbation Analysis of a Mode Initialization Algorithm for Simulating Mode Switching Systems, long version

    OpenAIRE

    Edström, Krister

    1998-01-01

    An initialization algorithm for the continuous states in mode switching systems is shown to give correct initial values. The mode switching systems are modeled with switched bond graphs, and the proof is based on singular perturbation theory.

  16. Singular Perturbation Analysis of a Mode Initialization Algorithm for Simulating Mode Switching Systems

    OpenAIRE

    Edström, Krister

    1998-01-01

    An initialization algorithm for the continuous states in mode switching systems is shown to give correct initial values. The mode switching systems are modeled with switched bond graphs, and the proof is based on the singular perturbation theory.

  17. Observer-Based Robust Control of Uncertain Switched Fuzzy Systems with Combined Switching Controller

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Hong Yang

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available The observer-based robust control for a class of switched fuzzy (SF time-delay systems involving uncertainties and external disturbances is investigated in this paper. A switched fuzzy system, which differs from existing ones, is firstly employed to describe a nonlinear system. Next, a combined switching controller is proposed. The designed controller based on the observer instead of the state information integrates the advantages of both the switching controllers and the supplementary controllers but eliminates their disadvantages. The proposed controller provides good performance during the transient period, and the chattering effect is removed when the system state approaches the origin. Sufficient condition for the solvability of the robust control problem is given for the case that the state of system is not available. Since convex combination techniques are used to derive the delay-independent criteria, some subsystems are allowed to be unstable. Finally, various comparisons of the elaborated examples are conducted to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed control design approach.

  18. An approach to evaluate switching overvoltages during power system restoration

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Sadeghkhani Iman

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Transformer switching is one of the important stages during power system restoration. This switching can cause harmonic overvoltages that might damage some equipment and delay power system restoration. Core saturation on the energisation of a transformer with residual flux is a noticeable factor in harmonic overvoltages. This work uses artificial neural networks (ANN in order to estimate the temporary overvoltages (TOVs due to transformer energisation. In the proposed methodology, the Levenberg-Marquardt method is used to train the multilayer perceptron. The developed ANN is trained with the worst case of switching condition, and tested for typical cases. Simulated results for a partial 39-bus New England test system, show the proposed technique can accurately estimate the peak values and durations of switching overvoltages.

  19. Fast switching NMR system for measurements of ground-state quadrupole moments of short-lived nuclei

    CERN Document Server

    Minamisono, K; Crawford, H L; Mantica, P F; Matsuta, K; Minamisono, T; Pinter, J S; Stoker, J B

    2008-01-01

    A beta-ray detecting nuclear quadrupole resonance system has been developed at NSCL/MSU to measure ground-state electric quadrupole moments of short-lived nuclei produced as fast rare isotope beams. This system enables quick and sequential application of multiple transition frequencies over a wide range. Fast switching between variable capacitors in resonance circuits ensures sufficient power delivery to the coil in the beta-ray detecting nuclear magnetic resonance technique. The fast switching technique enhances detection efficiency of resonance signals and is especially useful when the polarization and/or production rate of the nucleus of interest are small and when the nuclear spin is large.

  20. Hierarchical robust nonlinear switching control design for propulsion systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Leonessa, Alexander

    1999-09-01

    The desire for developing an integrated control system- design methodology for advanced propulsion systems has led to significant activity in modeling and control of flow compression systems in recent years. In this dissertation we develop a novel hierarchical switching control framework for addressing the compressor aerodynamic instabilities of rotating stall and surge. The proposed control framework accounts for the coupling between higher-order modes while explicitly addressing actuator rate saturation constraints and system modeling uncertainty. To develop a hierarchical nonlinear switching control framework, first we develop generalized Lyapunov and invariant set theorems for nonlinear dynamical systems wherein all regularity assumptions on the Lyapunov function and the system dynamics are removed. In particular, local and global stability theorems are given using lower semicontinuous Lyapunov functions. Furthermore, generalized invariant set theorems are derived wherein system trajectories converge to a union of largest invariant sets contained in intersections over finite intervals of the closure of generalized Lyapunov level surfaces. The proposed results provide transparent generalizations to standard Lyapunov and invariant set theorems. Using the generalized Lyapunov and invariant set theorems, a nonlinear control-system design framework predicated on a hierarchical switching controller architecture parameterized over a set of moving system equilibria is developed. Specifically, using equilibria- dependent Lyapunov functions, a hierarchical nonlinear control strategy is developed that stabilizes a given nonlinear system by stabilizing a collection of nonlinear controlled subsystems. The switching nonlinear controller architecture is designed based on a generalized lower semicontinuous Lyapunov function obtained by minimizing a potential function over a given switching set induced by the parameterized system equilibria. The proposed framework provides a

  1. Switched-Observer-Based Adaptive Neural Control of MIMO Switched Nonlinear Systems With Unknown Control Gains.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Long, Lijun; Zhao, Jun

    2016-05-02

    In this paper, the problem of adaptive neural output-feedback control is addressed for a class of multi-input multioutput (MIMO) switched uncertain nonlinear systems with unknown control gains. Neural networks (NNs) are used to approximate unknown nonlinear functions. In order to avoid the conservativeness caused by adoption of a common observer for all subsystems, an MIMO NN switched observer is designed to estimate unmeasurable states. A new switched observer-based adaptive neural control technique for the problem studied is then provided by exploiting the classical average dwell time (ADT) method and the backstepping method and the Nussbaum gain technique. It effectively handles the obstacle about the coexistence of multiple Nussbaum-type function terms, and improves the classical ADT method, since the exponential decline property of Lyapunov functions for individual subsystems is no longer satisfied. It is shown that the technique proposed is able to guarantee semiglobal uniformly ultimately boundedness of all the signals in the closed-loop system under a class of switching signals with ADT, and the tracking errors converge to a small neighborhood of the origin. The effectiveness of the approach proposed is illustrated by its application to a two inverted pendulum system.

  2. Isotopic fractionation of tritium in biological systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Le Goff, Pierre; Fromm, Michel; Vichot, Laurent; Badot, Pierre-Marie; Guétat, Philippe

    2014-04-01

    Isotopic fractionation of tritium is a highly relevant issue in radiation protection and requires certain radioecological considerations. Sound evaluation of this factor is indeed necessary to determine whether environmental compartments are enriched/depleted in tritium or if tritium is, on the contrary, isotopically well-distributed in a given system. The ubiquity of tritium and the standard analytical methods used to assay it may induce biases in both the measurement and the signification that is accorded to the so-called fractionation: based on an exhaustive review of the literature, we show how, sometimes large deviations may appear. It is shown that when comparing the non-exchangeable fraction of organically bound tritium (neOBT) to another fraction of tritium (e.g. tritiated water) the preparation of samples and the measurement of neOBT reported frequently led to underestimation of the ratio of tritium to hydrogen (T/H) in the non-exchangeable compartment by a factor of 5% to 50%. In the present study, corrections are proposed for most of the biological matrices studied so far. Nevertheless, the values of isotopic fractionation reported in the literature remain difficult to compare with each other, especially since the physical quantities and units often vary between authors. Some improvements are proposed to better define what should encompass the concepts of exchangeable and non-exchangeable fractions. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  3. Measuring Isotope Ratios Across the Solar System

    Science.gov (United States)

    Webster, Chris R.; Mahaffy, Paul R.

    2012-01-01

    Stable isotope ratios in C, H, N, O and S are powerful indicators of a wide variety of planetary geophysical processes that can identify origin, transport, temperature history, radiation exposure, atmospheric escape, environmental habitability and biology [1]. For the Allan Hills 84001 meteorite, for example, the (sup 1)(sup 3)C/(sup 1)(sup 2)C ratio identifies it as a Mars (SNC) meteorite; the ??K/??Ar ratio tells us the last time the rock cooled to solid, namely 4 Gya; isotope ratios in (sup 3)He, (sup 2)(sup 1)Ne and (sup 3)?Ar show it was in space (cosmic ray exposure) for 10-20 million years; (sup 1)?C dating that it sat in Antarctica for 13,000 years before discovery; and clumped isotope analysis of (sup 1)?O(sup 1)(sup 3)C(sup 1)?O in its carbonate that it was formed at 18+/-4 ?C in a near-surface aqueous environment [2]. Solar System Formation

  4. Measuring Isotope Ratios Across the Solar System

    Science.gov (United States)

    Webster, Chris R.; Mahaffy, Paul R.

    2012-01-01

    Stable isotope ratios in C, H, N, O and S are powerful indicators of a wide variety of planetary geophysical processes that can identify origin, transport, temperature history, radiation exposure, atmospheric escape, environmental habitability and biology [1]. For the Allan Hills 84001 meteorite, for example, the (sup 1)(sup 3)C/(sup 1)(sup 2)C ratio identifies it as a Mars (SNC) meteorite; the ??K/??Ar ratio tells us the last time the rock cooled to solid, namely 4 Gya; isotope ratios in (sup 3)He, (sup 2)(sup 1)Ne and (sup 3)?Ar show it was in space (cosmic ray exposure) for 10-20 million years; (sup 1)?C dating that it sat in Antarctica for 13,000 years before discovery; and clumped isotope analysis of (sup 1)?O(sup 1)(sup 3)C(sup 1)?O in its carbonate that it was formed at 18+/-4 ?C in a near-surface aqueous environment [2]. Solar System Formation

  5. Optimization problems for switched systems with impulsive control

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Junhao HU; Huayou WANG; Xinzhi LIU; Bin LIU

    2005-01-01

    By using Impulsive Maximum Principal and three stage optimization method,this paper discusses optimization problems for linear impulsive switched systems with hybrid controls,which includes continuous control and impulsive control.The linear quadratic optimization problems without constraints such as optimal hybrid control,optimal stability and optimal switching instants are addressed in detail.These results are applicable to optimal control problems in economics,mechanics,and management.

  6. Optimal control of switched systems arising in fermentation processes

    CERN Document Server

    Liu, Chongyang

    2014-01-01

    The book presents, in a systematic manner, the optimal controls under different mathematical models in fermentation processes. Variant mathematical models – i.e., those for multistage systems; switched autonomous systems; time-dependent and state-dependent switched systems; multistage time-delay systems and switched time-delay systems – for fed-batch fermentation processes are proposed and the theories and algorithms of their optimal control problems are studied and discussed. By putting forward novel methods and innovative tools, the book provides a state-of-the-art and comprehensive systematic treatment of optimal control problems arising in fermentation processes. It not only develops nonlinear dynamical system, optimal control theory and optimization algorithms, but can also help to increase productivity and provide valuable reference material on commercial fermentation processes.

  7. State feedback control of switched linear systems: An LMI approach

    Science.gov (United States)

    Montagner, V. F.; Leite, V. J. S.; Oliveira, R. C. L. F.; Peres, P. L. D.

    2006-10-01

    This paper addresses the problem of state feedback control of continuous-time switched linear systems with arbitrary switching rules. A quadratic Lyapunov function with a common matrix is used to derive a stabilizing switching control strategy that guarantees: (i) the assignment of all the eigenvalues of each linear subsystem inside a chosen circle in the left-hand half of the complex plane; (ii) a minimum disturbance attenuation level for the closed-loop switched system. The proposed design conditions are given in terms of linear matrix inequalities that encompass previous results based on quadratic stability conditions with fixed control gains. Although the quadratic stability based on a fixed Lyapunov matrix has been widely used in robust control design, the use of this condition to provide a convex design method for switching feedback gains has not been fully investigated. Numerical examples show that the switching control strategy can cope with more stringent design specifications than the fixed gain strategy, being useful to improve the performance of this class of systems.

  8. Stability of uniformly bounded switched systems and Observability

    OpenAIRE

    Balde, Moussa; Jouan, Philippe; Naciri, Said

    2014-01-01

    This paper mainly deals with switched linear systems defined by a pair of Hurwitz matrices that share a common but not strict quadratic Lyapunov function. Its aim is to give sufficient conditions for such a system to be GUAS.We show that this property of being GUAS is equivalent to the uniform observability on $[0,+\\infty)$ of a bilinear system defined on a subspace whose dimension is in most cases much smaller than the dimension of the switched system.Some sufficient conditions of uniform as...

  9. Hierarchical cooperative control for multiagent systems with switching directed topologies.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hu, Jianqiang; Cao, Jinde

    2015-10-01

    The hierarchical cooperative control problem is concerned for a two-layer networked multiagent system under switching directed topologies. The group cooperative objective is to achieve finite-time formation control for the upper layer of leaders and containment control for the lower layer of followers. Two kinds of cooperative strategies, including centralized-distributed control and distributed-distributed control, are proposed for two types of switching laws: 1) random switching law with the dwell time and 2) Markov switching law with stationary distribution. Utilizing the state transition matrix methods and matrix measure techniques, some sufficient conditions are derived for asymptotical containment control and exponential almost sure containment control, respectively. Finally, some numerical examples are provided to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed control schemes.

  10. System design specification Brayton Isotope Power System (BIPS) Flight System (FS), and Ground Demonstration System (GDS)

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    1976-06-14

    The system design specification for ground demonstration, development, and flight qualification of a Brayton Isotope Power System (BIPS) is presented. The requirements for both a BIPS conceptual Flight System (FS) and a Ground Demonstration System (GDS) are defined.

  11. Controller Based Observer in Switched System with Norm Bounded Uncertainty

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mongi Besbes

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Problem statement: This study discusses the robust stabilization of norm bounded discrete switched systems. Approach: The proposed method is using the second Lyapunov approach and the poly-quadratic function concept. The stabilization conditions are written through linear matrix inequality relations. The control law is based on a static output feedback with the use of a switched observer. The synthesis conditions of the controller are written in the form of linear matrix inequalities difficult to resolve by current numerical solvers. That’s why relaxations are proposed to mitigate the pessimism of LMI conditions obtained. Results: The poly-quadratic Lyapunov approach provides a constructive way to tackle uncertainty in the switched framework. The feasibility is illustrated by the example of discrete uncertain switched systems. Conclusion: With these results, the study of stability can be achieved for arbitrary switching laws, state-dependent, time dependent or generated by a controller. However, the implementation of the control law is possible only if the switching status is well known in real time.

  12. State Feedback with Memory for Constrained Switched Positive Linear Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jinjin Liu

    2015-04-01

    Full Text Available In this paper, the stabilization problem in switched linear systems with time-varying delay under constrained state and control is investigated. The synthesis of bounded state-feedback controllers with memory ensures that a closed-loop state is positive and stable. Firstly, synthesis with a sign-restricted (nonnegative and negative control is considered for general switched systems; then, the stabilization issue under bounded controls including the asymmetrically bounded controls and states constraints are addressed. In addition, the results are extended to systems with interval and polytopic uncertainties. All the proposed conditions are solvable in term of linear programming. Numerical examples illustrate the applicability of the results.

  13. Microelectrical Mechanical Systems Switch for Designing Multi-Band Antenna

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    A. H.M.Z. Alam

    2009-01-01

    Full Text Available Problem statement: In this study Microelectrical Mechanical System (MEMS switches were proposed to design a reconfigurable/multi-band antenna to replaced PIN diode switches or semiconductor switches due to lower insertion losses, good isolation, much lower intermodulation distortion, and lower power consumption. The antenna is able to operate at very high frequencies. Approach: A reconfigurable antenna that is capable to operate at several frequencies was proposed by introducing two adjacent patches along with main radiating patch and two MEMS switches. Parametric analysis of the size of the wing patches was done for finding optimum size. A comparative study was done for Alumina, SiN, GaAs and Teflon as MEMS bridge materials for finding better results in terms of return loss and number of bands. The design was performed by using 3D electromagnetic simulator HFSS considering ideal MEMS switches. Results: It was found that SiN as MEMS bridge material makes the antenna to operate at 16.76, 23.56 and 27.7 GHz in the “OFF” states and operate at 20.9 and 21.91 GHz in the “ON” states of MEMS switches. Conclusion/Recommendations: MEMS cantilever beam material played an important role for providing antenna to operate at multi-band frequencies. The proposed multiband/reconfigurable antenna can be implemented with easy fabrication process steps by the Sandwich method of fabrication.

  14. Multi-model unfalsified switching control of uncertain multivariable systems

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Baldi, S.; Battistelli, G.; Mari, D.; Mosca, E.; Tesi, P.

    2012-01-01

    This paper addresses the problem of controlling an uncertain multi-input multi-output system by means of adaptive switching control schemes. In particular, the paper aims at extending the multi-model unfalsified control approach, so far restricted to single-input single-output systems, to a general

  15. Model Reduction by Moment Matching for Linear Switched Systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Bastug, Mert; Petreczky, Mihaly; Wisniewski, Rafal;

    2014-01-01

    A moment-matching method for the model reduction of linear switched systems (LSSs) is developed. The method is based based upon a partial realization theory of LSSs and it is similar to the Krylov subspace methods used for moment matching for linear systems. The results are illustrated by numeric...

  16. A Novel Single Phase Hybrid Switched Reluctance Motor Drive System

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Liang, Jianing; Xu, Guoqing; Jian, Linni

    2011-01-01

    In this paper, a novel single phase hybrid switched reluctance motor(SRM) drive system is proposed. It integrated a single phase hybrid SRM and a novel single phase boost converter. This motor can reduce the number of phase switch. And the permanent magnet which is used in the motor can improve t...... SRM reduce the negative torque before zero-crossing point of torque curve, and build desired phase current to generate more power. Some experimental results are done to verify the performance of proposed hybrid SRM drive system....

  17. Fractionation of Boron Isotopes in Icelandic Hydrothermal Systems

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Aggarwal, J.K.; Palmer, M.R.

    1995-01-01

    Boron isotope ratios have been determined in a variety of different geothermal waters from hydrothermal systems across Iceland. Isotope ratios from the high temperature meteoric water recharged systems reflect the isotope ratio of the host rocks without any apparent fractionation. Seawater recharged geothermal systems exhibit more positive {delta}{sup 11}B values than the meteoric water recharged geothermal systems. Water/rock ratios can be assessed from boron isotope ratios in the saline hydrothermal systems. Low temperature hydrothermal systems also exhibit more positive {delta}{sup 11}B than the high temperature systems, indicating fractionation of boron due to adsorption of the lighter isotope onto secondary minerals. Fractionation of boron in carbonate deposits may indicate the level of equilibrium attained within the systems.

  18. Optimal Control of Switched Systems based on Bezier Control Points

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    FatemeGhomanjani

    2012-06-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents a new approach for solving optimal control problems for switched systems. We focus on problems in which a pre-specified sequence of active subsystems is given. For such problems, we need to seek both the optimal switching instants and the optimal continuous inputs. A Bezier control points method is applied for solving an optimal control problem which is supervised by a switched dynamic system. Two steps of approximation exist here. First, the time interval is divided into k sub-intervals. Second, the trajectory and control functions are approximatedby Bezier curves in each subinterval. Bezier curves have been considered as piecewise polynomials of degree n, then they will be determined by n+1 control points on any subinterval. The optimal control problem is there by converted into a nonlinear programming problem (NLP, which can be solved by known algorithms. However in this paper the MATLAB optimization routine FMINCON is used for solving resulting NLP.

  19. Switching Tracking Control for Planar Systems with Transient Performance Constraints

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    SU Qing-Yu; SUN Xi-Ming; ZHAO Jun

    2013-01-01

    This paper studies the output tracking problem for a class of planar systems with some given transient performance constraints which are determined by the overshoot and the settling time.The problem of switched static output feedback tracking with output constraints (SSOFTOC) is proposed and solved for the first time.The static output feedback controllers and a so-called conic switching law are designed under which the output of the closed-loop switched system can track the step signal asymptotically without violating the transient performance constraints.Furthermore,an optimal weighted transient performance is obtained by.solving a nonlinear programming problem.Finally,a numerical example and an application to aircraft turbofan engine are given to illustrate the effectiveness and the applicability of the proposed method.

  20. Robust fault detection for switched linear systems with state delays.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Dong; Wang, Wei; Shi, Peng

    2009-06-01

    This correspondence deals with the problem of robust fault detection for discrete-time switched systems with state delays under an arbitrary switching signal. The fault detection filter is used as the residual generator, in which the filter parameters are dependent on the system mode. Attention is focused on designing the robust fault detection filter such that, for unknown inputs, control inputs, and model uncertainties, the estimation error between the residuals and faults is minimized. The problem of robust fault detection is converted into an H(infinity)-filtering problem. By a switched Lyapunov functional approach, a sufficient condition for the solvability of this problem is established in terms of linear matrix inequalities. A numerical example is provided to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  1. Detecting and isolating abrupt changes in linear switching systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nazari, Sohail; Zhao, Qing; Huang, Biao

    2015-04-01

    In this paper, a novel fault detection and isolation (FDI) method for switching linear systems is developed. All input and output signals are assumed to be corrupted with measurement noises. In the proposed method, a 'lifted' linear model named as stochastic hybrid decoupling polynomial (SHDP) is introduced. The SHDP model governs the dynamics of the switching linear system with all different modes, and is independent of the switching sequence. The error-in-variable (EIV) representation of SHDP is derived, and is used for the fault residual generation and isolation following the well-adopted local approach. The proposed FDI method can detect and isolate the fault-induced abrupt changes in switching models' parameters without estimating the switching modes. Furthermore, in this paper, the analytical expressions of the gradient vector and Hessian matrix are obtained based on the EIV SHDP formulation, so that they can be used to implement the online fault detection scheme. The performance of the proposed method is then illustrated by simulation examples.

  2. A Switching Controller System for a Wheeled Mobile Robot

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Masanori Sato; Atushi Kanda; Kazuo Ishii

    2007-01-01

    A wheeled mobile mechanism with a passive and/or active linkage mechanism for rough terrain environment is developed and evaluated. The wheeled mobile mechanism which has high mobility in rough terrain needs sophisticated system to adapt various environments.We focus on the development of a switching controller system for wheeled mobile robots in rough terrain. This system consists of two sub-systems: an environment recognition system using link angles and an adaptive control system. In the environment recognition system, we introduce a Self-Organizing Map (SOM) for clustering link angles. In the adaptive controllers, we introduce neural networks to calculate the inverse model of the wheeled mobile robot.The environment recognition system can recognize the environment in which the robot travels, and the adjustable controllers are tuned by experimental results for each environment. The dual sub-system switching controller system is experimentally evaluated. The system recognizes its environment and adapts by switching the adjustable controllers. This system demonstrates superior performance to a well-tuned single PID controller.

  3. Stability of switched nonlinear systems via extensions of LaSalle's invariance principle

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    WANG JinHuan; CHENG DaiZhan

    2009-01-01

    This paper studies the extension of LaSalle's invariance principle for switched nonlinear systems. Unlike most existing results in which each switching mode in the system needs to be asymptotically stable, this paper allows the switching modes to be only stable. Under certain ergodicity assumptions of the switching signals, two extensions of LaSalle's invariance principle for global asymptotic stability of switched nonlinear systems are obtained using the method of common joint Lyapunov function.

  4. Stabilization for a Class of Switched Nonlinear Systems With Novel Average Dwell Time Switching by T-S Fuzzy Modeling.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhao, Xudong; Yin, Yunfei; Niu, Ben; Zheng, Xiaolong

    2016-08-01

    In this paper, the problem of switching stabilization for a class of switched nonlinear systems is studied by using average dwell time (ADT) switching, where the subsystems are possibly all unstable. First, a new concept of ADT is given, which is different from the traditional definition of ADT. Based on the new proposed switching signals, a sufficient condition of stabilization for switched nonlinear systems with unstable subsystems is derived. Then, the T-S fuzzy modeling approach is applied to represent the underlying nonlinear system to make the obtained condition easily verified. A novel multiple quadratic Lyapunov function approach is also proposed, by which some conditions are provided in terms of a set of linear matrix inequalities to guarantee the derived T-S fuzzy system to be asymptotically stable. Finally, a numerical example is given to demonstrate the effectiveness of our developed results.

  5. Switches and Jumps in Hybrid Action Systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Rönnkö, Mauno; Ravn, Anders P.

    1998-01-01

    An action system framework is a predicate transformer based method for modelling and analysing distributed and reactive systems. The actions are statements in Dijkstra's guarded command language, and their semantics is given by predicate transformers. We extend conventional action systems with a ...

  6. Stable Chlorine Isotope Study: Application to Early Solar System Materials

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mala,ira. M/; Nyquist, L. E.; Reese, Y.; Shih, C-Y; Fujitani, T.; Okano, O.

    2010-01-01

    A significantly large mass fractionation between two stable chlorine isotopes is expected during planetary processes In addition, in view of the isotopic heterogeneity of other light elements, the chlorine isotopes can potentially be used as a tracer for the origins and evolutionary processes of early solar system materials. Due to analytical difficulties, however, current chlorine isotope studies on planetary materials are quite controversial among IRMS (gas source mass spectrometry) and/or TIMS (Thermal Ionization Mass Spectrometry) groups [i.e. 1-3]. Although a cross-calibration of IRMS and TIMS indicates that both techniques are sufficiently consistent with each other [4], some authors have claimed that the Cl-37/Cl-35 ratio of geological samples obtained by TIMS technique are, in general, misleadingly too high and variable compared to those of IRMS [3]. For example, almost no differences of Cl isotope composition were observed among mantle materials and carbonaceous meteorites by [3]. On the other hand, according to more recent IRMS work [2], significant Cl isotope variations are confirmed for mantle materials. Therefore, additional careful investigation of Cl isotope analyses are now required to confirm real chlorine isotope variations for planetary materials including carbonaceous chondrites [5]. A significantly large mass fractionation between two stable chlorine isotopes is expected during planetary processes In addition, in view of the isotopic heterogeneity of other light elements, the chlorine isotopes can potentially be used as a tracer for the origins and evolutionary processes of early solar system materials. Due to analytical difficulties, however, current chlorine isotope studies on planetary materials are quite controversial among IRMS (gas source mass spectrometry) and/or TIMS (Thermal Ionization Mass Spectrometry) groups [i.e. 1-3]. Although a cross-calibration of IRMS and TIMS indicates that both techniques are sufficiently consistent with each

  7. Stabilization of switched nonlinear systems with unstable modes

    CERN Document Server

    Yang, Hao; Cocquempot, Vincent

    2014-01-01

    This book provides its reader with a good understanding of the stabilization of switched nonlinear systems (SNS), systems that are of practical use in diverse situations: design of fault-tolerant systems in space- and aircraft; traffic control; and heat propagation control of semiconductor power chips. The practical background is emphasized throughout the book; interesting practical examples frequently illustrate the theoretical results with aircraft and spacecraft given particular prominence. Stabilization of Switched Nonlinear Systems with Unstable Modes treats several different subclasses of SNS according to the characteristics of the individual system (time-varying and distributed parameters, for example), the state composition of individual modes and the degree and distribution of instability in its various modes. Achievement and maintenance of stability across the system as a whole is bolstered by trading off between individual modes which may be either stable or unstable, or by exploiting areas of part...

  8. Robust Stability Analysis of Nonlinear Switched Systems with Filippov Solutions

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Ahmadi, Mohamadreza; Mojallali, Hamed; Wisniewski, Rafal

    2012-01-01

    . Based on the theory of differential inclusions, a Lyapunov stability theorem is brought forward. These results are also extended to autonomous switched systems subject to polytopic uncertainty. Furthermore, the proposed stability theorems are reformulated using the sum of squares decomposition method...... which provides sufficient means to construct the corresponding Lyapunov functions via available semi-definite programming techniques....

  9. Progress in the research of routing and switching system

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2006-01-01

    @@ The research team led by Prof. Bin Liu in Tsinghua University pursued their research in the theories of network switching, Qos business administration as well as security issues of high speed networking system etc., and achieved significant progress with the funding support from NSFC.

  10. Low-frequency switching voltage regulators for terrestrial photovoltaic systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Delombard, R.

    1984-01-01

    The photovoltaic technology project and the stand alone applications project are discussed. Two types of low frequency switching type regulators were investigated. The design, operating characteristics and field application of these regulators is described. The regulators are small in size, low in cost, very low in power dissipation, reliable and allow considerable flexibility in system design.

  11. Nonlinear switching and solitons in PT-symmetric photonic systems

    CERN Document Server

    Suchkov, Sergey V; Huang, Jiahao; Dmitriev, Sergey V; Lee, Chaohong; Kivshar, Yuri S

    2015-01-01

    One of the challenges of the modern photonics is to develop all-optical devices enabling increased speed and energy efficiency for transmitting and processing information on an optical chip. It is believed that the recently suggested Parity-Time (PT) symmetric photonic systems with alternating regions of gain and loss can bring novel functionalities. In such systems, losses are as important as gain and, depending on the structural parameters, gain compensates losses. Generally, PT systems demonstrate nontrivial non-conservative wave interactions and phase transitions, which can be employed for signal filtering and switching, opening new prospects for active control of light. In this review, we discuss a broad range of problems involving nonlinear PT-symmetric photonic systems with an intensity-dependent refractive index. Nonlinearity in such PT symmetric systems provides a basis for many effects such as the formation of localized modes, nonlinearly-induced PT-symmetry breaking, and all-optical switching. Nonl...

  12. High Performance Gigabit Ethernet Switches for DAQ Systems

    CERN Document Server

    Barczyk, Artur

    2005-01-01

    Commercially available high performance Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) switches are optimized mostly for Internet and standard LAN application traffic. DAQ systems on the other hand usually make use of very specific traffic patterns, with e.g. deterministic arrival times. Industry's accepted loss-less limit of 99.999% may be still unacceptably high for DAQ purposes, as e.g. in the case of the LHCb readout system. In addition, even switches passing this criteria under random traffic can show significantly higher loss rates if subject to our traffic pattern, mainly due to buffer memory limitations. We have evaluated the performance of several switches, ranging from "pizza-box" devices with 24 or 48 ports up to chassis based core switches in a test-bed capable to emulate realistic traffic patterns as expected in the readout system of our experiment. The results obtained in our tests have been used to refine and parametrize our packet level simulation of the complete LHCb readout network. In this paper we report on the...

  13. Chaotic Behavior in a Switched Dynamical System

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Fatima El Guezar

    2008-01-01

    Full Text Available We present a numerical study of an example of piecewise linear systems that constitute a class of hybrid systems. Precisely, we study the chaotic dynamics of the voltage-mode controlled buck converter circuit in an open loop. By considering the voltage input as a bifurcation parameter, we observe that the obtained simulations show that the buck converter is prone to have subharmonic behavior and chaos. We also present the corresponding bifurcation diagram. Our modeling techniques are based on the new French native modeler and simulator for hybrid systems called Scicos (Scilab connected object simulator which is a Scilab (scientific laboratory package. The followed approach takes into account the hybrid nature of the circuit.

  14. Sudden switching in two-state systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shakov, Kh.; McGuire, J. H.; Kaplan, L.; Chalastaras, A.; Uskov, D.

    2006-05-01

    Analytic solutions are developed for two-state systems strongly perturbed by a series of rapidly changing pulses, called 'kicks'. The evolution matrix may be expressed as a time orrdered product of evolution matricies for single kicks. Single, double and triple kicks are explicitly considered, and the onset of time ordering is examined. The effects of different order of kicks on the dynamics of the system is studied and commpared with effects of time ordering in general. To determine the range of validity of this apporach, the effect of using pulses of finite widths for 2s - 2p transitions in atomic hydrogen is examined numerically.

  15. Notch activity in the nervous system: to switch or not switch?

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Blader Patrick

    2009-10-01

    Full Text Available Abstract The Notch pathway is instrumental for cell fate diversification during development. Pioneer studies conducted in Drosophila and more recent work performed in vertebrates have shown that in the nervous system, Notch is reiteratively employed when cells choose between two alternative fates, a process referred to as a binary fate decision. While the early (neural versus epidermal fate decisions mainly involve an inhibitory effect of Notch on the neural fate, late fate decisions (choice between different subtypes of neural cells have been proposed to involve a binary switch activity whereby Notch would be instructive for one fate and inhibitory for the other. We re-examine this binary switch model in light of two recent findings made in the vertebrate nervous system. First, in the zebrafish epiphysis, Notch is required to resolve a mixed identity through the inhibition of one specific fate. Second, in the murine telencephalon, Notch regulates the competence of neural progenitors to respond to the JAK/STAT pathway, thereby allowing for the induction of an astrocyte fate. In neither case is Notch instructive for the alternative fate, but rather cooperates with another signalling pathway to coordinate binary fate choices. We also review current knowledge on the molecular cascades acting downstream of Notch in the context of neural subtype diversification, a crucial issue if one is to determine Notch function as an instructive, permissive or inhibitory signal in the various cellular contexts where it is implicated. Finally, we speculate as to how such a 'non-switch' activity could contribute to the expansion of neuronal subtype diversity.

  16. EXPONENTIAL ESTIMATES FOR STOCHASTIC DELAY HYBRID SYSTEMS WITH MARKOVIAN SWITCHING

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2007-01-01

    This paper deals with the problem of norm bounds for the solutions of stochastic hybrid systems with Markovian switching and time delay. Based on Lyapunov-Krasovskii theory for functional differential equations and the linear matrix inequality (LMI) approach, mean square exponential estimates for the solutions of this class of linear stochastic hybrid systems are derived. Finally, An example is illustrated to show the applicability and effectiveness of our method.

  17. Asymptotic Stability of Uniformly Bounded Nonlinear Switched Systems

    OpenAIRE

    Jouan, Philippe; Naciri, Said

    2012-01-01

    We study the asymptotic stability properties of nonlinear switched systems under the assumption of the existence of a common weak Lyapunov function. We consider the class of nonchaotic inputs, which generalize the different notions of inputs with dwell-time, and the class of general ones. For each of them we provide some sufficient conditions for asymptotic stability in terms of the geometry of certain sets. The results, which extend those of Balde, Jouan about linear systems, are illustrated...

  18. Switching Of Security Lighting System Using Gsm

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Bakare, B. I

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper shows how ATMEGA168 microcontroller can be used to remotely control security lighting via Short Message Service (SMS from a Global System for Mobile Communication (GSM phone anywhere outside the home. A Mobile phone is configured to transmit SMS signal to a home-based GSM modem. The GSM Modem then sends the received SMS to a ATMEGA168 microcontroller. The Microcontroller accesses the received SMS and Changes the State of the appliances if the received signal aggresses with a pre - set code. When this is done, the microcontroller then sends signal to the GSM modem which in turn send back a reply to the mobile phone via SMS. The system utilizes a LCD display with resolution of 96*64 using PCD8544 Driver/Controller to display the ON/OFF state of the lighting device.

  19. Evaluation of Switch Currents in Nine-Switch Energy Conversion Systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Loh, Poh Chiang; Bahman, Amir Sajjad; Qin, Zian;

    2013-01-01

    Converters with reduced switch counts usually face some performance tradeoffs, which make them suitable for some applications but not others. The same applies to the nine-switch converter, which is a reduced-switch version of the back-to-back twelve-switch converter. The nine-switch converter has...... since been shown to experience a higher voltage stress, which can be lowered in some cases. A corresponding evaluation of its current stress is however lacking, and is hence addressed now by computing its switch currents when used for ac-ac, ac-dc, dc-ac and dc-dc energy conversions. Relevant...... expressions, application requirements and simulation results are presented for identifying cases, where the nine-switch converter can have an improvement in performance despite its reduced switch count....

  20. Ship-Shore Packet Switched Communications System.

    Science.gov (United States)

    1986-06-01

    a fatal flaw for sea service communications. This instability is described in several texts [ Stallings , 85; Tanenbaum, 81]. 68 b. Token Systems Again... decompressor in the data path. otherwise, the decompression algorithm would compound errors and make different instances of errored packets different lengths...Further detail may be found in several sources including listed references [ Stallings , 85]. DoD’s seminal ARPANET work predated the ISO model and evolved a

  1. Distributed Consensus of Stochastic Delayed Multi-agent Systems Under Asynchronous Switching.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wu, Xiaotai; Tang, Yang; Cao, Jinde; Zhang, Wenbing

    2016-08-01

    In this paper, the distributed exponential consensus of stochastic delayed multi-agent systems with nonlinear dynamics is investigated under asynchronous switching. The asynchronous switching considered here is to account for the time of identifying the active modes of multi-agent systems. After receipt of confirmation of mode's switching, the matched controller can be applied, which means that the switching time of the matched controller in each node usually lags behind that of system switching. In order to handle the coexistence of switched signals and stochastic disturbances, a comparison principle of stochastic switched delayed systems is first proved. By means of this extended comparison principle, several easy to verified conditions for the existence of an asynchronously switched distributed controller are derived such that stochastic delayed multi-agent systems with asynchronous switching and nonlinear dynamics can achieve global exponential consensus. Two examples are given to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  2. Hacking control systems, switching lights off!

    CERN Multimedia

    Computer Security Team

    2013-01-01

    Have you ever heard about “Stuxnet”? “Stuxnet” was a very sophisticated cyber-attack against the Iranian nuclear programme. Like in a spy movie, the attackers infiltrated the uranium enrichment plant at Natanz, arranged for infected USB sticks to be inserted into local PCs, and then the USB viruses did the rest.   Not only did the virus employ four distinct - so far unknown - weaknesses in the Windows operating system, but each weakness could have been sold on the underground market for up to $250,000 each. The virus was targeted to disrupt Iran's uranium production. At first, it scanned the infected PCs for dedicated SCADA (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition) software from Siemens. Once the virus hit upon that software, it tried to identify any control system components, i.e. so-called PLCs (programmable logic controllers), attached to that PC. If the PLC matched a certain brand (Siemens S7) and configuration, the virus downloaded additi...

  3. Approximation of a switched linear system by a nonswitched homogeneous polynomial system

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2006-01-01

    It is shown that given a switched linear control system which satisfy the controllability rank condition, it is possible to construct a non-switched homogenous polynomial control system in such a way that the trajectories of the latter may be arbitrarily well approximated norm on finite time intervals.

  4. Control of systems with costs related to switching: applications to air-condition systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Thybo (Deng), Honglian; Larsen, Lars Finn Sloth; Stoustrup, Jakob

    2009-01-01

    The objective of this paper is to investigate a low complexity method for controlling systems with binary inputs that have costs related to switching. The control objective for this type of systems is often a trade off between the deviation from the reference and the number of switches (weariness...

  5. H-infinity control for cascade minimum-phase switched nonlinear systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Shengzhi ZHAO; Jun ZHAO

    2005-01-01

    This paper is concerned with the H-infinity control problem for a class of cascade switched nonlinear systems.Each switched system in this class is composed of a zero-input asymptotically stable nonlinear part,which is also a switched system,and a linearizable part which is controllable.Conditions under which the H-infinity control problem is solvable under arbitrary switching law and under some designed switching law are derived respectively.The nonlinear state feedback and switching law are designed.We exploit the structural characteristics of the switched nonlinear systems to construct common Lyapunov functions for arbitrary switching and to find a single Lyapunov function for designed switching law.The proposed methods do not rely on the solutions of Hamilton-Jacobi inequalities.

  6. Optimal redundancy allocation for reliability systems with imperfect switching

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Lun Ran; Jinlin Li; Xujie Jia; Hongrui Chu

    2014-01-01

    The problem of stochastical y al ocating redundant com-ponents to increase the system lifetime is an important topic of reliability. An optimal redundancy al ocation is proposed, which maximizes the expected lifetime of a reliability system with sub-systems consisting of components in paral el. The constraints are minimizing the total resources and the sizes of subsystems. In this system, each switching is independent with each other and works with probability p. Two optimization problems are studied by an incremental algorithm and dynamic programming technique respectively. The incremental algorithm proposed could obtain an approximate optimal solution, and the dynamic programming method could generate the optimal solution.

  7. Optimal placement of switching equipment in reconfigurable distribution systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mijailović Vladica

    2011-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents a comparative analysis of some measures that can improve the reliability of medium-voltage (MV distribution feeder. Strictly speaking, the impact of certain types of switching equipment installed on the feeder and possibilities of backup supply from the adjacent feeders were analyzed. For each analyzed case, equations for the calculation of System Average Interruption Duration Index and energy not delivered to the customers are given. The effects of certain measures are calculated for one real MV-feeder for radial supply to customers and in cases of possible backup supply to the customers. Installation locations of certain types of switching equipment for the given concept of energy supply are determined according to the criterion of minimum value of System Average Interruption Duration Index and according to the criterion of minimum value of energy not delivered to the customers.

  8. A note on stability conditions for planar switched systems

    CERN Document Server

    Balde, Moussa; Mason, Paolo

    2008-01-01

    This paper is concerned with the stability problem for the planar linear switched system $\\dot x(t)=u(t)A_1x(t)+(1-u(t))A_2x(t)$, where the real matrices $A_1,A_2\\in \\R^{2\\times 2}$ are Hurwitz and $u(\\cdot) [0,\\infty[\\to\\{0,1\\}$ is a measurable function. We give coordinate-invariant necessary and sufficient conditions on $A_1$ and $A_2$ under which the system is asymptotically stable for arbitrary switching functions $u(\\cdot)$. The new conditions unify those given in previous papers and are simpler to be verified since we are reduced to study 4 cases instead of 20. Most of the cases are analyzed in terms of the function $\\Gamma(A_1,A_2)={1/2}(\\tr(A_1) \\tr(A_2)- \\tr(A_1A_2))$.

  9. Switch Reluctance Motor Control Based on Fuzzy Logic System

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    S. Aleksandrovsky

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Due to its intrinsic simplicity and reliability, the switched reluctance motor (SRM has now become a promising candidate for variable-speed drive applications as an alternative induction motor in various industrial application. However, the SRM has the disadvantage of nonlinear characteristic and control. It is suggested to use controller based on fuzzy logic system. Design of FLS controller and simulation model presented.

  10. Switched Quantization Level Control of Networked Control Systems with Packet Dropouts

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Shuo Wang

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper investigates the relationship between the maximum allowable dropout bound and the quantization density. Networked Control System (NCS is described as a time-delay switched system with constrained switching signals. A switched dynamic output feedback controller with prescribed disturbance attenuation level is designed via a cone complement linearization approach. A novel stability criterion is obtained by switched system theory. Furthermore, finding an appropriate quantization density used when packet dropout occurs is converted to an optimization problem.

  11. An Integrated Broadband Switching System with Narrowband Service Support

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    GONG Xiangyang; ZHANG Peng; CHENG Shiduan

    2001-01-01

    It is considered that ATM is not suitable for traditional narrowband services such as voice because of large adapting delay. In this paper,we present an ATM-based broadband switching system, which is capable of supporting narrowband services. A composite cell adapting method is adopted in this system to reduce adapting delay and guarantee QoS (Quality of Service). In the realized system, several key parameters have been measured. The results prove that it can guarantee perfect QoS and relative high bandwidth efficiency.

  12. Ion implantation system and process for ultrasensitive determination of target isotopes

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Farmer, III, Orville T.; Liezers, Martin

    2016-09-13

    A system and process are disclosed for ultrasensitive determination of target isotopes of analytical interest in a sample. Target isotopes may be implanted in an implant area on a high-purity substrate to pre-concentrate the target isotopes free of contaminants. A known quantity of a tracer isotope may also be implanted. Target isotopes and tracer isotopes may be determined in a mass spectrometer. The present invention provides ultrasensitive determination of target isotopes in the sample.

  13. Factorial switching linear dynamical systems applied to physiological condition monitoring.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Quinn, John A; Williams, Christopher K I; McIntosh, Neil

    2009-09-01

    Condition monitoring often involves the analysis of systems with hidden factors that switch between different modes of operation in some way. Given a sequence of observations, the task is to infer the filtering distribution of the switch setting at each time step. In this paper, we present factorial switching linear dynamical systems as a general framework for handling such problems. We show how domain knowledge and learning can be successfully combined in this framework, and introduce a new factor (the "X-factor") for dealing with unmodeled variation. We demonstrate the flexibility of this type of model by applying it to the problem of monitoring the condition of a premature baby receiving intensive care. The state of health of a baby cannot be observed directly, but different underlying factors are associated with particular patterns of physiological measurements and artifacts. We have explicit knowledge of common factors and use the X-factor to model novel patterns which are clinically significant but have unknown cause. Experimental results are given which show the developed methods to be effective on typical intensive care unit monitoring data.

  14. Multiuser switched diversity scheduling systems with per-user threshold

    KAUST Repository

    Nam, Haewoon

    2010-05-01

    A multiuser switched diversity scheduling scheme with per-user feedback threshold is proposed and analyzed in this paper. The conventional multiuser switched diversity scheduling scheme uses a single feedback threshold for every user, where the threshold is a function of the average signal-to-noise ratios (SNRs) of the users as well as the number of users involved in the scheduling process. The proposed scheme, however, constructs a sequence of feedback thresholds instead of a single feedback threshold such that each user compares its channel quality with the corresponding feedback threshold in the sequence. Numerical and simulation results show that thanks to the flexibility of threshold selection, where a potentially different threshold can be used for each user, the proposed scheme provides a higher system capacity than that for the conventional scheme. © 2006 IEEE.

  15. Silicon Modulators, Switches and Sub-systems for Optical Interconnect

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Qi

    Silicon photonics is emerging as a promising platform for manufacturing and integrating photonic devices for light generation, modulation, switching and detection. The compatibility with existing CMOS microelectronic foundries and high index contrast in silicon could enable low cost and high performance photonic systems, which find many applications in optical communication, data center networking and photonic network-on-chip. This thesis first develops and demonstrates several experimental work on high speed silicon modulators and switches with record performance and novel functionality. A 8x40 Gb/s transmitter based on silicon microrings is first presented. Then an end-to-end link using microrings for Binary Phase Shift Keying (BPSK) modulation and demodulation is shown, and its performance with conventional BPSK modulation/ demodulation techniques is compared. Next, a silicon traveling-wave Mach- Zehnder modulator is demonstrated at data rate up to 56 Gb/s for OOK modulation and 48 Gb/s for BPSK modulation, showing its capability at high speed communication systems. Then a single silicon microring is shown with 2x2 full crossbar switching functionality, enabling optical interconnects with ultra small footprint. Then several other experiments in the silicon platform are presented, including a fully integrated in-band Optical Signal to Noise Ratio (OSNR) monitor, characterization of optical power upper bound in a silicon microring modulator, and wavelength conversion in a dispersion-engineered waveguide. The last part of this thesis is on network-level application of photonics, specically a broadcast-and-select network based on star coupler is introduced, and its scalability performance is studied. Finally a novel switch architecture for data center networks is discussed, and its benefits as a disaggregated network are presented.

  16. Nonlinear control of chaotic systems:A switching manifold approach

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jin-Qing Fang

    2000-01-01

    Full Text Available In this paper, a switching manifold approach is developed for nonlinear feed-back control of chaotic systems. The design strategy is straightforward, and the nonlinear control law is the simple bang–bang control. Yet, this control method is very effective; for instance, several desired equilibria can be stabilized by using one control law with different initial conditions. Its effectiveness is verified by both theoretical analysis and numerical simulations. The Lorenz system simulation is shown for the purpose of illustration.

  17. Micro Electro Mechanical Systems (MEMS) Micro-Switches for Use in DC, RF, and Optical Applications

    Science.gov (United States)

    Suzuki, Kenichiro

    2002-06-01

    Micromachined micro-switches have stimulated the development of the core infrastructure technology for the next generation communication systems because of their superior performance. They are fabricated by similar silicon micromachined processes, but the switch structure and its characteristics depend on each application. Micro electro mechanical systems (MEMS) technology has been applied to micro relays, RF switches, and optical switches; as a result, optical and mechanical performance has been improved.

  18. Beam Switching Cylindrical Array Antenna System for Communication

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    V. C. Misra

    1998-10-01

    Full Text Available The beam switching cylindrical array, which is a unique system, has been designed and developed to cover 360° in azimuth plane by generating 16 beams with specified elevation coverage.In this design, the concept of fast aperture selection (4 x 4 in microseconds from the total cylindrical array has been realised successfully to meet the requirement of point-to-multipoint communication. The components of the array, viz., radiating elements, powder dividers, switches, etc., are designed in printed circuit type, and hence, objectives of lightweight and ease of reproducibility are achieved. The lightweight of the array makes it accessible for easy mounting at a specified height for achieving longer communication range. Finally, a low-loss radome is incorporated to protect the array from environmental conditions. The various parameters, viz., return loss, gain, and switched-beam radiation patterns were measured over a bandwidth of 300 MHz in L- band and typical measured results are presented in this paper.

  19. Utilizing Stable Isotopes and Isotopic Anomalies to Study Early Solar System Formation Processes

    Science.gov (United States)

    Simon, Justin

    2017-01-01

    Chondritic meteorites contain a diversity of particle components, i.e., chondrules and calcium-, aluminum-rich refractory inclusions (CAIs), that have survived since the formation of the Solar System. The chemical and isotopic compositions of these materials provide a record of the conditions present in the protoplanetary disk where they formed and can aid our understanding of the processes and reservoirs in which solids formed in the solar nebula, an important step leading to the accretion of planetesimals. Isotopic anomalies associated with nucleosynthetic processes are observed in these discrete materials, and can be compared to astronomical observations and astrophysical formation models of stars and more recently proplyds. The existence and size of these isotopic anomalies are typically thought to reflect a significant state of isotopic heterogeneity in the earliest Solar System, likely left over from molecular cloud heterogeneities on the grain scale, but some could also be due to late stellar injection. The homogenization of these isotopic anomalies towards planetary values can be used to track the efficiency and timescales of disk wide mixing,

  20. A Switched Diversity Scheme for Massive MIMO Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Qianya Wang

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available With the constraint of antenna space, spatial correlation and mutual coupling must be considered to accurately predict the system performance for massive MIMO systems. Increasing the antenna quantity can degrade the system performance due to mutual coupling. Antenna selection systems have better performance and lower hardware cost than full-MIMO systems. However, the conventional selection combining (SC scheme consumes a great amount of training overhead and has high operational complexity in the presence of mutual coupling. This paper proposes a group switch-and-examine combining (GSEC scheme for massive MIMO systems with the spatial correlation and mutual coupling existing at both the transmitter and receiver. Simulation results demonstrate that the proposed GSEC scheme provides better effective capacity performance and lower operational complexity than the conventional selection combining (SC and full-MIMO scheme.

  1. A Fast Channel Switching Method in EPON System for IPTV Service

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nie, Yaling; Yoshiuchi, Hideya

    This paper presents a fast channel switching method in Ethernet Passive Optical Network (EPON) system for IPTV service. Fast channel switching is one of the important features of successful IPTV systems. Users surely prefer IPTV systems with small channel switching time rather than a longer one. Thus a channel switching control module and a channel/permission list in EPON system’s ONU or OLT is designed. When EPON system receives channel switching message from IPTV end user, the channel switching control module will catch the message and search the channel list and permission list maintained in EPON system, then got the matching parameter of EPON for the new channel. The new channel’s data transmission will be enabled by directly updating the optical filter of the ONU that end user connected. By using this method in EPON system, it provides a solution for dealing with channel switching delays in IPTV service.

  2. Unbiased isotope equilibrium factors from partial isotope exchange experiments in 3-exchange site systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Agrinier, Pierre; Javoy, Marc

    2016-09-01

    Two methods are available in order to evaluate the equilibrium isotope fractionation factors between exchange sites or phases from partial isotope exchange experiments. The first one developed by Northrop and Clayton (1966) is designed for isotope exchanges between two exchange sites (hereafter, the N&C method), the second one from Zheng et al. (1994) is a refinement of the first one to account for a third isotope exchanging site (hereafter, the Z method). In this paper, we use a simple model of isotope kinetic exchange for a 3-exchange site system (such as hydroxysilicates where oxygen occurs as OH and non-OH groups like in muscovite, chlorite, serpentine, or water or calcite) to explore the behavior of the N&C and Z methods. We show that these two methods lead to significant biases that cannot be detected with the usual graphical tests proposed by the authors. Our model shows that biases originate because isotopes are fractionated between all these exchanging sites. Actually, we point out that the variable mobility (or exchangeability) of isotopes in and between the exchange sites only controls the amplitude of the bias, but is not essential to the production of this bias as previously suggested. Setting a priori two of the three exchange sites at isotopic equilibrium remove the bias and thus is required for future partial exchange experiments to produce accurate and unbiased extrapolated equilibrium fractionation factors. Our modeling applied to published partial oxygen isotope exchange experiments for 3-exchange site systems (the muscovite-calcite (Chacko et al., 1996), the chlorite-water (Cole and Ripley, 1998) and the serpentine-water (Saccocia et al., 2009)) shows that the extrapolated equilibrium fractionation factors (reported as 1000 ln(α)) using either the N&C or the Z methods lead to bias that may reach several δ per mil in a few cases. These problematic cases, may be because experiments were conducted at low temperature and did not reach high

  3. Measurement system analysis (MSA) of the isotopic ratio for uranium isotope enrichment process control

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Medeiros, Josue C. de; Barbosa, Rodrigo A.; Carnaval, Joao Paulo R., E-mail: josue@inb.gov.br, E-mail: rodrigobarbosa@inb.gov.br, E-mail: joaocarnaval@inb.gov.br [Industrias Nucleares do Brasil (INB), Rezende, RJ (Brazil)

    2013-07-01

    Currently, one of the stages in nuclear fuel cycle development is the process of uranium isotope enrichment, which will provide the amount of low enriched uranium for the nuclear fuel production to supply 100% Angra 1 and 20% Angra 2 demands. Determination of isotopic ration n({sup 235}U)/n({sup 238}U) in uranium hexafluoride (UF{sub 6} - used as process gas) is essential in order to control of enrichment process of isotopic separation by gaseous centrifugation cascades. The uranium hexafluoride process is performed by gas continuous feeding in separation unit which uses the centrifuge force principle, establishing a density gradient in a gas containing components of different molecular weights. The elemental separation effect occurs in a single ultracentrifuge that results in a partial separation of the feed in two fractions: an enriched on (product) and another depleted (waste) in the desired isotope ({sup 235}UF{sub 6}). Industrias Nucleares do Brasil (INB) has used quadrupole mass spectrometry (QMS) by electron impact (EI) to perform isotopic ratio n({sup 235}U)/n({sup 238}U) analysis in the process. The decision of adjustments and change te input variables are based on the results presented in these analysis. A study of stability, bias and linearity determination has been performed in order to evaluate the applied method, variations and systematic errors in the measurement system. The software used to analyze the techniques above was the Minitab 15. (author)

  4. Large power analysis of switched reluctance machine system for coal mine

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    CHEN Hao; PAVLITOV Constantin

    2009-01-01

    The conventional structures in the Switched Reluctance machines are introduced, such as three-phase 12/8 structure Switched Reluctance machine, three-phase 6/4 structure Switched Reluctance machine, four-phase 16/12 structure Switched Reluctance machine, and four-phase 8/6 structure Switched Reluctance machine. Three-phase 12/8 structure Switched Reluctance machine is the best choice for the large power Switched Reluctance machine system in coal mines. The asymmetric bridge power converter main circuit and the bifilar winding power converter main circuit are also introduced. Three-phase asymmetric bridge power converter main circuit is the best choice for the large power Switched Reluctance machine system in coal mines. The magnetic paths of the designed large power motor are given with one phase excitation and double phases excitation. The phase current waveforms are also given.

  5. Switching Devices Used in the Lethality Test System

    Science.gov (United States)

    1987-06-01

    MOTORS CB2 Fig, 1, Simplified LTS circuit diagram. The system operates as follows: when the traction motor/flywheel sets have been motored to a...T3. A peak current of 50 kA is reached in 2,7 s, and crowbar switches, CB1 CB3 are closed, This action traps the discharge current in each of the...schematic of the first module is shown in Fig. 2. A schematic for the other two modules is shown in Fig. 3. v CB1 Fig. 2. Schematic for ESSM 1. v R A

  6. A Novel Single Phase Hybrid Switched Reluctance Motor Drive System

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Liang, Jianing; Xu, Guoqing; Jian, Linni;

    2011-01-01

    phase boost converter is applied to improve the performance of this motor. It is easy to generate a double dclink voltage and dc-link voltage and switch both of them. The voltage of boost capacitor is self balance, so the protective circuit is not need to consider. The fast excitation mode helps hybrid...... SRM reduce the negative torque before zero-crossing point of torque curve, and build desired phase current to generate more power. Some experimental results are done to verify the performance of proposed hybrid SRM drive system....

  7. Method for detecting an open-switch fault in a grid-connected NPC inverter system

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Choi, Ui-Min; Jeong, Hae-Gwang; Lee, Kyo-Beum;

    2012-01-01

    This paper proposes a fault-detection method for an open-switch fault in the switches of grid-connected neutral-point-clamped inverter systems. The proposed method can not only detect the fault condition but also identify the location of the faulty switch. In the proposed method, which is designed...

  8. 33 CFR 149.135 - What should be marked on the cargo transfer system alarm switch?

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-07-01

    ... 33 Navigation and Navigable Waters 2 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false What should be marked on the cargo transfer system alarm switch? 149.135 Section 149.135 Navigation and Navigable Waters COAST GUARD... switch? Each switch for activating an alarm, and each audio or visual device for signaling an alarm,...

  9. Variable Neural Adaptive Robust Control: A Switched System Approach

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lian, Jianming; Hu, Jianghai; Zak, Stanislaw H.

    2015-05-01

    Variable neural adaptive robust control strategies are proposed for the output tracking control of a class of multi-input multi-output uncertain systems. The controllers incorporate a variable-structure radial basis function (RBF) network as the self-organizing approximator for unknown system dynamics. The variable-structure RBF network solves the problem of structure determination associated with fixed-structure RBF networks. It can determine the network structure on-line dynamically by adding or removing radial basis functions according to the tracking performance. The structure variation is taken into account in the stability analysis of the closed-loop system using a switched system approach with the aid of the piecewise quadratic Lyapunov function. The performance of the proposed variable neural adaptive robust controllers is illustrated with simulations.

  10. Application of enriched stable isotopes as tracers in biological systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Stürup, Stefan; Hansen, Helle Rüsz; Gammelgaard, Bente

    2008-01-01

    The application of enriched stable isotopes of minerals and trace elements as tracers in biological systems is a rapidly growing research field that benefits from the many new developments in inorganic mass spectrometric instrumentation, primarily within inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry...... (ICP-MS) instrumentation, such as reaction/collision cell ICP-MS and multicollector ICP-MS with improved isotope ratio measurement and interference removal capabilities. Adaptation and refinement of radioisotope tracer experiment methodologies for enriched stable isotope experiments......, and the development of new methodologies coupled with more advanced compartmental and mathematical models for the distribution of elements in living organisms has enabled a broader use of enriched stable isotope experiments in the biological sciences. This review discusses the current and future uses of enriched...

  11. H/D Isotope Effects in Hydrogen Bonded Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Aleksander Filarowski

    2013-04-01

    Full Text Available An extremely strong H/D isotope effect observed in hydrogen bonded A-H…B systems is connected with a reach diversity of the potential shape for the proton/deuteron motion. It is connected with the anharmonicity of the proton/deuteron vibrations and of the tunneling effect, particularly in cases of short bridges with low barrier for protonic and deuteronic jumping. Six extreme shapes of the proton motion are presented starting from the state without possibility of the proton transfer up to the state with a full ionization. The manifestations of the H/D isotope effect are best reflected in the infra-red absorption spectra. A most characteristic is the run of the relationship between the isotopic ratio nH/nD and position of the absorption band shown by using the example of NHN hydrogen bonds. One can distinguish a critical range of correlation when the isotopic ratio reaches the value of ca. 1 and then increases up to unusual values higher than . The critical range of the isotope effect is also visible in NQR and NMR spectra. In the critical region one observes a stepwise change of the NQR frequency reaching 1.1 MHz. In the case of NMR, the maximal isotope effect is reflected on the curve presenting the dependence of Δd (1H,2H on d (1H. This effect corresponds to the range of maximum on the correlation curve between dH and ΔpKa that is observed in various systems. There is a lack in the literature of quantitative information about the influence of isotopic substitution on the dielectric properties of hydrogen bond except the isotope effect on the ferroelectric phase transition in some hydrogen bonded crystals.

  12. Kilowatt isotope power system phase II plan. Volume II: flight System Conceptual Design (FSCD)

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    1978-03-01

    The Kilowatt Isotope Power System (KIPS) Flight System Conceptual Design (FSCD) is described. Included are a background, a description of the flight system conceptual design, configuration of components, flight system performance, Ground Demonstration System test results, and advanced development tests.

  13. Unique Features and Spacecraft Applications of Dynamic Isotope Power Systems

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Raab, B.

    1982-01-01

    The dynamic isotope power system represents the most recent attempt to develop a heat-engine generator for space electric power. A major objective in this most recent effort was to increase the power and to reduce the cost of nuclear space power systems to the point where the unique features of this power source could be brought to bear for Earth-orbit missions which could benefit therefrom. This objective was largely achieved; both weight and cost of the dynamic isotope systems are comparable to solar power systems. The dynamic isotope power system, designed for spacecraft requiring prime power in the 500-2000 W range, has been successfully built and ground tested. A number of studies, summarized herein, have demonstrated the advantages of using such a power system instead of the conventional solar system for a variety of Earth-orbit missions. These advantages stem from the unique nature of the dynamic isotope system, different in kind from solar power systems. As a result, in many cases, the spacecraft design can be significantly simplified and more closely harmonized with mission requirements. This overall advantage can be crucial in missions which have stringent pointing, stability, viewing, and/or positioning requirements.

  14. Effects of switching between production systems in dairy farming

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Antonio Alvarez

    2015-05-01

    Full Text Available The increasing intensification of dairy farming in Europe has sparked an interest in studying the economic consequences of this process. However, empirically classifying farms as extensive or intensive is not a straightforward task. In recent papers, Latent Class Models (LCM have been used to avoid an ad-hoc split of the sample into intensive and extensive dairy farms. A limitation of current specifications of LCM is that they do not allow farms to switch between different productive systems over time. This feature of the model is at odds with the process of intensification of the European dairy industry in recent decades. We allow for changes of production system over time by estimating a single LCM model but splitting the original panel into two periods, and find that the probability of using the intensive technology increases over time. Our estimation proposal opens up the possibility of studying the effects of intensification not only across farms but also over time.

  15. Uninterruptible system for switching between two different power sources; Idengenkan muteiden kirikae system

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    NONE

    1999-12-17

    The above system with a patent pending is described. When a regular power source is to be temporarily stopped, a switchover is made to a mobile generator. After such a switchover, the temporary switch is heavier because of the transformer for driving instruments, and this creates a problem in workability. In this invention, a voltage detector built of a partial voltage circuit of small and light capacitors is provided at each end of the temporary switch. The detectors, together with a contact arrangement which generates a switch closing signal, constitutes a temporary switch for the synchronous closing of different power sources. A temporary switch control device is connected to the switch by coupling cables and, across the cables, a means that performs synchronism detection in response to signals from the voltage detector and a voltage/frequency adjustment circuit are installed. Their signals are transmitted to a mobile generator equipped with a parallel operator. The mobile generator is equipped with a circuit to compensate for cross currents to operate when in parallel operation. In this invention, thanks to the use of capacitor partial voltage-aided voltage detector in place of a transformer for instruments, the temporary switch is reduced in weight. The cross current compensation circuit inhibits the reactive current in case of switchback. (NEDO)

  16. Mo isotope fractionation during hydrothermal evolution of porphyry Cu systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shafiei, Behnam; Shamanian, GholamHossein; Mathur, Ryan; Mirnejad, Hassan

    2015-03-01

    We present Mo isotope compositions of molybdenite types from three successive stages of ore deposition in several porphyry copper deposits of the Kerman region, Iran. The data provide new insights into controlling processes on Mo isotope fractionation during the hydrothermal evolution of porphyry systems. The Mo isotope compositions of 27 molybdenite samples show wide variations in δ97Mo ranging from -0.37 to +0.92 ‰. The data reveal that molybdenites in the early and transitional stages of mineralization (preferentially 2H polytypes; δ97Mo mean = 0.35 ‰) have higher δ97Mo values than late stage (mainly 3R polytypes; δ97Mo mean = 0.02 ‰) molybdenites. This trend suggests that fractionation of Mo isotopes occurred in high-temperature stages of mineralization and that hydrothermal systems generally evolve towards precipitation of molybdenite with lower δ97Mo values. Taking into account the genetic models proposed for porphyry Cu deposits along with the temperature-dependent fractionation of Mo isotope ratios, it is proposed that large variations of Mo isotopes in the early and the transitional stages of ore deposition could be controlled by the separation of the immiscible ore-forming fluid phases with different density, pH, and ƒO2 properties (i.e., brine and vapor). The fractionation of Mo isotopes during fluid boiling and Rayleigh distillation processes likely dominates the Mo isotope budget of the remaining ore-forming fluids for the late stage of mineralization. The lower δ97Mo values in the late stage of mineralization can be explained by depletion of the late ore-forming hydrothermal solutions in 97Mo, as these fluids have moved to considerable distance from the source. Finally, the relationship observed between MoS2 polytypes (2H and 3R) and their Mo isotopic compositions can be explained by the molecular vibration theory, in which heavier isotopes are preferentially partitioned into denser primary 2H MoS2 crystals.

  17. Time-dependent switched discrete-time linear systems control and filtering

    CERN Document Server

    Zhang, Lixian; Shi, Peng; Lu, Qiugang

    2016-01-01

    This book focuses on the basic control and filtering synthesis problems for discrete-time switched linear systems under time-dependent switching signals. Chapter 1, as an introduction of the book, gives the backgrounds and motivations of switched systems, the definitions of the typical time-dependent switching signals, the differences and links to other types of systems with hybrid characteristics and a literature review mainly on the control and filtering for the underlying systems. By summarizing the multiple Lyapunov-like functions (MLFs) approach in which different requirements on comparisons of Lyapunov function values at switching instants, a series of methodologies are developed for the issues on stability and stabilization, and l2-gain performance or tube-based robustness for l∞ disturbance, respectively, in Chapters 2 and 3. Chapters 4 and 5 are devoted to the control and filtering problems for the time-dependent switched linear systems with either polytopic uncertainties or measurable time-varying...

  18. Preliminary design review: Brayton Isotope Power System

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    none,

    1977-03-01

    The design aspects covered include flight system design, design criteria/margins/reliability, GDS design, system analysis, materials, system assembly procedure, and government furnished equipment-BTPS. (TFD)

  19. On the stability of planar randomly switched systems

    CERN Document Server

    Benaïm, Michel; Malrieu, Florent; Zitt, Pierre-André

    2012-01-01

    Consider the random process (Xt) solution of dXt/dt = A(It) Xt where (It) is a Markov process on {0,1} and A0 and A1 are real Hurwitz matrices on R2. Assuming that there exists lambda in (0, 1) such that (1 - \\lambda)A0 + \\lambdaA1 has a positive eigenvalue, we establish that the norm of Xt may converge to 0 or infinity, depending on the the jump rate of the process I. An application to product of random matrices is studied. This paper can be viewed as a probabilistic counterpart of the paper "A note on stability conditions for planar switched systems" by Balde, Boscain and Mason.

  20. A Dynamic Branch-Switching Method for Parametrically Excited Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    A.Y.T. Leung

    1999-01-01

    Full Text Available The branch-switching algorithm in static is applied to steady state dynamic problems. The governing ordinary differential equations are transformed to nonlinear algebraic equations by means of harmonic balance method using multiple frequency components. The frequency components of the (irrational nonlinearity of oscillator are obtained by Fast Fourier Transform and Toeplitz Jacobian method (FFT/TJM. All singularities, folds, flips, period doubling and period bubbling, are computed accurately in an analytical manner. Coexisting solutions can be predicted without using initial condition search. The consistence of both stability criteria in time and frequency domains is discussed. A highly nonlinear parametrically excited system is given as example. All connected solution paths are predicted.

  1. An extension of LaSalle's invariance principle for switched systems

    OpenAIRE

    Mancilla-Aguilar, Jose Luis; Garcia, Rafael A.

    2005-01-01

    This paper addresses invariance principles for a certain class of switched nonlinear systems. We provide an extension of LaSalle's Invariance Principle for these systems and state asymptotic stability criteria. We also present some related results that deal with the compactness of the trajectories of these switched systems and that are interesting by their own.

  2. Discretization behavior analysis of a switching control system from a unified mathematical approach

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Xinghuo YU; Ling YANG; Guanrong CHEN

    2003-01-01

    A useful unified analysis framework is proposed for exploring the intriguing behaviors of a second-order switching control system. Complex discretization behaviors of the switching control system are explored in detail, and some intrinsic relationships between the system periodic behaviors and their associated symbolic sequences are studied.

  3. Observer-based robust H-infinity control for uncertain switched systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zhengyi SONG; Jun ZHAO

    2007-01-01

    The problem of observer-based robust H-infinity control is addressed for a class of linear discrete-time switched systems with time-varying norm-bounded uncertainties by using switched Lyapunov function method. None of the individual subsystems is assumed to be robustly H-infinity solvable. A novel switched Lypunov function matrix with diagonal-block form is devised to overcome the difficulties in designing switching laws. For robust H-infinity stability analysis, two linear-matrix-inequality-based sufficient conditions are derived by only using the smallest region function strategy if some parameters are preselected. Then, the robust H-infinity control synthesis is studied using a switching state feedback and an observer-based switching dynamical output feedback. All the switching laws are simultaneously constructively designed. Finally, a simulation example is given to illustrate the validity of the results.

  4. The Design of the Parallel Switching Power Supply System

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Bin Zhang

    2013-10-01

    Full Text Available This study introduces a parallel switching power supply system which is controlled by C8051F020 MCU. The system consists of DC/DC converter, voltage-controlled constant current source circuit, over-current protection circuit and auxiliary power supply. TPS54331 is used to constitute a highly efficient DC/DC converter, reducing the input DC voltage to supply the voltage-controlled constant current source circuit. The parallel current-sharing of the system is realized by the voltage-controlled constant current source circuit. The output current of the two parallel power supply can be adjusted by changing the control voltage. When the output current exceeds the set value, the system starts over-current protection circuit to cut off the power and delays to restore power automatically after a certain period of time. The test results show that the system is stable and reliable, easy to control and has a function of over-current protection and automatic recovery.

  5. Uniform stability of switched linear systems: Extensions of LaSalle's invariance principle

    OpenAIRE

    Hespanha, Joao P

    2004-01-01

    This paper addresses the uniform stability of switched linear systems, where uniformity refers to the convergence bate of the multiple solutions that one obtains as the switching signal ranges over a given set. We provide a collection of results that can be viewed as extensions of LaSalle's Invariance Principle to certain classes of switched linear systems. Using these results one can deduce asymptotic stability using multiple Lyapunov functions whose Lie derivatives are only negative semidef...

  6. Mean Square Exponential Stability of Stochastic Switched System with Interval Time-Varying Delays

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Manlika Rajchakit

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper is concerned with mean square exponential stability of switched stochastic system with interval time-varying delays. The time delay is any continuous function belonging to a given interval, but not necessary to be differentiable. By constructing a suitable augmented Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional combined with Leibniz-Newton’s formula, a switching rule for the mean square exponential stability of switched stochastic system with interval time-varying delays and new delay-dependent sufficient conditions for the mean square exponential stability of the switched stochastic system are first established in terms of LMIs. Numerical example is given to show the effectiveness of the obtained result.

  7. Stability of linear switched systems with quadratic bounds and Observability of bilinear systems

    CERN Document Server

    Balde, Moussa

    2012-01-01

    The aim of this paper is to give sufficient conditions for a switched linear system defined by a pair of Hurwitz matrices that share a common but not strict quadratic Lyapunov function to be GUAS. We show that this property is equivalent to the uniform observability of a bilinear system defined on a subspace whose dimension is in most cases much smaller than the dimension of the switched system. Some sufficient conditions of uniform asymptotic stability are then deduced from the equivalence theorem, and illustrated by examples.

  8. An analytical system for stable isotope analysis on carbon monoxide using continuous-flow isotope-ratio mass spectrometry

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Pathirana, S. L.; Van Der Veen, C.; Popa, M. E.; Röckmann, T.

    2015-01-01

    A fully automated system for the determination of δ13C and δ18O in atmospheric CO has been developed. CO is extracted from an air sample and converted into carbon dioxide (CO2) using the Schütze reagent. The isotopic composition is determined with an isotope-ratio mass spectrometer (IRMS) technique.

  9. Energy stores and switches for rail-launcher systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Weldon, W. F.; Zowarka, R. C.; Marshall, R. A.

    1983-01-01

    An overview of existing switch and power supply technology applicable to space launch, a new candidate pulsed power supply for Earth-to-space rail launcher duty, the inverse railgun flux compressor, and a set of switching experiments to study further the feasibility of Earth-to-space launch are discussed.

  10. Photonics in switching: Architectures, systems and enabling technologies

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Raffaelli, C.; Vlachos, K.; Andriolli, N.;

    2008-01-01

    This paper describes recent research activities and results in the area of photonic switching carried out within the Virtual Department on Switching (VDS) of the European e-Photon/ONe Network of Excellence. Contributions from outstanding European research groups in this field are collected to offer...

  11. Solid-state Marx based two-switch voltage modulator for the On-Line Isotope Mass Separator accelerator at the European Organization for Nuclear Research.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Redondo, L M; Silva, J Fernando; Canacsinh, H; Ferrão, N; Mendes, C; Soares, R; Schipper, J; Fowler, A

    2010-07-01

    A new circuit topology is proposed to replace the actual pulse transformer and thyratron based resonant modulator that supplies the 60 kV target potential for the ion acceleration of the On-Line Isotope Mass Separator accelerator, the stability of which is critical for the mass resolution downstream separator, at the European Organization for Nuclear Research. The improved modulator uses two solid-state switches working together, each one based on the Marx generator concept, operating as series and parallel switches, reducing the stress on the series stacked semiconductors, and also as auxiliary pulse generator in order to fulfill the target requirements. Preliminary results of a 10 kV prototype, using 1200 V insulated gate bipolar transistors and capacitors in the solid-state Marx circuits, ten stages each, with an electrical equivalent circuit of the target, are presented, demonstrating both the improved voltage stability and pulse flexibility potential wanted for this new modulator.

  12. A concept for semi-active vibration control with a serial-stiffness-switch system

    Science.gov (United States)

    Min, Chaoqing; Dahlmann, Martin; Sattel, Thomas

    2017-09-01

    This work deals with a new semi-active vibration control concept with a serial-stiffness-switch system (SSSS), which can be seen as one and a half degree-of-freedom system. The proposed switched system is mainly composed of two serial elements, each of which consists of one spring and one switch in parallel with each other. This mechanical structure benefits from a specified switching law based on the zero crossing of velocity in order to realize vibration reduction. In contrast with conventional ways, the new system is capable of harvesting vibration energy as potential energy stored in springs, and then applies it to vibration reduction. In this paper, the concept is characterized, simulated, evaluated, and proven to be able to improve the system response. The equivalent stiffness and natural frequency of the switched system are mathematically formulated and verified.

  13. Optimal Coordination of Automatic Line Switches for Distribution Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jyh-Cherng Gu

    2012-04-01

    Full Text Available For the Taiwan Power Company (Taipower, the margins of coordination times between the lateral circuit breakers (LCB of underground 4-way automatic line switches and the protection equipment of high voltage customers are often too small. This could lead to sympathy tripping by the feeder circuit breaker (FCB of the distribution feeder and create difficulties in protection coordination between upstream and downstream protection equipment, identification of faults, and restoration operations. In order to solve the problem, it is necessary to reexamine the protection coordination between LCBs and high voltage customers’ protection equipment, and between LCBs and FCBs, in order to bring forth new proposals for settings and operations. This paper applies linear programming to optimize the protection coordination of protection devices, and proposes new time current curves (TCCs for the overcurrent (CO and low-energy overcurrent (LCO relays used in normally open distribution systems by performing simulations in the Electrical Transient Analyzer Program (ETAP environment. The simulation results show that the new TCCs solve the coordination problems among high voltage customer, lateral, feeder, bus-interconnection, and distribution transformer. The new proposals also satisfy the requirements of Taipower on protection coordination of the distribution feeder automation system (DFAS. Finally, the authors believe that the system configuration, operation experience, and relevant criteria mentioned in this paper may serve as valuable references for other companies or utilities when building DFAS of their own.

  14. Diffusion in isotopically controlled semiconductor systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bracht, H.

    1999-12-01

    Isotopically controlled heterostructures of 28Si/natSi and Al71GaAs/Al69GaAs/71GaAs have been used to study the self-diffusion process in this elemental and compound semiconductor material. The directly measured Si self-diffusion coefficient is compared with the self-interstitial and vacancy contribution to self-diffusion which were deduced from metal diffusion experiments. The remarkable agreement between the Si self-diffusion coefficients and the individual contributions to self-diffusion shows that both self-interstitials and vacancies mediate Si self-diffusion. The Ga self-diffusion in undoped AlGaAs was found to decrease with increasing Al concentration. The activation enthalpy of Ga and Al diffusion in GaAs and of Ga diffusion in AlGaAs all lie in the range of (3.6±0.1) eV, but with different pre-exponential factors. The doping dependence of Ga self-diffusion reveals a retardation (enhancement) of Ga diffusion under p-type (n-type) doping compared to intrinsic conditions. All experimental results on the group-III atom diffusion are accurately described if vacancies on the group-III sublattice are assumed to mediate the Ga self- and Al-Ga interdiffusion in undoped AlGaAs and the Ga self-diffusion in Be- and Si-doped GaAs with an active dopant concentration of 3×1018 cm-3. The doping dependence of Ga self-diffusion in GaAs provides strong evidence that neutral, singly and doubly charged Ga vacancies govern the self-diffusion process.

  15. Trade-offs between Control and Mode-Observability Properties for Switching Linear Systems

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Baglietto, Marco; Battistelli, Giorgio; Tesi, Pietro

    2012-01-01

    This paper describes recent progress in the study of switching linear systems i.e. linear systems whose dynamics can switch among a family of possible configurations/modes. We focus the attention on closed-loop mode-observability, namely the problem of identifying the active (unknown) mode of the sy

  16. Stabilization for a class of second-order switched systems with saturation constrains

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    SONG Yang; GU Yu-qi; FEI Min-rui

    2009-01-01

    This paper proposes a global stabilization method for a class of planar switched systems with input saturation constrains by using a state feedback and switching strategy.This method is proved to be effective by analyzing the characteristics of the trajectory of second-order linear systems with input saturation.

  17. Single-Mask Fabrication of Temperature Triggered MEMS Switch for Cooling Control in SSL System

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Wei, J.; Ye, H.; Van Zeijl, H.W.; Sarro, P.M.; Zhang, G.Q.

    2012-01-01

    A micro-electro-mechanical-system (MEMS) based, temperature triggered, switch is developed as a cost-effective solution for smart cooling control of solid-state-lighting systems. The switch (1.0x0.4 mm2) is embedded in a silicon substrate and fabricated with a single-mask 3D micro-machining process.

  18. Stabilization of a class of discrete-time switched systems via observer-based output feedback

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Jiao LI; Yuzhong LIU

    2007-01-01

    In this paper, observer-based static output feedback control problem for discrete-time uncertain switched systems is investigated under an arbitrary switching rule. The main method used in this note is combining switched. Lyapunov function (SLF) method with Finsler's Lemma. Based on linear matrix inequality (LMI) a less conservative stability condition is established and this condition allows extra degree of freedom for stability analysis. Finally, a simulation example is given to illustrate the efficiency of the result.

  19. Exponential Stability of Time-Switched Two-Subsystem Nonlinear Systems with Application to Intermittent Control

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Huang Tingwen

    2009-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper studies the exponential stability of a class of periodically time-switched nonlinear systems. Three cases of such systems which are composed, respectively, of a pair of unstable subsystems, of both stable and unstable subsystems, and of a pair of stable systems, are considered. For the first case, the proposed result shows that there exists periodically switching rule guaranteeing the exponential stability of the whole system with (sufficient small switching period if there is a Hurwitz linear convex combination of two uncertain linear systems derived from two subsystems by certain linearization. For the second case, we present two general switching criteria by means of multiple and single Lyapunov function, respectively. We also investigate the stability issue of the third case, and the switching criteria of exponential stability are proposed. The present results for the second case are further applied to the periodically intermittent control. Several numerical examples are also given to show the effectiveness of theoretical results.

  20. Switching theory-based steganographic system for JPEG images

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cherukuri, Ravindranath C.; Agaian, Sos S.

    2007-04-01

    Cellular communications constitute a significant portion of the global telecommunications market. Therefore, the need for secured communication over a mobile platform has increased exponentially. Steganography is an art of hiding critical data into an innocuous signal, which provide answers to the above needs. The JPEG is one of commonly used format for storing and transmitting images on the web. In addition, the pictures captured using mobile cameras are in mostly in JPEG format. In this article, we introduce a switching theory based steganographic system for JPEG images which is applicable for mobile and computer platforms. The proposed algorithm uses the fact that energy distribution among the quantized AC coefficients varies from block to block and coefficient to coefficient. Existing approaches are effective with a part of these coefficients but when employed over all the coefficients they show there ineffectiveness. Therefore, we propose an approach that works each set of AC coefficients with different frame work thus enhancing the performance of the approach. The proposed system offers a high capacity and embedding efficiency simultaneously withstanding to simple statistical attacks. In addition, the embedded information could be retrieved without prior knowledge of the cover image. Based on simulation results, the proposed method demonstrates an improved embedding capacity over existing algorithms while maintaining a high embedding efficiency and preserving the statistics of the JPEG image after hiding information.

  1. Dynamics and Control of Switched Electronic Systems Advanced Perspectives for Modeling, Simulation and Control of Power Converters

    CERN Document Server

    Iannelli, Luigi

    2012-01-01

    The increased efficiency and quality constraints imposed on electrical energy systems have inspired a renewed research interest in the study of formal approaches to the analysis and control of power electronics converters. Switched systems represent a useful framework for modeling these converters and the peculiarities of their operating conditions and control goals justify the specific classification of “switched electronic systems”. Indeed, idealized switched models of power converters introduce problems not commonly encountered when analyzing generic switched models or non-switched electrical networks. In that sense the analysis of switched electronic systems represents a source for new ideas and benchmarks for switched and hybrid systems generally. Dynamics and Control of Switched Electronic Systems draws on the expertise of an international group of expert contributors to give an overview of recent advances in the modeling, simulation and control of switched electronic systems. The reader is provided...

  2. Open-switch fault detection method of an NPC converter for wind turbine systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Lee, June-Seok; Lee, Kyo-Beum; Blaabjerg, Frede

    2013-01-01

    In wind turbine generation (WTG) systems, the neutral-point-clamped (NPC) topology is widely used as the part of a back-to-back converter since the three-level NPC topology has more advantages than the conventional two-level inverter especially for high power. There are twelve switches in the NPC...... topology and an open-switch fault of the NPC converter leads to current distortion and the torque ripple in the system. Furthermore, WTG systems can breakdown in the worst case by this ripple. To improve the reliability of WTG systems, an open-switch fault detection method is required. The open......-switch detection method of the NPC converter is different from that of the NPC inverter due to the different current paths of the NPC converter. This paper proposes the open-switch fault detection method of the NPC converter connected the permanent-magnet synchronous generator (PMSG). Moreover, the open...

  3. A Microcontroller-Based Automatic Transfer Switching System for a ...

    African Journals Online (AJOL)

    Michael

    2015-06-01

    Jun 1, 2015 ... interrupted, the control circuit starts up the generator set ... In general, a switch control mechanism could be .... configured to use quartz crystal or ceramic .... as Quality Assurance Engineer for Ghana Telecommunication.

  4. Switched diversity strategies for dual-hop relaying systems

    KAUST Repository

    Gaaloul, Fakhreddine

    2011-04-29

    This paper investigates the effect of different switched diversity configurations on the implementation complexity and achieved performance of dual-hop amplify-and-forward (AF) relaying networks. A low-complexity model of the relay station is adopted, wherein single-input single-output antenna configuration is employed. Each of the transmitter and the receiver however employs multiple antennas to improve the overall link performance. Single-phase and two-phase based receive switching strategies are investigated assuming optimum first hop signal-to-noise ratio (SNR). Moreover, the simple scheme in which the switched diversity is applied independently over the two hops is studied using tight upper bounds. Thorough performance comparisons and switching thresholds optimization for the aforementioned strategies are presented. Simulation results are also provided to validate the mathematical development and to verify the numerical computations.

  5. Stabilization Control for Linear Switching Stochastic Systems Against Time-Delay in Communication Channel

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Dongfang Lv; Shen Cong

    2015-01-01

    The paper is concerned with stabilization problem for a class of stochastic switching systems with time⁃delay in the detection of switching signal. By using binomial model, Poisson process, and Wiener process to describe time⁃delay, switching signal, and exogenous disturbance, respectively, the system under investigation is entirely set in a stochastic framework. The influence of the random time⁃delay is combined into reconstructing the switching signal of overall closed⁃loop system and changes the distribution property of switching points. Therefore, based on the asymptotical behaviors of Poisson processes and Wiener processes, the almost surely exponential stability conditions are established. Furthermore, a design methodology is posed for solving the stabilization control.

  6. Global stabilization of linear periodically time-varying switched systems via matrix inequalities

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2006-01-01

    In this paper, we address the stabilization problem for linear periodically time-varying switched systems.Using discretization technique, we derive new conditions for the global stabilizability in terms of the solution of matrix inequalities. An algorithm for finding stabilizing controller and switching strategy is presented.

  7. An Approach to Average Modeling and Simulation of Switch-Mode Systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Abramovitz, A.

    2011-01-01

    This paper suggests a pedagogical approach to teaching the subject of average modeling of PWM switch-mode power electronics systems through simulation by general-purpose electronic circuit simulators. The paper discusses the derivation of PSPICE/ORCAD-compatible average models of the switch-mode power stages, their software implementation, and…

  8. Solid-state active switch matrix for high energy, moderate power battery systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Deal, Larry; Paris, Peter; Ye, Changqing

    2016-06-07

    A battery management system employs electronic switches and capacitors. No traditional cell-balancing resistors are used. The BMS electronically switches individual cells into and out of a module of cells in order to use the maximum amount of energy available in each cell and to completely charge and discharge each cell without overcharging or under-discharging.

  9. Robust Stability Analysis and Synthesis for Switched Discrete-Time Systems with Time Delay

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Liguo Zhang

    2010-01-01

    Full Text Available The problems of robust stability analysis and synthesis for a class of uncertain switched time-delay systems with polytopic type uncertainties are addressed. Based on the constructive use of an appropriate switched Lyapunov function, sufficient linear matrix inequalities (LMIs conditions are investigated to make such systems a uniform quadratic stability with an L2-gain smaller than a given constant level. System synthesis is to design switched feedback schemes, whether based on state, output measurements, or by using dynamic output feedback, to guarantee that the corresponding closed-loop system satisfies the LMIs conditions. Two numerical examples are provided that demonstrate the efficiency of this approach.

  10. Technology verification phase. Dynamic isotope power system. Final report

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Halsey, D.G.

    1982-03-10

    The Phase I requirements of the Kilowatt Isotope Power System (KIPS) program were to make a detailed Flight System Conceptual Design (FSCD) for an isotope fueled organic Rankine cycle power system and to build and test a Ground Demonstration System (GDS) which simulated as closely as possible the operational characteristics of the FSCD. The activities and results of Phase II, the Technology Verification Phase, of the program are reported. The objectives of this phase were to increase system efficiency to 18.1% by component development, to demonstrate system reliability by a 5000 h endurance test and to update the flight system design. During Phase II, system performance was improved from 15.1% to 16.6%, an endurance test of 2000 h was performed while the flight design analysis was limited to a study of the General Purpose Heat Source, a study of the regenerator manufacturing technique and analysis of the hardness of the system to a laser threat. It was concluded from these tests that the GDS is basically prototypic of a flight design; all components necessary for satisfactory operation were demonstrated successfully at the system level; over 11,000 total h of operation without any component failure attested to the inherent reliability of this type of system; and some further development is required, specifically in the area of performance. (LCL)

  11. Incremental Passivity and Incremental Passivity-Based Output Regulation for Switched Discrete-Time Systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jiao Li; Jun Zhao

    2017-05-01

    This paper investigates incremental passivity and output regulation for switched discrete-time systems. We develop the results in two parts. First of all, a concept of incremental passivity is proposed to describe the overall incremental passivity property of a switched discrete-time system in the absence of the classic incremental passivity property of the subsystems. A condition for incremental passivity is given. A certain negative output feedback is designed to produce asymptotic stability. Incremental passivity is shown to be preserved under feedback interconnection. The second part of this paper is concerned with an application of the incremental passivity theory to the output regulation problem for switched discrete-time systems. The key idea is to construct a switched internal model with incremental passivity, which closely links the solvability of the output regulation problem. A characteristic of the switched internal model is that it does not necessarily switch synchronously with the controlled plant, which greatly increases the freedom of design. Once such a switched internal model is established, the output regulation problem is then solved by construction of the feedback interconnection between the controlled plant and the switched internal model. The main usefulness of the strategy is to get rid of the solvability of the output regulation problem for the subsystems.

  12. PWM Switching Frequency Effects on Eddy Current Sensors for Magnetically Suspended Flywheel Systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jansen, Ralph; Lebron, Ramon; Dever, Timothy P.; Birchenough, Arthur G.

    2003-01-01

    A flywheel magnetic bearing (MB) pulse width modulated power amplifier (PWM) configuration is selected to minimize noise generated by the PWMs in the flywheel position sensor system. Two types of noise are addressed: beat frequency noise caused by variations in PWM switching frequencies, and demodulation noise caused by demodulation of high order harmonics of the switching voltage into the MB control band. Beat frequency noise is eliminated by synchronizing the PWM switch frequencies, and demodulation noise is minimized by selection of a switching frequency which does not have harmonics at the carrier frequency of the sensor. The recommended MB PWM system has five synchronized PWMs switching at a non-integer harmonic of the sensor carrier.

  13. Guest Editorial Special Issue on Recent Advances and New Directions in Switched Control Systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2006-01-01

    @@ As guest editors, it is our great honor to bring this special issue of the Journal of Control Theory and Applications devoted to Recent Advances and New Directions in Switched Control Systems. Recently, switched control systems have attracted much attention in the control systems community. Problems in this area are not only academically challenging for the inherent mathematical complexity, but also are derived or motivated from advanced applications in natural sciences, engineering, and social sciences. For survival, natural biological systems switch their survival strategies in accordance with environmental changes. For improved performance, switching has been extensively utilized/exploited in engineering systems such as automotive drive train control, electronic devices, control of power systems, etc.

  14. Stabilisation for switched linear systems with time-varying delay and input saturation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chen, Yonggang; Fei, Shumin; Zhang, Kanjian

    2014-03-01

    This article investigates the stabilisation problems for continuous-time and discrete-time switched systems with time-varying delay and saturated control input. Based on dwell time switching signals and multiple Lyapunov functional method, stabilisation conditions are well obtained in the context of linear matrix inequalities. To estimate attractive regions as large as possible, the feasibility problems are translated into optimisation problems. In addition, the corresponding results are presented for linear time-delay systems and switched delay-free systems, which improve and supplement some existing ones in the literature. Finally, numerical examples and simulations are given to illustrate the effectiveness and values of the proposed results.

  15. Spectrally efficient switched transmit diversity for spectrum sharing systems

    KAUST Repository

    Bouida, Zied

    2011-09-01

    Under the scenario of an underlay cognitive radio network, we propose in this paper an adaptive scheme using switched transmit diversity and adaptive modulation in order to increase the spectral efficiency of the secondary link. The proposed bandwidth efficient scheme (BES) uses the scan and wait (SWC) combining technique where a transmission occurs only when a branch with an acceptable performance is found, otherwise data is buffered. In our scheme, the modulation constellation size and the used transmit branch are determined to achieve the highest spectral efficiency given the fading channel conditions, the required error rate performance, and a peak interference constraint to the primary receiver. Selected numerical examples show that the BES scheme increases the capacity of the secondary link when compared to an existing switching efficient scheme (SES). This spectral efficiency comes at the expense of an increased average number of switched branches and thus an increased average delay. © 2011 IEEE.

  16. 240-kA switch with potential application in electromagnetic-launch systems

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Honig, E.M.

    1983-01-01

    Electromagnetic (EM) launchers have severe switching requirements. Switching demands for railgun systems, for instance, inlcude current conduction from hundreds of kA to a few MA, conduction times of a ms to a few s, standoff voltages as high as a few tens of kV, to rcovery voltages of 1 to 10 kV after conduction, opening and closing duty, and repetitive operation up to about 50 Hz. These demands, particularly for repetitive opening duty, are far beyond the capability of most current switches and switching concepts. This paper will review the performance of rod array triggered vacuum gap (RATVG) switches and discuss their potential for solving switching problems in EM launcher systems. A new mode of operation for the RATVG switch is proposed. Fundamental considerations for the operation of opening switches and their associated transfer circuits are presented. Methods of recovering the railgun's inductive energy to enable efficient repetitive operation are discussed and new circuits with such capability are proposed.

  17. 320-Gb/s switch system to guarantee QoS of real-time traffic

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Wenjie; Liu, Bin; Xu, Yang

    2003-08-01

    To provide QoS control for real time traffic in core routers, this paper designs and evaluates a 320 Gb/s switch system, which supports 16 line cards, each operating at OC192c line rate (10 Gb/s). This switch system contains a high performance switch fabric and supports variable-length IP packet interface. These two characters provide advantages over traditional switch fabrics with a cell interface. This switch system supports eight priorities to both unicast and multicast traffic. The highest priority with strict QoS guarantee is for real time traffic, and other seven lower priorities with weighted round-robin (WRR) service discipline are for other common data traffic. Through simulation under multi-priority burst traffic model, we demonstrate this switch system not only can provide excellent performance for real time traffic, but also can efficiently allocate bandwidth among all kinds of traffic. As a result, this switch system can serve as a key node in high-speed networks, and it can also meet the challenge of multimedia traffic to the next generation Internet.

  18. On Delay Independent Stabilization Analysis for a Class of Switched Large-Scale Time-Delay Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Chi-Jo Wang

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available In view of the state-driven switching method, the sufficient stability conditions with delay independence will be derived for the switched large-scale time-delay systems. A new stability criterion of switched large-scale time-delay systems is deduced by Lyapunov stability theorem. The method can be applied to cases when all individual switched systems are unstable. Finally, one example is exploited to illustrate the proposed schemes.

  19. Research of Crossbar Switch of High Performance Network of Signal Processing System

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2006-01-01

    The new type of embedded signal processing system based on the packet switched network is achieved. According to the application field and the characteristics of signal processing system, the RapidIO protocol is used to solve the high-speed interconnection of multi-digital signal processor (DSP). Based on this protocol, a kind of crossbar switch module which is used to interconnect multi-DSP in the system is introduced. A route strategy, some flow control rules and error control rules, which adapt to different RapidIO network topology are also introduced. Crossbar switch performance is analyzed in detail by the probability module. By researching the technique of crossbar switch and analyzing the system performance, it has a significant meaning for building the general signal processing system.

  20. Observed-Based Adaptive Fuzzy Tracking Control for Switched Nonlinear Systems With Dead-Zone.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tong, Shaocheng; Sui, Shuai; Li, Yongming

    2015-12-01

    In this paper, the problem of adaptive fuzzy output-feedback control is investigated for a class of uncertain switched nonlinear systems in strict-feedback form. The considered switched systems contain unknown nonlinearities, dead-zone, and immeasurable states. Fuzzy logic systems are utilized to approximate the unknown nonlinear functions, a switched fuzzy state observer is designed and thus the immeasurable states are obtained by it. By applying the adaptive backstepping design principle and the average dwell time method, an adaptive fuzzy output-feedback tracking control approach is developed. It is proved that the proposed control approach can guarantee that all the variables in the closed-loop system are bounded under a class of switching signals with average dwell time, and also that the system output can track a given reference signal as closely as possible. The simulation results are given to check the effectiveness of the proposed approach.

  1. On the Characterization of Hankel and Toeplitz Operators Describing Switched Linear Dynamic Systems with Point Delays

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    M. De la Sen

    2009-01-01

    are given to define pointwisely the causal and anticausal Toeplitz and Hankel operators from the set of switching time instants generated from the switching function. The case of the auxiliary unforced system defined by the matrix of undelayed dynamics being dichotomic (i.e., it has no eigenvalue on the complex imaginary axis is considered in detail. Stability conditions as well as dual instability ones are discussed for this case which guarantee that the whole system is either stable, or unstable but no configuration of the switched system has eigenvalues within some vertical strip including the imaginary axis. It is proved that if the system is causal and uniformly controllable and observable, then it is globally asymptotically Lyapunov stable independent of the delays, that is, for any possibly values of such delays, provided that a minimum residence time in-between consecutive switches is kept or if all the set of matrices describing the auxiliary unforced delay—free system parameterizations commute pairwise.

  2. Adaptive fuzzy backstepping control for a class of switched nonlinear systems with actuator faults

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hou, Yingxue; Tong, Shaocheng; Li, Yongming

    2016-11-01

    This paper investigates the problem of fault-tolerant control (FTC) for a class of switched nonlinear systems. These systems are under arbitrary switchings and are subject to both lock-in-place and loss-of-effectiveness actuator faults. In the control design, fuzzy logic systems are used to identify the unknown switched nonlinear systems. Under the framework of the backstepping control design, FTC, fuzzy adaptive control and common Lyapunov function stability theory, an adaptive fuzzy control approach is developed. It is proved that the proposed control approach can guarantee that all the signals in the closed-loop switched system are semi-globally uniformly ultimately bounded (SGUUB) and the tracking error remains an adjustable neighbourhood of the origin. Two simulation examples are provided to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed approach.

  3. Performance evaluation of 100 Gigabit ethernet switching system

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Rytlig, Andreas; Ruepp, Sarah Renée; Manolova, Anna Vasileva

    2010-01-01

    of such an architecture is implemented and evaluated. The model has three switch stages with buffers in the middle stage and last stage. It offers different kinds of forwarding schemes in the first stage, like Desynchronized Static Round-Robin, Random and Static schemes. Traffic types include uniform, unbalanced...

  4. Implications of Sepedi/English code switching for ASR systems

    CSIR Research Space (South Africa)

    Modipa, TI

    2013-12-01

    Full Text Available to the dominant language can become particularly frequent. We analyse one such scenario: Sepedi spoken in South Africa, where English is the dominant language; and determine the frequency and mechanisms of code switching through the analysis of radio broadcasts...

  5. Opioids Switching with Transdermal Systems in Chronic Cancer Pain

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Barbarisi M

    2009-05-01

    Full Text Available Abstract Background Due to tolerance development and adverse side effects, chronic pain patients frequently need to be switched to alternative opioid therapy Objective To assess the efficacy and tolerability of an alternative transdermally applied (TDS opioid in patients with chronic cancer pain receiving insufficient analgesia using their present treatment. Methods A total of 32 patients received alternative opioid therapy, 16 were switched from buprenorphine to fentanyl and 16 were switched from fentanyl to buprenorphine. The dosage used was 50% of that indicated in equipotency conversion tables. Pain relief was assessed at weekly intervals for the next 3 weeks Results Pain relief as assessed by VAS, PPI, and PRI significantly improved (p Conclusion Opioid switching at 50% of the calculated equianalgesic dose produced a significant reduction in pain levels and rescue medication. The incidence of side effects decreased and no new side effects were noted. Further studies are required to provide individualized treatment for patients according to their different types of cancer.

  6. An LMI-based variable structure control for a class of uncertain singular Markov switched systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2007-01-01

    An H-infinifty variable structure control is presented for singular Markov switched systems with mismatched norm-bounded uncertainties and mismatched norm-bounded external disturbances.It iS shown that the sliding mode dynamics on the given switching surface is regular,impulse-free,and stochastically stable and satisfies H-infinity performance.A variable structure controller is designed to guarantee that the system trajectory converges to the linear switching surface in some finite time.Finally,a numencal example is solved to show the effectiveness and validness of the theoretical results.

  7. Passive Gas-Gap Heat Switches for Use in Low-Temperature Cryogenic Systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kimball, M. O.; Shirron, P. J.; Canavan, E. R.; Tuttle, J. G.; Jahromi, A. E.; Dipirro, M. J.; James, B. L.; Sampson, M. A.; Letmate, R. V.

    2017-01-01

    We present the current state of development in passive gas-gap heat switches. This type of switch does not require a separate heater to activate heat transfer but, instead, relies upon the warming of one end due to an intrinsic step in a thermodynamic cycle to raise a getter above a threshold temperature. Above this temperature sequestered gas is released to couple both sides of the switch. This enhances the thermodynamic efficiency of the system and reduces the complexity of the control system. Various gas mixtures and getter configurations will be presented.

  8. Distributed Consensus of Nonlinear Multi-Agent Systems on State-Controlled Switching Topologies

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Kairui Chen

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper considers the consensus problem of nonlinear multi-agent systems under switching directed topologies. Specifically, the dynamics of each agent incorporates an intrinsic nonlinear term and the interaction topology may not contain a spanning tree at any time. By designing a state-controlled switching law, we show that the multi-agent system with the neighbor-based protocol can achieve consensus if the switching topologies jointly contain a spanning tree. Moreover, an easily manageable algebraic criterion is deduced to unravel the underlying mechanisms in reaching consensus. Finally, a numerical example is exploited to illustrate the effectiveness of the developed theoretical results.

  9. Ca isotopic geochemistry of an Antarctic aquatic system

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lyons, W. Berry; Bullen, Thomas D.; Welch, Kathleen A.

    2017-01-01

    The McMurdo Dry Valleys, Antarctica, are a polar desert ecosystem. The hydrologic system of the dry valleys is linked to climate with ephemeral streams that flow from glacial melt during the austral summer. Past climate variations have strongly influenced the closed-basin, chemically stratified lakes on the valley floor. Results of previous work point to important roles for both in-stream processes (e.g., mineral weathering, precipitation and dissolution of salts) and in-lake processes (e.g., mixing with paleo-seawater and calcite precipitation) in determining the geochemistry of these lakes. These processes have a significant influence on calcium (Ca) biogeochemistry in this aquatic ecosystem, and thus variations in Ca stable isotope compositions of the waters can aid in validating the importance of these processes. We have analyzed the Ca stable isotope compositions of streams and lakes in the McMurdo Dry Valleys. The results validate the important roles of weathering of aluminosilicate minerals and/or CaCO3 in the hyporheic zone of the streams, and mixing of lake surface water with paleo-seawater and precipitation of Ca-salts during cryo-concentration events to form the deep lake waters. The lakes in the McMurdo Dry Valleys evolved following different geochemical pathways, evidenced by their unique, nonsystematic Ca isotope signatures.

  10. Optimization of Waveguide Structure for Tunable Optical Switch in Si/SiGe System

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Seongjae Boo; Won-Taek Han

    2003-01-01

    A new electro-optical device using Si/SiGe-system with two parallel ridge waveguides is proposed for optical switching and the optimization of the structure for a single mode operation is investigated.

  11. A Class of Stochastic Hybrid Systems with State-Dependent Switching Noise

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Leth, John-Josef; Rasmussen, Jakob Gulddahl; Schiøler, Henrik

    2012-01-01

    In this paper, we develop theoretical results based on a proposed method for modeling switching noise for a class of hybrid systems with piecewise linear partitioned state space, and state-depending switching. We devise a stochastic model of such systems, whose global dynamics is governed...... by a continuous-time stochastic process. The main result of this paper is that we may identify the realizations of the global dynamics with the solutions of a differential inclusion. Hence, an analysis of switched systems with switching noise can be carried out either based on a non-deterministic method via...... the differential inclusion, or on a stochastic method via the stochastic process. Furthermore, we describe how to construct intensity plots, which provide a quick overview of the behavior of the system. An example is included to illustrate this....

  12. Consideration on switching frequency and multiple connection at a bulk power self-commutated converter system. Daiyoryo jirei henkan sochi no switching shuhasu to tajuka no kosatsu

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Seki, N.; Uchino, H. (Toshiba Corp., Tokyo (Japan))

    1994-05-20

    Advantages and disadvantages were discussed between a single bridge circuit configuration with higher switching frequencies and multi-bridge configuration with lower switching frequencies of bulk power converter systems for static var compensation, from the viewpoint of power loss, utilization rate of power devices, distortion factor of both current and voltage waveforms, control response and reliability. As a result, the multiple connection of single-phase bridges of 50 Hz in switching frequency, and that of three-phase bridges of 150 Hz were superior to the single configuration of a three-phase bridge of 450-1800 Hz. This result was quite different from the general understanding in UPS or general purpose motor drive system where higher switching frequencies result in less harmonics, better response and smaller size. In general, appropriate multiple connection of some bridges with a low switching frequency and a new advanced control strategy for it were thus the best selection. 5 refs., 14 figs., 1 tab.

  13. Method and system for a gas tube switch-based voltage source high voltage direct current transmission system

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    She, Xu; Chokhawala, Rahul Shantilal; Zhou, Rui; Zhang, Di; Sommerer, Timothy John; Bray, James William

    2016-12-13

    A voltage source converter based high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) transmission system includes a voltage source converter (VSC)-based power converter channel. The VSC-based power converter channel includes an AC-DC converter and a DC-AC inverter electrically coupled to the AC-DC converter. The AC-DC converter and a DC-AC inverter include at least one gas tube switching device coupled in electrical anti-parallel with a respective gas tube diode. The VSC-based power converter channel includes a commutating circuit communicatively coupled to one or more of the at least one gas tube switching devices. The commutating circuit is configured to "switch on" a respective one of the one or more gas tube switching devices during a first portion of an operational cycle and "switch off" the respective one of the one or more gas tube switching devices during a second portion of the operational cycle.

  14. Isotopes in global change science: from isotope analytics to Earth system research; Les isotopes pour l`etude du changement du systeme terre

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Oeschger, H. [Bern Univ. (Switzerland). Physikalisches Inst

    1998-12-31

    The aim of this paper is to emphasize some of the studies of Jean Charles Fontes and his role in our scientific community. Isotopes represent a powerful tool for the understanding of the Earth`s past environment and defining the envelope of natural environmental variability within which we can assess anthropogenic impact on the Earth`s biosphere, geosphere and atmosphere. The reconstruction impacts of past climatic change on the Earth`s system are a basis to validate models of the possible impacts of future climate change. Oceanic sediments, polar ice caps, continental sedimentary sequences and groundwater are archives of past climate. Their quantitative study is developed within the IGBP (International Geosphere-Biosphere Program) - Pages project, which strongly emphasizes an optimum use of isotope tools. (author) 6 refs.

  15. Theoretical test of Jarzynski's equality for reversible volume-switching processes of an ideal gas system.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sung, Jaeyoung

    2007-07-01

    We present an exact theoretical test of Jarzynski's equality (JE) for reversible volume-switching processes of an ideal gas system. The exact analysis shows that the prediction of JE for the free energy difference is the same as the work done on the gas system during the reversible process that is dependent on the shape of path of the reversible volume-switching process.

  16. P-th moment and almost sure stability of stochastic switched nonlinear systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gu, Haibo; Gao, Caixia

    2016-01-01

    This paper mainly tends to utilize [Formula: see text]-type function to investigate p-th moment and almost sure stability for a class of stochastic switched nonlinear systems. Based on the multiple Lyapunov functions approach, some sufficient conditions are derived to check the stability criteria of stochastic switched nonlinear systems. One numerical example is provided to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed results.

  17. Interpretation of isotopic data in groundwater-rock systems: Model development and application to Sr isotope data from Yucca Mountain

    Science.gov (United States)

    Johnson, Thomas M.; Depaolo, Donald J.

    1994-05-01

    A model enabling extraction of hydrologic information from spatial and temporal patterns in measurements of isotope ratios in water-rock systems is presented. The model describes the evolution of isotope ratios in response to solute transport and water-rock interaction. In advective systems, a single dimensionless parameter (a Damköhler number, ND) dominates in determining the distance over which isotopic equilibrium between the water and rock is approached. Some isotope ratios act as conservative tracers (ND ≪ 1), while others reflect only interaction with the local host rock (ND ≫ 1). If ND is close to one (i.e., the distance for equilibration is close to the length scale of observation), isotope ratio measurements can be used to determine ND, which in turn may yield information concerning reaction rates, or spatial variations in water velocity. Zones of high velocity (e.g., as a result of greater fracture density), or less reactive zones, may be identified through observation of their lower ND values. The model is applied to paleohydrologic interpretations of Sr isotope data from calcite fracture fillings in drill cores from Yucca Mountain, Nevada (Marshall et al., 1992). The results agree with other studies suggesting "fast path" transport in the unsaturated zone. Also, we find that the data do not give a conclusive indication of paleowater table elevation because of the effects of water-rock interaction.

  18. A Stability Condition with Delay-Dependence for a Class of Switched Large-Scale Time-Delay Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Chi-Jo Wang

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available By using the time-switched method and the comparison theorem, we derived a criterion of delay-dependent stability for the switched large-scale time-delay systems. To guarantee the exponential stability for the switched large-scale time-delay systems with stability margin λ, the total activation time ratio of the switching law is determined. An example is used to illustrate the effectiveness of our result.

  19. Trial-by-trial switching between procedural and declarative categorization systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Crossley, Matthew J; Roeder, Jessica L; Helie, Sebastien; Ashby, F Gregory

    2016-11-30

    Considerable evidence suggests that human category learning recruits multiple memory systems. A popular assumption is that procedural memory is used to form stimulus-to-response mappings, whereas declarative memory is used to form and test explicit rules about category membership. The multiple systems framework has been successful in motivating and accounting for a broad array of empirical observations over the past 20 years. Even so, only a couple of studies have examined how the different categorization systems interact. Both previous studies suggest that switching between explicit and procedural responding is extremely difficult. But they leave unanswered the critical questions of whether trial-by-trial system switching is possible, and if so, whether it is qualitatively different than trial-by-trial switching between two explicit tasks. The experiment described in this article addressed these questions. The results (1) confirm that effective trial-by-trial system switching, although difficult, is possible; (2) suggest that switching between tasks mediated by different memory systems is more difficult than switching between two declarative memory tasks; and (3) point to a serious shortcoming of current category-learning theories.

  20. A switched state feedback law for the stabilization of LTI systems.

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Santarelli, Keith R.

    2009-09-01

    Inspired by prior work in the design of switched feedback controllers for second order systems, we develop a switched state feedback control law for the stabilization of LTI systems of arbitrary dimension. The control law operates by switching between two static gain vectors in such a way that the state trajectory is driven onto a stable n - 1 dimensional hyperplane (where n represents the system dimension). We begin by briefly examining relevant geometric properties of the phase portraits in the case of two-dimensional systems to develop intuition, and we then show how these geometric properties can be expressed as algebraic constraints on the switched vector fields that are applicable to LTI systems of arbitrary dimension. We then derive necessary and sufficient conditions to ensure stabilizability of the resulting switched system (characterized primarily by simple conditions on eigenvalues), and describe an explicit procedure for designing stabilizing controllers. We then show how the newly developed control law can be applied to the problem of minimizing the maximal Lyapunov exponent of the corresponding closed-loop state trajectories, and we illustrate the closed-loop transient performance of these switched state feedback controllers via multiple examples.

  1. Coordination Control of Networked Euler-Lagrange Systems with Possible Switching Topology

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    MINHai-Bo; LIUZhi-Guo; LIUYuan; WANGShi-Cheng; YANGYan-Li

    2013-01-01

    This paper studies adaptive coordination control of Euler-Lagrange (EL) systems with unknown parameters in system dynamics and possible switching topology.By introducing a novel adaptive control architecture,decentralized controllers are developed,which allow for parametric uncertainties.Based upon graph theory,Lyapunov theory and switching control theory,the stability of the proposed algorithms are demonstrated.A distinctive feature of this work is to address the coordination control of EL systems with unknown parameters and switching topology in a unified theoretical framework.It is shown that both static and dynamic coordinations can be reached even when the communication is switching.Simulation results are provided to demonstrate the effectiveness of the obtained results.

  2. Parallel Switch System with QoS Guarantee for Real-Time Traffic

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Wen-Jie Li; Bin Liu; Yang Xu; Heng Liao

    2006-01-01

    This paper studies the load-balancing algorithm and quality of service (QoS) control mechanism in a 320Gb/s switch system, which incorporates four packet-level parallel switch planes. Eight priorities for both unicast and multicast traffic are implemented, and the highest priority with strict QoS guarantee is designed for real-time traffic. Through performance analysis under multi-priority burst traffic, we demonstrate that the load-balancing algorithm is efficient, and the switch system not only provides excellent performance to real-time traffic, but also efficiently allocates bandwidth among other traffic of lower priorities. As a result, this parallel switch system is more scalable towards next generation core routers with QoS guarantee, as well as ensures in-order delivery of IP packets.

  3. Arc detector system for extraction switches in LHC CERN

    CERN Document Server

    Dahlerup-Petersen, K; Kuper, E; Ovchar, V; Zverev, S

    2006-01-01

    The opening switches, which will be used in case of quenches or other failures in CERN’s future LHC collider to extract the large amounts of energy stored in the magnetic field of the superconducting chains of main dipoles (8 chains with 1350 MJ each) and main quadrupoles (16 chains with about 24 MJ each) consist of an array of series/parallel connected, electro-mechanical D.C. breakers, specifically designed for this particular application. During the opening process the magnet excitation current is transferred from the cluster of breakers to extraction resistors for rapid de-excitation of the magnet chain. An arc detector has been developed in order to facilitate the determination of the need for maintenance interventions on the switches. The paper describes the arc detector and highlight results from operation of the detector with a LHC pilot extraction...

  4. The Laboratory for Laser Energetics’ Hydrogen Isotope Separation System

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Shmayda, W.T., E-mail: wshm@lle.rochester.edu; Wittman, M.D.; Earley, R.F.; Reid, J.L.; Redden, N.P.

    2016-11-01

    The University of Rochester’s Laboratory for Laser Energetics has commissioned a hydrogen Isotope Separation System (ISS). The ISS uses two columns—palladium on kieselguhr and molecular sieve—that act in a complementary manner to separate the hydrogen species by mass. The 4-sL per day throughput system is compact and has no moving parts. The columns and the attendant gas storage and handling subsystems are housed in a 0.8 -m{sup 3} glovebox. The glovebox uses a helium cover gas that is continuously processed to extract oxygen and water vapor that permeates through the glovebox gloves and any tritium that is released while attaching or detaching vessels to add feedstock to or drawing product from the system. The isotopic separation process is automated and does not require manual intervention. A total of 315 TBq of tritium was extracted from 23.6 sL of hydrogen with tritium purities reaching 99.5%. Deuterium was the sole residual component in the processed gas. Raffinate contained 0.2 TBq of activity was captured for reprocessing. The total emission from the system to the environment was 0.4 GBq over three weeks.

  5. Silicon Isotopic Fractionation in a Tropical Soil-Plant System

    Science.gov (United States)

    Opfergelt, S.; Delstanche, S.; Cardinal, D.; Andre, L.; Delvaux, B.

    2006-12-01

    Silica fluxes to soil solutions and water streams are controlled by both abiotic and biotic processes occurring in a Si soil-plant cycle that can be significant in comparison with Si weathering input and hydrological output. The quantification of Si-isotopic fractionation by these processes is highly promising to study the Si soil-plant cycle. Therein, the fate of aqueous monosilicic acid H4SiO4, as produced by silicate weathering, may take four paths: (1) uptake by plants and recycling through falling litter, (2) formation of clay minerals, (3) specific adsorption onto Al and Fe oxides, (4) leaching in drainage waters and export from watersheds. Here we report on detailed Si-isotopic compositions of various Si pools in a tropical soil-plant system involving old stands of banana (Musa acuminata Colla, cv Grande Naine) cropped on a weathering sequence of soils derived from andesitic volcanic ash and pumice deposits in Cameroon, West Africa. Si-isotopic compositions were measured by MC-ICP-MS in dry plasma mode with external Mg doping with a reproducibility of 0.08 permil (2stdev). Results were expressed as delta29Si vs NBS28. The compositions were determined in plant parts, bulk soils, clay fractions (less than 2um) and stream waters used for crop irrigation. Of the weathering sequence, we selected young (Y) and old (O) volcanic soils (vs). Yvs are rich in weatherable minerals, and contain large amounts of pumice gravels; their clay fraction (10-35 percent) contains allophane, halloysite and ferrihydrite. Oppositely, Ovs are strongly weathered and fine clayey soils (75-96 percent clay) rich in halloysite, kaolinite, gibbsite and goethite. Intra-plant fractionation between roots and shoots and within shoots confirmed our previous data measured on banana plants grown in hydroponics. The bulk plant isotopic composition was heavier at Ovs than at Yvs giving a fractionation factor per atomic mass unit between plants and their irrigation water Si source (+0.61 permil) of

  6. Optimal control of switched linear systems based on Migrant Particle Swarm Optimization algorithm

    Science.gov (United States)

    Xie, Fuqiang; Wang, Yongji; Zheng, Zongzhun; Li, Chuanfeng

    2009-10-01

    The optimal control problem for switched linear systems with internally forced switching has more constraints than with externally forced switching. Heavy computations and slow convergence in solving this problem is a major obstacle. In this paper we describe a new approach for solving this problem, which is called Migrant Particle Swarm Optimization (Migrant PSO). Imitating the behavior of a flock of migrant birds, the Migrant PSO applies naturally to both continuous and discrete spaces, in which definitive optimization algorithm and stochastic search method are combined. The efficacy of the proposed algorithm is illustrated via a numerical example.

  7. Optimized Switch Allocation to Improve the Restoration Energy in Distribution Systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dezaki, Hamed H.; Abyaneh, Hossein A.; Agheli, Ali; Mazlumi, Kazem

    2012-01-01

    In distribution networks switching devices play critical role in energy restoration and improving reliability indices. This paper presents a novel objective function to optimally allocate switches in electric power distribution systems. Identifying the optimized location of the switches is a nonlinear programming problem (NLP). In the proposed objective function a new auxiliary function is used to simplify the calculation of the objective function. The output of the auxiliary function is binary. The genetic algorithm (GA) optimization method is used to solve this optimization problem. The proposed method is applied to a real distribution network and the results reveal that the method is successful.

  8. A facility for characterizing the steady-state and dynamic thermal performance of microelectromechanical system thermal switches.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cho, J H; Richards, C D; Richards, R F

    2008-03-01

    A facility to characterize microelectromechanical system (MEMS) thermal switches by measuring two pertinent figures of merit is described. The two figures of merit measured are the ratio of thermal resistance of the switch in the off and on states, Roff/Ron, and the time required to switch from the off to the on state, tauswitch. The facility consists of two pieces of equipment. A guard-heated calorimeter is used to measure heat transfer across the thermal switch under steady-state conditions. Measuring heat transfer across a thermal switch in both the off and on states then gives the thermal resistance ratio Roff/Ron. A thin-film radial heat-flux sensor is used to measure heat transfer across the thermal switch under dynamic conditions. Measuring heat transfer across a thermal switch as the switch changes from the off to the on state gives the thermal switching time tauswitch. The test facilities enable the control of the applied force on the thermal switch when the thermal switch is on, the thickness of the gas gap when the thermal switch is off, and the gas species and pressure in the thermal switch gas gap. The thermal performance of two MEMS thermal switches employing two different thermal contact materials, a polished silicon surface and an array of liquid-metal microdroplets, is characterized and compared.

  9. An SS-TDMA system using onboard regenerative repeaters and baseband switch

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kato, S.; Samejima, S.; Yamamoto, H.

    A system configuration of a Satellite Switched Time Division Multiple Access (SS-TDMA) satellite communication system employing onboard regenerative repeaters, a baseband switch and IF switch is proposed and discussed. The system proposed in this paper utilizes 30/20 GHz frequency bands and is composed of Trunk Transmission Systems and Satellite Digital Communication Systems which provide wide band digital communication links between customers directly. Interface conditions between terrestrial digital terminals and TDMA traffic terminals, and a TDMA frame structure for Trunk Transmission Systems are proposed and discussed. Moreover, a transmission power control scheme for multibeam satellite communication systems is proposed. Furthermore, the experimental results for a prototype onboard burst modem are presented showing good bit error ratio and weight performance.

  10. Stability of Non-Neutral and Neutral Dynamic Switched Systems Subject to Internal Delays

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    M. De la Sen

    2005-01-01

    Full Text Available This study deals with the quadratic stability and linear state-feedback and output-feedback stabilization of switched delayed linear dynamic systems with, in general, a finite number of non commensurate constant internal point delays. The results are obtained based on Lyapunov’s stability analysis via appropriate Krasovsky-Lyapunov’s functionals and the related stability study is performed to obtain both delay independent and delay dependent results. It is proved that the stabilizing switching rule is arbitrary if all the switched subsystems are quadratically stable and that it exists a (in general, non-unique stabilizing switching law when the system is polytopic, stable at some interior point of the polytope but with non-necessarily stable parameterizations at the vertices defining the subsystems.

  11. Continuous wave terahertz spectroscopy system with stably tunable beat source using optical switch

    Science.gov (United States)

    Eom, Joo Beom; Kim, Chihoon; Ahn, Jaesung

    2017-01-01

    A tunable beat source has been made using an optical switch module. A stably-tunable beat source for continuous wave terahertz spectroscopy system was implemented by simply connecting 16 coaxial distributed feedback laser diodes to an optical switch. The terahertz frequency was rapidly changed without frequency drifts by changing the optical path. The continuous wave terahertz frequency was tuned from 0.05 to 0.8 THz in steps of 50 GHz or 0.4 nm. We measured continuous wave terahertz waveforms emitted from the photomixers using the switched optical beat source. We also calculated the terahertz frequency peaks by taking fast Fourier transforms of the measured terahertz waveforms. By equipping the implemented tunable beat source with an optical switch, a continuous wave terahertz spectroscopy system was constructed and used to demonstrate the feasibility of continuous wave terahertz spectroscopy for nondestructive tests using the spectra of two type of Si wafers with different resistivity.

  12. Switched Control Strategies of Aggregated Commercial HVAC Systems for Demand Response in Smart Grids

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Kai Ma

    2017-07-01

    Full Text Available This work proposes three switched control strategies for aggregated heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC systems in commercial buildings to track the automatic generation control (AGC signal in smart grid. The existing control strategies include the direct load control strategy and the setpoint regulation strategy. The direct load control strategy cannot track the AGC signal when the state of charge (SOC of the aggregated thermostatically controlled loads (TCLs exceeds their regulation capacity, while the setpoint regulation strategy provides flexible regulation capacity, but causes larger tracking errors. To improve the tracking performance, we took the advantages of the two control modes and developed three switched control strategies. The control strategies switch between the direct load control mode and the setpoint regulation mode according to different switching indices. Specifically, we design a discrete-time controller and optimize the controller parameter for the setpoint regulation strategy using the Fibonacci optimization algorithm, enabling us to propose two switched control strategies across multiple time steps. Furthermore, we extend the switched control strategies by introducing a two-stage regulation in a single time step. Simulation results demonstrate that the proposed switched control strategies can reduce the tracking errors for frequency regulation.

  13. Adaptive switching control of discrete time nonlinear systems based on multiple models

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Rui KAN

    2004-01-01

    We use the approach of "optimal" switching to design the adaptive control because the design among multiple models is intuitively more practically feasible than the traditional adaptive control in improving the performances. We prove that for a typical class of nonlinear systems disturbed by random noise, the multiple model adaptive switching control based on WLS(Weighted Least Squares) or projected-LS (Least Squares) is stable and convergent.

  14. Coherent all-optical switching in a bistable waveguide-cavity-waveguide system

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Kristensen, Philip Trøst; Heuck, Mikkel; Mørk, Jesper

    2011-01-01

    All optical switching based on non-linear material effects is a promising technique for use in future optical communication systems. Promising advances in the field has been achieved using optical microcavities in photonic crystals to increase the optical field strength and hence reduce...... the required power of the input field [1]. In this work we consider an alternative method of switching, in which the input power is kept constant and only the phase of the input field is varied....

  15. H∞ Control Based on LMIs for a Class of Time-delay Switched Systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Chun-ming LI; Xue-min TIAN

    2010-01-01

    The problem of H∞ stability analysis and control synthesis of switched systems with delayed states under arbitrary switching laws is considered. By means of Lyapunov function and linear matrix inequality tools, sufficient condition of H∞ stability is presented in terms of linear matrix inequalities. Furthermore, the robust H∞ control synthesis via state feedback and output feedback is studied. Finally, a numerical example is given to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  16. Decentralized Adaptive Neural Output-Feedback DSC for Switched Large-Scale Nonlinear Systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Long, Lijun; Zhao, Jun

    2016-03-08

    In this paper, for a class of switched large-scale uncertain nonlinear systems with unknown control coefficients and unmeasurable states, a switched-dynamic-surface-based decentralized adaptive neural output-feedback control approach is developed. The approach proposed extends the classical dynamic surface control (DSC) technique for nonswitched version to switched version by designing switched first-order filters, which overcomes the problem of multiple ``explosion of complexity.'' Also, a dual common coordinates transformation of all subsystems is exploited to avoid individual coordinate transformations for subsystems that are required when applying the backstepping recursive design scheme. Nussbaum-type functions are utilized to handle the unknown control coefficients, and a switched neural network observer is constructed to estimate the unmeasurable states. Combining with the average dwell time method and backstepping and the DSC technique, decentralized adaptive neural controllers of subsystems are explicitly designed. It is proved that the approach provided can guarantee the semiglobal uniformly ultimately boundedness for all the signals in the closed-loop system under a class of switching signals with average dwell time, and the tracking errors to a small neighborhood of the origin. A two inverted pendulums system is provided to demonstrate the effectiveness of the method proposed.

  17. K-band high power latching switch. [communication satellite system

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mlinar, M. J.; Piotrowski, W. S.; Raue, J. E.

    1980-01-01

    A 19 GHz waveguide latching switch with a bandwidth of 1400 MHz and an exceptionally low insertion loss of 0.25 dB was demonstrated. The RF and driver ferrites are separate structures and can be optimized individually. This analysis for each structure is separately detailed. Basically, the RF section features a dual turnstile junction. The circulator consists of a dielectric tube which contains two ferrite rods, and a dielectric spacer separating the ferrite parts along the center of symmetry of the waveguide to form two turnstiles. This subassembly is indexed and locked in the center of symmetry of a uniform junction of three waveguides by the metallic transformers installed in the top and bottom walls of the housing. The switching junction and its actuating circuitry met all RF performance objectives and all shock and vibration requirements with no physical damage or performance degradation. It exceeds thermal requirements by operating over a 100 C temperature range (-44 C to +56 C) and has a high power handling capability allowing up to 100 W of CW input power.

  18. Fault detection for discrete-time switched systems with sensor stuck faults and servo inputs.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhong, Guang-Xin; Yang, Guang-Hong

    2015-09-01

    This paper addresses the fault detection problem of switched systems with servo inputs and sensor stuck faults. The attention is focused on designing a switching law and its associated fault detection filters (FDFs). The proposed switching law uses only the current states of FDFs, which guarantees the residuals are sensitive to the servo inputs with known frequency ranges in faulty cases and robust against them in fault-free case. Thus, the arbitrarily small sensor stuck faults, including outage faults can be detected in finite-frequency domain. The levels of sensitivity and robustness are measured in terms of the finite-frequency H- index and l2-gain. Finally, the switching law and FDFs are obtained by the solution of a convex optimization problem.

  19. Spectral switches of partially coherent light focused by a filter-lens system with chromatic aberration.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pu, Jixiong; Cai, Chao; Nemoto, Shojiro

    2004-06-01

    It is shown that when partially coherent polychromatic light is focused by a filter-lens system with chromatic aberration, a spectral shift exists in the focused field, and a spectral switch that is defined as a sharp transition of the spectral shift also takes place at some positions of the focused field. The influence of the chromatic aberration of the lens, the coherence of the partially coherent light in the filter (a circular aperture), the radius of the aperture, and the spectral width of the partially coherent light in the aperture on the spectral shift and the spectral switch are investigated in detail. The numerical results show that these parameters affect the spectral shift and the spectral switch significantly. Potential applications of the spectral shift and the spectral switch of the partially coherent light are discussed.

  20. On Optimal Control of Non-Autonomous Switched Systems with a Fixed Mode Sequence

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kamgarpour, Maryam; Tomlin, Claire

    2012-01-01

    We consider differentiability with respect to the switch times of the value function of an optimal control problem for a non-autonomous switched system. The control variables are the switch times between the modes and the input in each mode. We provide a method to compute the derivative of the cost function given a nominal input. Then, we view the optimal control problem as a parametrized optimization problem in which the switch times are the parameters and the optimization is over the set of feasible inputs of each mode. From this point of view, we provide conditions under which the continuity and differentiability of the optimal value function, that is the cost function optimized over the inputs, can be guaranteed.

  1. A scalable silicon photonic chip-scale optical switch for high performance computing systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yu, Runxiang; Cheung, Stanley; Li, Yuliang; Okamoto, Katsunari; Proietti, Roberto; Yin, Yawei; Yoo, S J B

    2013-12-30

    This paper discusses the architecture and provides performance studies of a silicon photonic chip-scale optical switch for scalable interconnect network in high performance computing systems. The proposed switch exploits optical wavelength parallelism and wavelength routing characteristics of an Arrayed Waveguide Grating Router (AWGR) to allow contention resolution in the wavelength domain. Simulation results from a cycle-accurate network simulator indicate that, even with only two transmitter/receiver pairs per node, the switch exhibits lower end-to-end latency and higher throughput at high (>90%) input loads compared with electronic switches. On the device integration level, we propose to integrate all the components (ring modulators, photodetectors and AWGR) on a CMOS-compatible silicon photonic platform to ensure a compact, energy efficient and cost-effective device. We successfully demonstrate proof-of-concept routing functions on an 8 × 8 prototype fabricated using foundry services provided by OpSIS-IME.

  2. Global Uniform Asymptotic Stability of a Class of Switched Linear Systems with an Infinite Number of Subsystems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    L. F. Araghi

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available Stability of switching systems with an infinite number of subsystems is important in some structure of systems, like fuzzy systems, neural networks, and so forth. Because of the relationship between stability of a set of matrices and switching systems, this paper first studies the stability of a set of matrices, then and the results are applied for stability of switching systems. Some new conditions for globally uniformly asymptotically stability (GUAS of discrete-time switched linear systems with an infinite number of subsystems are proposed. The paper considers some examples and simulation results.

  3. Robust Fault-Tolerant Tracking Control for Nonlinear Networked Control System: Asynchronous Switched Polytopic Approach

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Chaoyang Dong

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper is concerned with the robust fault-tolerant tracking control problem for networked control system (NCS. Firstly, considering the locally overlapped switching law widely existed in engineering applications, the NCS is modeled as a locally overlapped switched polytopic system to reduce designing conservatism and solving complexity. Then, switched parameter dependent fault-tolerant tracking controllers are constructed to deal with the asynchronous switching phenomenon caused by the updating delays of the switching signals and weighted coefficients. Additionally, the global uniform asymptotic stability in the mean (GUAS-M and desired weighted l2 performance are guaranteed by combining the switched parameter dependent Lyapunov functional method with the average dwell time (ADT method, and the feasible conditions for the fault-tolerant tracking controllers are obtained in the form of linear matrix inequalities (LMIs. Finally, the performance of the proposed approach is verified on a highly maneuverable technology (HiMAT vehicle’s tracking control problem. Simulation results show the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  4. Radio Frequency (RF) Micro-Electromechanical Systems (MEMS) Switches for Space Communications

    Science.gov (United States)

    Simons, Rainee N.; Ponchak, George E.; Scardelletti, Maximillian C.; Varaljay, Nicholas C.

    2000-01-01

    Micro-electromechanical systems (MEMS) is an emerging technology for radio frequency (RF) systems because it has the potential to dramatically decrease loss and improve efficiency. In this paper, we address the design and fabrication of novel MEMS switches being developed at NASA Glenn Research Center. Two types of switches are being developed: a microstrip series single pole single throw (SPST) switch and a coplanar waveguide (CPW) series SPST and single pole double throw (SPDT) switches. These are being fabricated as an integral part of 50 Ohm microstrip and CPW RF integrated circuits using microfabrication techniques. The construction of the switch relies on a cantilever beam that is partially supported by a dielectric post. The cantilever beam is electro-magnetically actuated. To decrease stiction, a Si3N4 thin film is deposited over the contact area. Thus, when the switch is closed, the ON-state insertion loss is governed by the parallel plate capacitance formed by the two contacts. The isolation in the OFF-state is governed by the parasitic capacitance when the cantilever is in the up position. RF MEMS switches have been demonstrated with 80% lower insertion loss than conventional solid state devices (GaAs Metal Semiconductor Field Effect Transistors (MESFETs) and Silicon PIN diodes) based switches. For example, a conventional GaAs five-bit phase shifter which is required for beam steering in a phased array antenna has approximately 7 dB of insertion loss at 26.5 GHz where as a comparable MEMS based phase shifter is expected to have only 2 dB of insertion loss. This translates into 56% lower power dissipation and therefore decreases the thermal load on the spacecraft and also reduces the power amplifier requirements. These benefits will enable NASA to build the next generation of deep space science crafts and micro/nano satellites.

  5. Boron isotope variations in geothermal systems on Java, Indonesia

    Science.gov (United States)

    Purnomo, Budi Joko; Pichler, Thomas; You, Chen-Feng

    2016-02-01

    This paper presents δ11B data for hot springs, hot acid crater lakes, geothermal brines and a steam vent from Java, Indonesia. The processes that produce a large range of the δ11B values were investigated, including the possible input of seawater as well as the contrast δ11B compositions of acid sulfate and acid chloride crater lakes. The δ11B values of hot springs ranged from - 2.4 to + 28.7‰ and acid crater lakes ranged from + 0.6 to + 34.9‰. The δ11B and Cl/B values in waters from the Parangtritis and Krakal geothermal systems confirmed seawater input. The δ11B values of acid sulfate crater lakes ranged from + 5.5 to + 34.9‰ and were higher than the δ11B of + 0.6‰ of the acid chloride crater lake. The heavier δ11B in the acid sulfate crater lakes was caused by a combination of vapor phase addition and further enrichment due to evaporation and B adsorption onto clay minerals. In contrast, the light δ11B of the acid chloride crater lake was a result of acid water-rocks interaction. The correlations of δ11B composition with δ18O and δ2H indicated that the B isotope corresponded to their groundwater mixing sources, but not for J21 (Segaran) and J48 (Cikundul) that underwent 11B isotope enrichment by B adsorption into minerals.

  6. Isotope effects on particle transport in the Compact Helical System

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tanaka, K.; Okamura, S.; Minami, T.; Ida, K.; Mikkelsen, D. R.; Osakabe, M.; Yoshimura, Y.; Isobe, M.; Morita, S.; Matsuoka, K.

    2016-05-01

    The hydrogen isotope effects of particle transport were studied in the hydrogen and deuterium dominant plasmas of the Compact Helical System (CHS). Longer decay time of electron density after the turning-off of the gas puffing was observed in the deuterium dominant plasma suggesting that the recycling was higher and/or the particle confinement was better in the deuterium dominant plasma. Density modulation experiments showed the quantitative difference of the particle transport coefficients. Density was scanned from 0.8  ×  1019 m-3 to 4  ×  1019 m-3 under the same magnetic field and almost the same heating power. In the low density regime (line averaged density  2.5  ×  1019 m-3) no clear difference was observed. This result indicates that the isotope effects of particle transport exist only in the low density regime. Comparison with neoclassical transport coefficients showed that the difference of particle transport is likely to be due to the difference of turbulence driven anomalous transport. Linear character of the ion scale turbulence was studied. The smaller linear growth rate qualitatively agreed with the reduced particle transport in the deuterium dominant plasma of the low density regime.

  7. Small Stirling dynamic isotope power system for robotic space missions

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bents, D. J.

    1992-08-01

    The design of a multihundred-watt Dynamic Isotope Power System (DIPS), based on the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) General Purpose Heat Source (GPHS) and small (multihundred-watt) free-piston Stirling engine (FPSE), is being pursued as a potential lower cost alternative to radioisotope thermoelectric generators (RTG's). The design is targeted at the power needs of future unmanned deep space and planetary surface exploration missions ranging from scientific probes to Space Exploration Initiative precursor missions. Power level for these missions is less than a kilowatt. The incentive for any dynamic system is that it can save fuel and reduce costs and radiological hazard. Unlike DIPS based on turbomachinery conversion (e.g. Brayton), this small Stirling DIPS can be advantageously scaled to multihundred-watt unit size while preserving size and mass competitiveness with RTG's. Stirling conversion extends the competitive range for dynamic systems down to a few hundred watts--a power level not previously considered for dynamic systems. The challenge for Stirling conversion will be to demonstrate reliability and life similar to RTG experience. Since the competitive potential of FPSE as an isotope converter was first identified, work has focused on feasibility of directly integrating GPHS with the Stirling heater head. Thermal modeling of various radiatively coupled heat source/heater head geometries has been performed using data furnished by the developers of FPSE and GPHS. The analysis indicates that, for the 1050 K heater head configurations considered, GPHS fuel clad temperatures remain within acceptable operating limits. Based on these results, preliminary characterizations of multihundred-watt units have been established.

  8. The design of predictive control with characterized set of initial condition for constrained switched nonlinear system

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    SU BaiLi; LI ShaoYuan; ZHU QuanMin

    2009-01-01

    Stabilization of the constrained switched nonlinear systems is an attractive research subject. Predictive control can handle variable constraints well and make the system stable. Its stability is typically based on an assumption of initial feasibility of the optimization problem; however the set of initial conditions, starting from where a given predictive formulation is guaranteed to be feasible, is not explicitly char-acterized. In this paper, a hybrid predictive control method is proposed for a class of switched nonlin-ear systems with input constraints and un-measurable states. The main idea is to design a mixed con-troller using Lyapunov functions and a state observer, which switches appropriately between a bounded feedback controller and a predictive controller, and to give an explicitly characterized set of initial conditions to stabilize each closed-loop subsystem. For the whole switched nonlinear system, a suitable switched law based on the state estimation is designed to orchestrate the transitions between the consistituent modes and their respective controllers, and to ensure the whole closed-loop system's stability. The simulation results for a chemical process show the validity of the controller proposed in this paper.

  9. Output Regulation in Discrete-Time Switched Bimodal Systems Based on Youla Parameterized Stabilizing Controllers

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Zhizheng Wu

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Motivated by a class of contact vibration control problems in mechanical systems, this paper considers a regulation problem for discrete-time switched bimodal linear systems where it is desired to achieve output regulation against partially known deterministic and unknown random exogenous signals. First, a set of observer-based Youla parameterized stabilizing controllers is constructed, based on which the regulation conditions for the switched system against the deterministic signals along with an H2 performance constraint against the unknown random signals are derived. Then a corresponding regulator synthesis algorithm is developed based on solving properly formulated linear matrix inequalities. The proposed regulator is successfully evaluated on an experimental setup involving a switched bimodal mechanical system subject to contact vibrations, hence, demonstrating the effectiveness of the proposed regulation approach.

  10. Consensus analysis of switching multi-agent systems with fixed topology and time-delay

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pei, Yongquan; Sun, Jitao

    2016-12-01

    This paper investigates the average consensus problems of the discrete-time Markov switching linear multi-agent systems (LMAS) with fixed topology and time-delay. Firstly, we introduce a concept of the average consensus to adapt the stochastic systems. Secondly, a time-delay switching consensus protocol is proposed. By developing a new signal mode, the switching signal of the systems and the time-delay signal of the controller can be merged into one signal. Thirdly, by Lyapunov technique, two LMIs criteria of average consensus are provided, and they reveal that the consensus of the multi-agent systems relates to the spectral radius of the Laplacian matrix. Furthermore, by our results and CCL-type algorithms, we can get the gain matrices. Finally, a numerical example is given to illustrate the efficiency of our results.

  11. Adaptive Fuzzy Output Feedback Control for Switched Nonlinear Systems With Unmodeled Dynamics.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tong, Shaocheng; Li, Yongming

    2017-02-01

    This paper investigates a robust adaptive fuzzy control stabilization problem for a class of uncertain nonlinear systems with arbitrary switching signals that use an observer-based output feedback scheme. The considered switched nonlinear systems possess the unstructured uncertainties, unmodeled dynamics, and without requiring the states being available for measurement. A state observer which is independent of switching signals is designed to solve the problem of unmeasured states. Fuzzy logic systems are used to identify unknown lumped nonlinear functions so that the problem of unstructured uncertainties can be solved. By combining adaptive backstepping design principle and small-gain approach, a novel robust adaptive fuzzy output feedback stabilization control approach is developed. The stability of the closed-loop system is proved via the common Lyapunov function theory and small-gain theorem. Finally, the simulation results are given to demonstrate the validity and performance of the proposed control strategy.

  12. Performance improvement of complementary feeders using static transfer switch system

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Tahir MAHMOOD; Mohammad Ahmad CHOUDHRY

    2009-01-01

    The performance of complementary feeders, running in parallel, can be significantly improved by installing static transfer switches (STSs) at critical locations. We develop the STS control logic, which transfers the critical load from the preferred feeder to the alternate feeder when a voltage sag or a fault occurs on the preferred feeder. A forced commutation technique is proposed and implemented to turn off the preferred feeders' thyristor, thus avoiding cross current to flow and minimizing the transfer time. Simulation results show that the forced commutation technique is more effective as compared to the recently pro-posed time delay technique for STS operation. Two different feeders, namely New Exchange, the preferred feeder, and Sector I-10/2, the alternate feeder of Islamabad Electric Supply COmpany (IESCO), Pakistan, have been selected for case studies. The software PSCAD/EMTDC professional package has been used for simulation.

  13. Switching the polarity of a bacteriophage integration system.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Smith, Matthew C A; Till, Rob; Smith, Margaret C M

    2004-03-01

    During lysogenic growth many temperate bacteriophage genomes are integrated into the host's chromosome and efficient integration and excision are therefore an essential part of the phage life cycle. The Streptomyces phage phiC31 encodes an integrase related to the resolvase/invertases and is evolutionarily and mechanistically distinct from the integrase of phage lambda. We show that during phiC31 integration the polarity of the recombination sites, attB and attP, is dependent on the sequences of the two base pairs (bp) where crossover occurs. A loss or switch in polarity of the recombination sites can occur by mutation of this dinucleotide, leading to incorrectly joined products. The properties of the mutant sites implies that phiC31 integrase interacts symmetrically with the substrates, which during synapsis can align apparently freely in either of two alternative forms that lead to correct or incorrect joining of products. Analysis of the topologies of the reaction products provided evidence that integrase can synapse and activate strand exchange even when recombinant products cannot form due to mismatches at the crossover site. The topologies of the recombination products are complex and indicative of multiple pathways to product formation. The efficiency of integration of a phiC31 derivative, KC859, into an attB site with switched polarity was assayed in vivo and shown to be no different from integration into a wild-type attB. Thus neither the host nor KC859 express a factor that influences the alignment of the recombination sites at synapsis.

  14. Design of a switching controller for nonlinear systems with unknown parameters based on a fuzzy logic approach.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lam, H K; Leung, F H F; Lee, Y S

    2004-04-01

    This paper deals with nonlinear plants subject to unknown parameters. A fuzzy model is first used to represent the plant. An equivalent switching plant model is then derived, which supports the design of a switching controller. It will be shown that the closed-loop system formed by the plant and the switching controller is a linear system. Hence, the system performance of the closed-loop system can be designed. An application example on controlling a two-inverted pendulum system on a cart will be given to illustrate the design procedure of the proposed switching controller.

  15. Robust stability analysis of switched uncertain systems with multiple time-varying delays and actuator failures

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2011-01-01

    In this paper,the robust stability issue of switched uncertain multidelay systems resulting from actuator failures is considered.Based on the average dwell time approach,a set of suitable switching signals is designed by using the total activation time ratio between the stable subsystem and the unstable one.It is first proven that the resulting closed-loop system is robustly exponentially stable for some allowable upper bound of delays if the nominal system with zero delay is exponentially stable under thes...

  16. The design of predictive control with characterized set of initial condition for constrained switched nonlinear system

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2009-01-01

    Stabilization of the constrained switched nonlinear systems is an attractive research subject. Predictive control can handle variable constraints well and make the system stable. Its stability is typically based on an assumption of initial feasibility of the optimization problem; however the set of initial conditions, starting from where a given predictive formulation is guaranteed to be feasible, is not explicitly characterized. In this paper, a hybrid predictive control method is proposed for a class of switched nonlinear systems with input constraints and un-measurable states. The main idea is to design a mixed controller using Lyapunov functions and a state observer, which switches appropriately between a bounded feedback controller and a predictive controller, and to give an explicitly characterized set of initial conditions to stabilize each closed-loop subsystem. For the whole switched nonlinear system, a suitable switched law based on the state estimation is designed to orchestrate the transitions between the consistituent modes and their respective controllers, and to ensure the whole closed-loop system’s stability. The simulation results for a chemical process show the validity of the controller proposed in this paper.

  17. Fundamental studies on kinetic isotope effect (KIE) of hydrogen isotope fractionation in natural gas systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ni, Y.; Ma, Q.; Ellis, G.S.; Dai, J.; Katz, B.; Zhang, S.; Tang, Y.

    2011-01-01

    Based on quantum chemistry calculations for normal octane homolytic cracking, a kinetic hydrogen isotope fractionation model for methane, ethane, and propane formation is proposed. The activation energy differences between D-substitute and non-substituted methane, ethane, and propane are 318.6, 281.7, and 280.2cal/mol, respectively. In order to determine the effect of the entropy contribution for hydrogen isotopic substitution, a transition state for ethane bond rupture was determined based on density function theory (DFT) calculations. The kinetic isotope effect (KIE) associated with bond rupture in D and H substituted ethane results in a frequency factor ratio of 1.07. Based on the proposed mathematical model of hydrogen isotope fractionation, one can potentially quantify natural gas thermal maturity from measured hydrogen isotope values. Calculated gas maturity values determined by the proposed mathematical model using ??D values in ethane from several basins in the world are in close agreement with similar predictions based on the ??13C composition of ethane. However, gas maturity values calculated from field data of methane and propane using both hydrogen and carbon kinetic isotopic models do not agree as closely. It is possible that ??D values in methane may be affected by microbial mixing and that propane values might be more susceptible to hydrogen exchange with water or to analytical errors. Although the model used in this study is quite preliminary, the results demonstrate that kinetic isotope fractionation effects in hydrogen may be useful in quantitative models of natural gas generation, and that ??D values in ethane might be more suitable for modeling than comparable values in methane and propane. ?? 2011 Elsevier Ltd.

  18. Fundamental studies on kinetic isotope effect (KIE) of hydrogen isotope fractionation in natural gas systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ni, Yunyan; Ma, Qisheng; Ellis, Geoffrey S.; Dai, Jinxing; Katz, Barry; Zhang, Shuichang; Tang, Yongchun

    2011-05-01

    Based on quantum chemistry calculations for normal octane homolytic cracking, a kinetic hydrogen isotope fractionation model for methane, ethane, and propane formation is proposed. The activation energy differences between D-substitute and non-substituted methane, ethane, and propane are 318.6, 281.7, and 280.2 cal/mol, respectively. In order to determine the effect of the entropy contribution for hydrogen isotopic substitution, a transition state for ethane bond rupture was determined based on density function theory (DFT) calculations. The kinetic isotope effect (KIE) associated with bond rupture in D and H substituted ethane results in a frequency factor ratio of 1.07. Based on the proposed mathematical model of hydrogen isotope fractionation, one can potentially quantify natural gas thermal maturity from measured hydrogen isotope values. Calculated gas maturity values determined by the proposed mathematical model using δD values in ethane from several basins in the world are in close agreement with similar predictions based on the δ 13C composition of ethane. However, gas maturity values calculated from field data of methane and propane using both hydrogen and carbon kinetic isotopic models do not agree as closely. It is possible that δD values in methane may be affected by microbial mixing and that propane values might be more susceptible to hydrogen exchange with water or to analytical errors. Although the model used in this study is quite preliminary, the results demonstrate that kinetic isotope fractionation effects in hydrogen may be useful in quantitative models of natural gas generation, and that δD values in ethane might be more suitable for modeling than comparable values in methane and propane.

  19. Medical isotope identification with large mobile detection systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mukhopadhyay, Sanjoy; Maurer, Richard

    2012-10-01

    The Remote Sensing laboratory (RSL) of National Security Technologies Inc. has built an array of large (5.08 - cm x 10.16 - cm x 40.6 - cm) thallium doped sodium iodide (NaI: Tl) scintillators to locate and screen gamma-ray emitting radioisotopes that are of interests to radiological emergency responders [1]. These vehicle mounted detectors provide the operators with rapid, simple, specific information for radiological threat assessment. Applications include large area inspection, customs inspection, border protection, emergency response, and monitoring of radiological facilities. These RSL mobile units are currently being upgraded to meet the Defense Threat Reduction Agency mission requirements for a next-generation system capable of detecting and identifying nuclear threat materials. One of the challenging problems faced by these gamma-ray detectors is the unambiguous identification of medical isotopes like 131I (364.49 keV [81.7%], 636.99 keV [7.17%]), 99Tcm (140.51 keV [89.1%]) and 67Ga (184.6 keV [19.7%], 300.2 [16.0%], 393.5 [4.5%] that are used in radionuclide therapy and often have overlapping gamma-ray energy regions of interest (ROI). The problem is made worse by short (about 5 seconds) acquisition time of the spectral data necessary for dynamic mobile detectors. This article describes attempts to identify medical isotopes from data collected from this mobile detection system in a short period of time (not exceeding 5 secs) and a large standoff distance (typically ~ 10 meters) The mobile units offer identification capabilities that are based on hardware auto stabilization of the amplifier gain. The 1461 keV gamma-energy line from 40K is tracked. It uses gamma-ray energy windowing along with embedded mobile Gamma Detector Response and Analysis Software (GADRAS) [2] simultaneously to deconvolve any overlapping gamma-energy ROIs. These high sensitivity detectors are capable of resolving complex masking scenarios and exceed all ANSI N42.34 (2006) requirements

  20. Asynchronous H∞ filtering for linear switched systems with average dwell time

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Bo; Zhang, Hongbin; Wang, Gang; Dang, Chuangyin

    2016-09-01

    This paper is concerned with the H∞ filtering problem for a class of continuous-time linear switched systems with the asynchronous behaviours, where 'asynchronous' means that the switching of the filters to be designed has a lag to the switching of the system modes. By using the Lyapunov-like functions and the average dwell time technique, a sufficient condition is obtained to guarantee the asymptotic stability with a weighted H∞ performance index for the filtering error system. Moreover, the results are formulated in the form of linear matrix inequalities that are numerical feasible. As a result, the filter design problem is solved. Finally, an illustrative numerical example is presented to show the effectiveness of the results.

  1. Optical switching of electron transport in a waveguide-QED system

    Science.gov (United States)

    Abdullah, Nzar Rauf; Tang, Chi-Shung; Manolescu, Andrei; Gudmundsson, Vidar

    2016-10-01

    Electron switching in waveguides coupled to a photon cavity is found to be strongly influenced by the photon energy and polarization. Therefore, the charge dynamics in the system is investigated in two different regimes, for off-resonant and resonant photon fields. In the off-resonant photon field, the photon energy is smaller than the energy spacing between the first two lowest subbands of the waveguide system, the charge splits between the waveguides implementing a √{ NOT }-quantum logic gate action. In the resonant photon field, the charge is totally switched from one waveguide to the other due to the appearance of photon replica states of the first subband in the second subband region instigating a quantum-NOT transition. In addition, the importance of the photon polarization to control the charge motion in the waveguide system is demonstrated. The idea of charge switching in electronic circuits may serve to built quantum bits.

  2. Stability analysis of hybrid switched nonlinear singular time-delay systems with stable and unstable subsystems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zamani, Iman; Shafiee, Masoud; Ibeas, Asier

    2014-05-01

    The issue of exponential stability of a class of continuous-time switched nonlinear singular systems consisting of a family of stable and unstable subsystems with time-varying delay is considered in this paper. Based on the free-weighting matrix approach, the average dwell-time approach and by constructing a Lyapunov-like Krasovskii functional, delay-dependent sufficient conditions are derived and formulated to check the exponential stability of such systems in terms of linear matrix inequalities (LMIs). By checking the corresponding LMI conditions, the average dwell-time and switching signal conditions are obtained. This paper also highlights the relationship between the average dwell-time of the switched nonlinear singular time-delay system, its stability and the exponential convergence rate of differential and algebraic states. A numerical example shows the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  3. Passivity and Passification for a Class of Uncertain Switched Stochastic Time-Delay Systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lian, Jie; Shi, Peng; Feng, Zhi

    2013-02-01

    This paper is concerned with the problems of passivity and passification for a class of uncertain switched systems subject to stochastic disturbance and time-varying delay. The passivity property is adopted to analyze the influence of the external disturbance on such systems to achieve prescribed attenuation levels. Based on average dwell time approach, free-weighting matrix method, and Jensen's integral inequality, delay-dependent sufficient conditions are obtained in terms of linear matrix inequalities, which ensure the uncertain switched stochastic time-delay system to be robustly mean-square exponentially stable and stochastically passive. Then, the switched passive controllers are synthesized by linearization techniques. Finally, two numerical examples are given to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed methods.

  4. Adaptive Output-Feedback Neural Control of Switched Uncertain Nonlinear Systems With Average Dwell Time.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Long, Lijun; Zhao, Jun

    2015-07-01

    This paper investigates the problem of adaptive neural tracking control via output-feedback for a class of switched uncertain nonlinear systems without the measurements of the system states. The unknown control signals are approximated directly by neural networks. A novel adaptive neural control technique for the problem studied is set up by exploiting the average dwell time method and backstepping. A switched filter and different update laws are designed to reduce the conservativeness caused by adoption of a common observer and a common update law for all subsystems. The proposed controllers of subsystems guarantee that all closed-loop signals remain bounded under a class of switching signals with average dwell time, while the output tracking error converges to a small neighborhood of the origin. As an application of the proposed design method, adaptive output feedback neural tracking controllers for a mass-spring-damper system are constructed.

  5. Simulation and stability analysis of neural network based control scheme for switched linear systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Singh, H P; Sukavanam, N

    2012-01-01

    This paper proposes a new adaptive neural network based control scheme for switched linear systems with parametric uncertainty and external disturbance. A key feature of this scheme is that the prior information of the possible upper bound of the uncertainty is not required. A feedforward neural network is employed to learn this upper bound. The adaptive learning algorithm is derived from Lyapunov stability analysis so that the system response under arbitrary switching laws is guaranteed uniformly ultimately bounded. A comparative simulation study with robust controller given in [Zhang L, Lu Y, Chen Y, Mastorakis NE. Robust uniformly ultimate boundedness control for uncertain switched linear systems. Computers and Mathematics with Applications 2008; 56: 1709-14] is presented.

  6. Measuring entanglement entropy of a generic many-body system with a quantum switch.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Abanin, Dmitry A; Demler, Eugene

    2012-07-13

    Entanglement entropy has become an important theoretical concept in condensed matter physics because it provides a unique tool for characterizing quantum mechanical many-body phases and new kinds of quantum order. However, the experimental measurement of entanglement entropy in a many-body system is widely believed to be unfeasible, owing to the nonlocal character of this quantity. Here, we propose a general method to measure the entanglement entropy. The method is based on a quantum switch (a two-level system) coupled to a composite system consisting of several copies of the original many-body system. The state of the switch controls how different parts of the composite system connect to each other. We show that, by studying the dynamics of the quantum switch only, the Rényi entanglement entropy of the many-body system can be extracted. We propose a possible design of the quantum switch, which can be realized in cold atomic systems. Our work provides a route towards testing the scaling of entanglement in critical systems as well as a method for a direct experimental detection of topological order.

  7. Event-triggered Dynamic Output Feedback Control for Switched Linear Systems

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Qi, Yiwen; Cao, Ming

    2016-01-01

    Switched linear systems and their control have been an active research field in the past two decades; however, no systematic results have been reported in the literature on how such systems behave when event-triggered control is introduced. While the potential advantage of introducing event-triggere

  8. Magnetization switching by spin-orbit torque in an antiferromagnet-ferromagnet bilayer system

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fukami, Shunsuke; Zhang, Chaoliang; Duttagupta, Samik; Kurenkov, Aleksandr; Ohno, Hideo

    2016-05-01

    Spin-orbit torque (SOT)-induced magnetization switching shows promise for realizing ultrafast and reliable spintronics devices. Bipolar switching of the perpendicular magnetization by the SOT is achieved under an in-plane magnetic field collinear with an applied current. Typical structures studied so far comprise a nonmagnet/ferromagnet (NM/FM) bilayer, where the spin Hall effect in the NM is responsible for the switching. Here we show that an antiferromagnet/ferromagnet (AFM/FM) bilayer system also exhibits a SOT large enough to switch the magnetization of the FM. In this material system, thanks to the exchange bias of the AFM, we observe the switching in the absence of an applied field by using an antiferromagnetic PtMn and ferromagnetic Co/Ni multilayer with a perpendicular easy axis. Furthermore, tailoring the stack achieves a memristor-like behaviour where a portion of the reversed magnetization can be controlled in an analogue manner. The AFM/FM system is thus a promising building block for SOT devices as well as providing an attractive pathway towards neuromorphic computing.

  9. Robust Stability and H∞ Control of Uncertain Piecewise Linear Switched Systems with Filippov Solutions

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Ahmadi, Mohamadreza; Mojallali, Hamed; Wisniewski, Rafal

    2012-01-01

    This paper addresses the robust stability and control problem of uncertain piecewise linear switched systems where, instead of the conventional Carathe ́odory solutions, we allow for Filippov solutions. In other words, in contrast to the previous studies, solutions with infinite switching in finite...... time along the facets and on faces of arbitrary dimensions are also taken into account. Firstly, based on earlier results, the stability problem of piecewise linear systems with Filippov solutions is translated into a number of linear matrix inequality feasibility tests. Subsequently, a set of matrix...

  10. Analytical and computational study of magnetization switching in kinetic Ising systems with demagnetizing fields

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Richards, H.L.; Rikvold, P.A.

    1996-01-01

    particularly promising as materials for high-density magnetic recording media. In this paper we use analytic arguments and Monte Carlo simulations to quantitatively study the effects of the demagnetizing field on the dynamics of magnetization switching in two-dimensional, single-domain, kinetic Ising systems....... For systems in the weak-field ''stochastic region,'' where magnetization switching is on average effected by the nucleation and growth of a single droplet, the simulation results can be explained by a simple model in which the free energy is a function only of magnetization. In the intermediate...

  11. Simulation of switching overvoltages in the mine electric power supply system

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ivanchenko, D. I.; Novozhilov, N. G.

    2017-02-01

    Overvoltages occur in mine power supply systems during switching off consumers with high inductive load, such as transformers, reactors and electrical machines. Overvoltages lead to an increase of insulation degradation rate and may cause electric faults, power outage, fire and explosion of methane and coal dust. This paper is dedicated to simulation of vacuum circuit breaker switching overvoltages in a mine power supply system by means of Simulink MATLAB. The model of the vacuum circuit breaker implements simulation of transient recovery voltage, current chopping and an electric arc. Obtained results were compared to available experimental data.

  12. An Improved SF6 System for the FXR Induction Linac Blumlein Switches

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    DeHope, W; Kihara, R; Griffin, K L; Ong, M; Ross, T

    2007-06-16

    The now-mature FXR (Flash X-Ray) radiographic facility at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory will be briefly described with emphasis on its pulsed power system. The heart of each accelerating cell's pulse forming Blumlein is it's sulfur hexafluoride-based triggered closing switch. FXR's recent upgrade to a recirculating SF{sub 6} gas reclamation system will be described and the resulting accelerator performance and reliability improvements documented. This was accompanied by a detailed switch breakdown study on FXR's Test Stand and the recent analysis of the resulting statistics will be shown.

  13. Passivity-based consensus for linear multi-agent systems under switching topologies

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zhi FENG; Guoqiang HU

    2014-01-01

    This paper studies the passivity-based consensus analysis and synthesis problems for a class of stochastic multi-agent systems with switching topologies. Based on Lyapunov methods, stochastic theory, and graph theory, new different storage Lyapunov functions are proposed to derive sufficient conditions on mean-square exponential consensus and stochastic passivity for multi-agent systems under two different switching cases, respectively. By designing passive time-varying consensus protocols, the solvability conditions for the passivity-based consensus protocol synthesis problem, i.e., passification, are derived based on linearization techniques. Numerical simulations are provided to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed methods.

  14. Dynamic Output Feedback Passive Control of Uncertain Switched Stochastic Systems with Time-Varying Delay

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Huimei Jia

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper is concerned with the issues of passivity analysis and dynamic output feedback (DOF passive control for uncertain switched stochastic systems with time-varying delay via multiple storage functions (MSFs method. Firstly, based on the MSFs method, a sufficient condition for the existence of the passivity of the underlying system is established in terms of linear matrix inequalities (LMIs. Furthermore, the problem of dynamic output feedback passive control is investigated. Based on the obtained passivity condition, a sufficient condition for the existence of the desired switched passive controller is derived. Finally, a numerical example is presented to show the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  15. Switch and examine transmit diversity for spectrum sharing systems

    KAUST Repository

    Abdallah, Mohamed M.

    2011-06-01

    In this paper, we develop a switch and examine transmit diversity algorithm for spectrum sharing cognitive networks. We consider a cognitive network composed of a primary link that employs constant rate and constant power transmission scheme with automatic-and-repeat request (ARQ) protocol, while the secondary link is composed of a fixed power multiple-antenna secondary transmitter and a single antenna receiver. Our objective is to develop a low complex transmit diversity algorithm at the secondary transmitter that maximizes the performance of the secondary link in terms of the effective throughput while maintaining a predetermined maximum loss in the packet rate of the primary link. In achieving this objective, we develop an algorithm that selects the best antenna, which maintains the quality of the secondary link in terms of signal-to-noise ratio above a specific threshold, based on overhearing the acknowledgment (ACK) and negative acknowledgment (NACK) feedback messages transmitted over the primary link. We also develop closed form expressions for the bit error rates and the effective throughput of the secondary link. © 2011 IEEE.

  16. A novel adaptive switching function on fault tolerable sliding mode control for uncertain stochastic systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zahiripour, Seyed Ali; Jalali, Ali Akbar

    2014-09-01

    A novel switching function based on an optimization strategy for the sliding mode control (SMC) method has been provided for uncertain stochastic systems subject to actuator degradation such that the closed-loop system is globally asymptotically stable with probability one. In the previous researches the focus on sliding surface has been on proportional or proportional-integral function of states. In this research, from a degree of freedom that depends on designer choice is used to meet certain objectives. In the design of the switching function, there is a parameter which the designer can regulate for specified objectives. A sliding-mode controller is synthesized to ensure the reachability of the specified switching surface, despite actuator degradation and uncertainties. Finally, the simulation results demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  17. Cooperative Adaptive Output Regulation for Second-Order Nonlinear Multiagent Systems With Jointly Connected Switching Networks.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Wei; Huang, Jie

    2017-01-11

    This paper studies the cooperative global robust output regulation problem for a class of heterogeneous second-order nonlinear uncertain multiagent systems with jointly connected switching networks. The main contributions consist of the following three aspects. First, we generalize the result of the adaptive distributed observer from undirected jointly connected switching networks to directed jointly connected switching networks. Second, by performing a new coordinate and input transformation, we convert our problem into the cooperative global robust stabilization problem of a more complex augmented system via the distributed internal model principle. Third, we solve the stabilization problem by a distributed state feedback control law. Our result is illustrated by the leader-following consensus problem for a group of Van der Pol oscillators.

  18. Finite frequency H_∞ filtering for uncertain discrete-time switched linear systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Dawei Ding; Guanghong Yang

    2009-01-01

    This paper is concerned with the problem of robust H_∞ filtering for discrete-time switched linear systems with polytopic uncertainties in the finite frequency domain. Based on the generalized Kalman-Yakubovich-Popov (GKYP) iemma and switched parameter-depen-dent Lyapunov functions, a switched full-order filter is designed such that the corresponding filtering error system is asymptotically sta-ble and satisfies a prescribed finite frequency H_∞ performance index. Compared with the existing full frequency approaches, the proposed finite frequency one receives better results for the cases in which the frequency ranges of noises are known. A numerical exam-ple is given to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  19. A DU bed system for storing and supplying hydrogen isotopes

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Koo, Daeseo; Park, Jongchul; Ahn, Do-Hee; Chung, Hongsuk [KAERI, Daejeon (Korea, Republic of); Yun, Sei-Hun [National Fusion Research Institute, Daejeon (Korea, Republic of)

    2015-05-15

    Depleted uranium (DU) has been extensively proposed for the storage, supply, and recovery of hydrogen isotopes. SDS is used for storing hydrogen isotopes as a metal hydride form. To control the SDS, it is necessary to monitor the tritium amount in a bed. In this study, a full-sized DU bed was designed and fabricated including cylindrical-type copper foam of nine layers to study the characteristics of hydriding/dehydriding and simulate the tritium amount in a bed. The integrity and leak inspection on the welding of a primary vessel was performed using a penetration test, helium leak test, and pressure test. Auto tuning on the cable heaters of two pairs in the DU bed was also be performed. In our next study, the hydriding/dehydriding on a DU bed will be performed. A simulation on the depleted uranium hydriding will be carried out. A DU bed was designed and fabricated including cylindrical-type copper foam of nine layers to study the characteristics of hydriding/dehydriding and simulate the tritium amount in a bed. Through a penetration test, it was confirmed that the welding of the primary vessel has a good integrity. It was confirmed that the two helium tubes is sound by inspecting a helium leak test on the welding of the primary vessel. It was also confirmed that the primary vessel has a good integrity by inspecting a helium leak and conducting a pressure test on it. Vacuuming of the DU bed system was carried out. Vacuuming of the in-bed calorimetric equipment was also carried out.

  20. Isotopic insights into biological regulation of zinc in contaminated systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wanty, Richard B.; Balistrieri, Laurie S.; Wesner, Jeff S.; Walters, David; Schmidt, Travis S.; Podda, Francesca; De Giudici, G.; Stricker, Craig A.; Kraus, Johanna M.; Lattanzi, Pierfranco; Wolf, Ruth E.; Cidu, R.

    2015-01-01

    Aquatic organisms use a variety of biogeochemical reactions to regulate essential and non-essential trace metals. Many of these mechanisms can lead to isotopic fractionation, thus measurement of metal isotopes may yield insights into the processes by which organisms respond to metal exposure. We illustrate these concepts with two case studies, one involving an intra- and the other an extra-cellular mechanism of Zn sequestration. In the first study, the mayfly Neocloeon triangulifer was grown in the laboratory, and fed a diet of Zn-doped diatoms at Zn levels exceeding the requirements for normal mayfly life functions. The N. triangulifer larvae consumed the diatoms and retained their Zn isotopic signature. Upon metamorphosis, the subimago life stage lost Zn mass either in the exuvia or by excretion, and the Zn retained was isotopically enriched. Thus, Zn uptake is nonfractionating, but Zn regulation favors the lighter isotope. Thus the Zn remaining in the subimago was isotopically heavier. In the second study, Zn was adsorbed on the cell walls and exopolysaccharide secretions of cyanobacteria, which favored the heavier Zn isotope. Continued adsorption eventually resulted in nucleation and biomineralization of hydrozincite {Zn5(CO3)2(OH)6}. These case studies demonstrate the utility of Zn isotopes to provide insights into how aquatic insects respond to metal exposure.

  1. Loads bias genetic and signaling switches in synthetic and natural systems.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Samanthe M Lyons

    2014-03-01

    Full Text Available Biological protein interactions networks such as signal transduction or gene transcription networks are often treated as modular, allowing motifs to be analyzed in isolation from the rest of the network. Modularity is also a key assumption in synthetic biology, where it is similarly expected that when network motifs are combined together, they do not lose their essential characteristics. However, the interactions that a network module has with downstream elements change the dynamical equations describing the upstream module and thus may change the dynamic and static properties of the upstream circuit even without explicit feedback. In this work we analyze the behavior of a ubiquitous motif in gene transcription and signal transduction circuits: the switch. We show that adding an additional downstream component to the simple genetic toggle switch changes its dynamical properties by changing the underlying potential energy landscape, and skewing it in favor of the unloaded side, and in some situations adding loads to the genetic switch can also abrogate bistable behavior. We find that an additional positive feedback motif found in naturally occurring toggle switches could tune the potential energy landscape in a desirable manner. We also analyze autocatalytic signal transduction switches and show that a ubiquitous positive feedback switch can lose its switch-like properties when connected to a downstream load. Our analysis underscores the necessity of incorporating the effects of downstream components when understanding the physics of biochemical network motifs, and raises the question as to how these effects are managed in real biological systems. This analysis is particularly important when scaling synthetic networks to more complex organisms.

  2. Loads bias genetic and signaling switches in synthetic and natural systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lyons, Samanthe M; Xu, Wenlong; Medford, June; Prasad, Ashok

    2014-03-01

    Biological protein interactions networks such as signal transduction or gene transcription networks are often treated as modular, allowing motifs to be analyzed in isolation from the rest of the network. Modularity is also a key assumption in synthetic biology, where it is similarly expected that when network motifs are combined together, they do not lose their essential characteristics. However, the interactions that a network module has with downstream elements change the dynamical equations describing the upstream module and thus may change the dynamic and static properties of the upstream circuit even without explicit feedback. In this work we analyze the behavior of a ubiquitous motif in gene transcription and signal transduction circuits: the switch. We show that adding an additional downstream component to the simple genetic toggle switch changes its dynamical properties by changing the underlying potential energy landscape, and skewing it in favor of the unloaded side, and in some situations adding loads to the genetic switch can also abrogate bistable behavior. We find that an additional positive feedback motif found in naturally occurring toggle switches could tune the potential energy landscape in a desirable manner. We also analyze autocatalytic signal transduction switches and show that a ubiquitous positive feedback switch can lose its switch-like properties when connected to a downstream load. Our analysis underscores the necessity of incorporating the effects of downstream components when understanding the physics of biochemical network motifs, and raises the question as to how these effects are managed in real biological systems. This analysis is particularly important when scaling synthetic networks to more complex organisms.

  3. Systemic study on fluorescent switching systems composed of naphthopyran and benzimidazole in solution and film forms

    Science.gov (United States)

    He, Yi; Wang, Guang; Wang, Mingxin

    2016-07-01

    The fluorescent photo-switching systems were prepared based on fluorescent benzimidazole and photochromic naphthopyran. Naphthopyran in this systems displayed excellent photochromic performance in tetrahydrofuran solutions and in PMMA films. The fluorescent emission of benzimidazole was modulated between "on" and "off" via the photoisomerization of naphthopyran in high-contrast due to the photoinduced energy transfer from benzimidazole to the open-form naphthopyran. Both the fluorescent photoswitching and the photochromism of benzimidazole-naphthopyran dyads in solutions and films displayed excellent fatigue resistance. The spaces between benzimidazole and naphthopyran affect the absorbance and fluorescence spectra of benzimidazole-naphthopyran dyads. The non-destructive readout ability of synthesized dyads in doped PMMA film was achieved.

  4. Asynchronous H∞ Dynamic Output Feedback Control of Switched Time-Delay Systems with Sensor Nonlinearity and Missing Measurements

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jiwei Wen

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available The H∞ dynamic output feedback control problem for a class of discrete-time switched time-delay systems under asynchronous switching is investigated in this paper. Sensor nonlinearity and missing measurements are considered when collecting output knowledge of the system. Firstly, when there exists asynchronous switching between the switching modes and the candidate controllers, new results on the regional stability and l2 gain analysis for the underlying system are given by allowing the Lyapunov-like function (LLF to increase with a random probability. Then, a mean square stabilizing output feedback controller and a switching law subject to average dwell time (ADT are obtained with a given disturbance attenuation level. Moreover, the mean square domain of attraction could be estimated by a convex combination of a set of ellipsoids, the number of which depends on the number of switching modes. Finally, a numerical example is given to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  5. Specification requirements summary for the Brayton Isotope Power System (BIPS) Ground Demonstration System (GDS)

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Thompson, E.E.

    1976-02-10

    This document provides a summary of the required program specifications and procedures for the ERDA Phase I Brayton Isotope Power System (BIPS) Program. Also included are document definitions, descriptions, and formats, and a listing of commonly used abbreviations. This document is intended to be used as a guide in document preparation and control.

  6. Phase I: controls preliminary design report for Brayton Isotope Power System (BIPS)

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    1976-08-20

    Background analyses of three control systems capable of controlling the speed, output voltage, and start rate of Brayton Isotope Power Systems (BIPS) are presented. Conclusions of all functions considered are summarized. (TFD)

  7. Planar architecture for microstrip interfaced packaging of coplanar-waveguide-based radio frequency microelectromechanical system switches

    Science.gov (United States)

    Singh, Shailendra; Giridhar, Malalahalli Sreenivasamurthy; Rao, Cheemalamarri Venkata Narasimha; Bhalke, Sangam; Islam, Rifqul

    2015-01-01

    This paper describes the architecture of microstrip (MS) interfaced packaging of a coplanar-waveguide (CPW)-based radio frequency microelectromechanical systems (RF MEMS) switch in a hermetic metal-ceramic RF package. The switch is integrated along with CPW to MS (CPW-MS) transitions within the package itself. This makes the MS interfaced packaged switch module readily mountable on MS based RF boards and subsystems. The CPW-MS transition for the package was designed as a separate off-chip entity on an alumina substrate and utilizes via hole. The integrated three-dimensional model of the package consisting of the RF MEMS switch and the transitions was simulated using high frequency structure simulator. The realized module shows an insertion loss of 0.2 and 1.1 dB at 100 MHz and 7 GHz, respectively. The measured isolation is better than 60 dB at 100 MHz and 30 dB at 7 GHz. The return loss is better than 15 dB up to 7 GHz. The estimated packaging and transitioning loss is 0.5 dB at 5 GHz. This packaging architecture is a planar solution for the MS interfaced packaging of CPW based RF MEMS switches for designers who do not have access to high-end technologies, such as zero-level packaging, through silicon via or low temperature co-fired ceramics.

  8. Atypical clinical features of children with central nervous system tumor: Delayed diagnosis and switch in handedness.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yokoi, Kentaro; Yamaoka, Masayoshi; Miyata, Ichiro; Nonaka, Yuichiro; Yuza, Yuki; Kawata, Shoko; Akiyama, Masaharu; Yanagisawa, Takaaki; Ida, Hiroyuki

    2016-09-01

    Herein is described the cases of three children with central nervous system (CNS) tumor, who had switch in handedness occurring before diagnostic confirmation. Although the onset, age, tumor location, and histology were heterogeneous, the diagnosis of CNS tumor was delayed in all three patients. The present experience indicates that switch in handedness should be recognized as a sign of CNS tumor in pediatric patients, and which might prevent delay in diagnosis. Pediatricians should carefully examine such patients who present with some suggestive symptoms of CNS tumor, even when they are unusual, in order to make a timely and appropriate diagnosis. © 2016 Japan Pediatric Society.

  9. Design and Prototype of an Automated Column-Switching HPLC System for Radiometabolite Analysis.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Vasdev, Neil; Collier, Thomas Lee

    2016-08-17

    Column-switching high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) is extensively used for the critical analysis of radiolabeled ligands and their metabolites in plasma. However, the lack of streamlined apparatus and consequently varying protocols remain as a challenge among positron emission tomography laboratories. We report here the prototype apparatus and implementation of a fully automated and simplified column-switching procedure to allow for the easy and automated determination of radioligands and their metabolites in up to 5 mL of plasma. The system has been used with conventional UV and coincidence radiation detectors, as well as with a single quadrupole mass spectrometer.

  10. Design and Prototype of an Automated Column-Switching HPLC System for Radiometabolite Analysis

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Neil Vasdev

    2016-08-01

    Full Text Available Column-switching high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC is extensively used for the critical analysis of radiolabeled ligands and their metabolites in plasma. However, the lack of streamlined apparatus and consequently varying protocols remain as a challenge among positron emission tomography laboratories. We report here the prototype apparatus and implementation of a fully automated and simplified column-switching procedure to allow for the easy and automated determination of radioligands and their metabolites in up to 5 mL of plasma. The system has been used with conventional UV and coincidence radiation detectors, as well as with a single quadrupole mass spectrometer.

  11. Consensus of High-Order Nonlinear Multiagent Systems with Constrained Switching Topologies

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Junwei Wang

    2017-01-01

    Full Text Available The relationship between control and communication constraints is becoming of central importance in the consensus problem of networked agents. In this paper, we investigate such a problem for nonlinear multiagent systems with Lipschitz dynamics. To reflect communication constraints, the topology is assumed to switch within a finite set of digraphs characterised by an average dwell time switching signal. By constructing a suitable multiple Lyapunov function, we show that consensus can be reached under the designed consensus protocol. A multistep algorithm for designing consensus protocol is then developed by solving the Lyapunov equation and algebraic Riccati equation. Finally, simulation examples are delineated to substantiate the effectiveness of the proposed algorithms.

  12. Graph-Theoretic Characterizations of Structural Controllability for Multi-Agent System with Switching Topology

    CERN Document Server

    Liu, Xiaomeng; Chen, Ben M

    2012-01-01

    This paper considers the controllability problem for multi-agent systems. In particular, the structural controllability of multi-agent systems under switching topologies is investigated. The structural controllability of multi-agent systems is a generalization of the traditional controllability concept for dynamical systems, and purely based on the communication topologies among agents. The main contributions of the paper are graph-theoretic characterizations of the structural controllability for multi-agent systems. It turns out that the multi-agent system with switching topology is structurally controllable if and only if the union graph G of the underlying communication topologies is connected (single leader) or leader-follower connected (multi-leader). Finally, the paper concludes with several illustrative examples and discussions of the results and future work.

  13. Analysis and Simulation on Current Commutation of DC Transfer Switches in UHVDC Transmission Systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    PENG Chang; WEN Jialiang; MA Guohua; WANG Xiuhuan; LIU Zhigang; YU Kunshan

    2011-01-01

    The most severe working conditions of transfer switches in HVDC transmission systems identified as below: DC are For MRTB and GRTS, the most severe working condition is the failure of a single pole under operation mode. MRTB has to commutate the current from the ground return to metallic return. GRTS works in the contrary way.

  14. Exponential Stability of Uncertain T-S Fuzzy Switched Systems with Time Delay

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Fatima Ahmida; El Houssaine Tissir

    2013-01-01

    This paper discusses the delay-dependent exponential stability of a class of uncertain T-S fuzzy switched systems with time delay.The method is based on Lyapunov stability theorem and free weighting matrices approach.Two illustrative examples are given to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  15. Set-point Tracking in Mode-Observable Switching Linear Systems

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Baglietto, Marco; Battistelli, Giorgio; Tesi, Pietro

    2011-01-01

    This paper addresses the problem of set-point tracking for a continuous-time process modeled by a multi-input multi-output (MIMO) linear system that may switch, in unknown and unpredictable fashion, among different modes taken from a finite set. The proposed methodology relies on an high level contr

  16. A System for English Vocabulary Acquisition Based on Code-Switching

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mazur, Michal; Karolczak, Krzysztof; Rzepka, Rafal; Araki, Kenji

    2016-01-01

    Vocabulary plays an important part in second language learning and there are many existing techniques to facilitate word acquisition. One of these methods is code-switching, or mixing the vocabulary of two languages in one sentence. In this paper the authors propose an experimental system for computer-assisted English vocabulary learning in…

  17. Efficient all-optical switch using a Λ atom in a cavity QED system

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Nielsen, Anne E. B.; Kerckhoff, Joseph

    2011-01-01

    We propose an all-optical switch constructed from a two-mode optical resonator containing a strongly coupled, three-state system. The coupling allows a weak, continuous wave laser drive to incoherently control the transmission of a much stronger, continuous wave signal laser into (and through) th...

  18. Mode-observability degree in discrete-time switching linear systems

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Baglietto, M.; Battistelli, G.; Tesi, P.

    2014-01-01

    In this paper, we consider the problem of identifying the active mode of a switching linear system from data sequences of a finite length. The results combine elements from canonical correlation analysis and subspace projection methods. In addition to providing insight into the geometric meaning of

  19. Guaranteed Cost H∞ Controller Synthesis for Switched Systems Defined on Semi-algebraic Sets

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Ahmadi, Mohamadreza; Mojallali, Hamed; Wisniewski, Rafael

    2014-01-01

    A methodology to design guaranteed cost H∞ controllers for a class of switched systems with polynomial vector fields is proposed. To this end, we use sum of squares programming techniques. In addition, instead of the customary Carathéodory solutions, the analysis is performed in the framework...

  20. Switched Systems Reduction Framework Based on Convex Combination of Generalized Gramians

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Hamid Reza Shaker

    2009-01-01

    Full Text Available A general method for model-order reduction of switched linear dynamical systems is presented. The proposed technique uses convex generalized gramian which is a convex combination of the generalized gramians. It is shown that different classical reduction methods can be developed into the generalized gramian framework for model reduction of linear systems and further for the reduction of switched systems by construction of the convex generalized gramian. Balanced reduction within specified frequency bound is taken as an example which is developed within this framework. In order to avoid numerical instability and also to increase the numerical efficiency, convex generalized gramian-based Petrov-Galerkin projection is constructed instead of the similarity transform approach for reduction. It is proven that the method preserves the stability of the original switched system at least for stabilizing switching signal and it is also less conservative than the method which is based on the common generalized gramian. Some discussions on the coefficient of the vertices of the convex variables are presented. The performance of the proposed method is illustrated by numerical examples.

  1. The Design of USB Interface in Stored Program Control Switching System for Teaching

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Wei,Lai; Wang,Xiao-yan; Dong,Yan

    2004-01-01

    This paper introduces the way using AN2131SC to implement USB interface to replace parallel interface in Stored Program Control switching system for teaching. It presents the design of hardware, firmware, device driver and client application, therefore providing an instance for USB peripheral development especially in replacing parallel interface with USB interface.

  2. Multiuser switched scheduling systems with per-user threshold and post-user selection

    KAUST Repository

    Nam, Haewoon

    2010-06-01

    A multiuser switched diversity scheduling scheme with per-user feedback threshold is proposed in this paper. Unlike the conventional multiuser switched diversity scheduling scheme where a single threshold is used by all the users in order to determine whether to transmit a feedback, the proposed scheme deploys per-user threshold, where each user uses a potentially different threshold than other users thresholds. This paper first provides a generic analytical framework for the optimal feedback thresholds in a closed form. Then we investigates the impact of user sequence strategies and post selection strategies on the performance of the multiuser switched scheduling scheme with per-user threshold. Numerical and simulation results show that the proposed scheme provides a higher system capacity compared to the conventional scheme. © 2010 IEEE.

  3. Efficient tunable switch from slow light to fast light in quantum opto-electromechanical system

    CERN Document Server

    Akram, M Javed; Saif, Farhan

    2015-01-01

    The control of slow and fast light propagation, in the probe transmission in a single experiment, is a challenging task. This type of control can only be achieved through highly nonlinear interactions and additional interfering pathway(s), which is therefore seldom reported. Here, we devise a scheme in which slow light, and a tunable switch from slow light to fast light can be achieved in the probe transmission based on a hybrid setup, which is composed of an optical cavity with two charged nano mechanical resonators (MRs). The two MRs are electrostatically coupled via tunable Coulomb coupling strength ($g_{c}$) making a quantum opto-electromechanical system (QOEMS). The parameter $g_{c}$ that couples the two MRs can be switched on and off by controlling the bias voltages on the MRs, and acts as a tunable switch that allows the propagation of transmitted probe field as slow light ($g_{c} \

  4. Design and Construct of the North Switching Magnet of BRIF

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    WEI; Su-min; LI; Ming; ZHENG; Xia

    2013-01-01

    For the 100 MeV proton beam transport system of BRIF,the proton beam extracted from the north extract port is transported into a common beam line,then allot to two beam lines(ISOL and Isotope)by using a±30o switching magnet,called north switching magnet.The magnet is capable to bending the proton beam(75-100 MeV)up to 30o.

  5. High Flux Isotope Reactor system RELAP5 input model

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Morris, D.G.; Wendel, M.W.

    1993-01-01

    A thermal-hydraulic computational model of the High Flux Isotope Reactor (HFIR) has been developed using the RELAP5 program. The purpose of the model is to provide a state-of-the art thermal-hydraulic simulation tool for analyzing selected hypothetical accident scenarios for a revised HFIR Safety Analysis Report (SAR). The model includes (1) a detailed representation of the reactor core and other vessel components, (2) three heat exchanger/pump cells, (3) pressurizing pumps and letdown valves, and (4) secondary coolant system (with less detail than the primary system). Data from HFIR operation, component tests, tests in facility mockups and the HFIR, HFIR specific experiments, and other pertinent experiments performed independent of HFIR were used to construct the model and validate it to the extent permitted by the data. The detailed version of the model has been used to simulate loss-of-coolant accidents (LOCAs), while the abbreviated version has been developed for the operational transients that allow use of a less detailed nodalization. Analysis of station blackout with core long-term decay heat removal via natural convection has been performed using the core and vessel portions of the detailed model.

  6. Comparison between Networked Control System behaviour based on CAN and Switched Ethernet networks

    OpenAIRE

    Brahimi, Belynda; Rondeau, Eric; Aubrun, Christophe

    2006-01-01

    7 pages; International audience; The distributed control systems are more and more used in many industrial applications. These systems are often referred as “Networked control systems”. The goal of this paper is to show the network influence on feedback control systems. Two networks are considered: Switched Ethernet network and CAN fieldbus. The first one represents the non deterministic network and second one represents the deterministic one. Several scenarii are studied to analyse the stabi...

  7. Discontinuous stabilization of nonlinear systems : Quantized and switching controls

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Ceragioli, Francesca; De Persis, Claudio

    2007-01-01

    In this paper we consider the classical problem of stabilizing nonlinear systems in the case the control laws take values in a discrete set. First, we present a robust control approach to the problem. Then, we focus on the class of dissipative systems and rephrase classical results available for thi

  8. Rare switching events in non-stationary systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Becker, Nils B; ten Wolde, Pieter Rein

    2012-05-07

    Physical systems with many degrees of freedom can often be understood in terms of transitions between a small number of metastable states. For time-homogeneous systems with short-term memory these transitions are fully characterized by a set of rate constants. We consider the question how to extend such a coarse-grained description to non-stationary systems and to systems with finite memory. We identify the physical regimes in which time-dependent rates are meaningful, and state microscopic expressions that can be used to measure both externally time-dependent and history-dependent rates in microscopic simulations. Our description can be used to generalize Markov state models to time-dependent Markovian or non-Markovian systems.

  9. Perturbed dynamics of discrete-time switched nonlinear systems with delays and uncertainties.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Xingwen; Cheng, Jun

    2016-05-01

    This paper addresses the dynamics of a class of discrete-time switched nonlinear systems with time-varying delays and uncertainties and subject to perturbations. It is assumed that the nominal switched nonlinear system is robustly uniformly exponentially stable. It is revealed that there exists a maximal Lipschitz constant, if perturbation satisfies a Lipschitz condition with any Lipschitz constant less than the maximum, then the perturbed system can preserve the stability property of the nominal system. In situations where the perturbations are known, it is proved that there exists an upper bound of coefficient such that the perturbed system remains exponentially stable provided that the perturbation is scaled by any coefficient bounded by the upper bound. A numerical example is provided to illustrate the proposed theoretical results.

  10. Elimination of electromagnetic interference to receivers and sensitive equipment generated by switching systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Stelioudakis, Emmanuel

    1994-03-01

    Recently installed equipment in naval receiving sites such as digital telephone switching systems, uninterruptible power supplies, laser printers, etc., induce electromagnetic interference (EMI) into receiver systems, thus limiting the performance of the receiving site. EMI is injected into receiver systems by conductive, inductive, and capacitive paths associated with poor compartment shielding, grounds, or cable shielding. The MITEL SX-20 automatic digital telephone switching system is studied as an EMI source. Temporal and spectral properties of EMI generated by the MITEL SX-20 system are examined over a frequency range of 0 to 100 MHz. The effectiveness of a barrier, filter, and ground architecture in containing/eliminating the generated EMI is tested under various operating conditions. Possible solutions are proposed for similar EMI sources.

  11. 基于Android的SIP软交换系统%SIP soft switch system base on Android

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    苏静; 班正宇

    2014-01-01

    本文结合SIP软交换系统的结构,针对SIP软交换系统的功能及相关问题,对系统做出扩展,确保系统在响应正常业务的同时,增加了对Android系统的支持,结合NDK开发框架,设计了一套基于SIP协议的安卓客户端。%Aiming at the function of SIP soft switch system and some related problem, the system is extended in combination of the SIP soft switch system structure, which added support for Android system and ensured that the system in response to normal business at the same time. A set of Android client based on SIP protocol is designed in combination of NDK development framework.

  12. Robust Quantum Based Low-power Switching Technique to improve System Performance

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    M. Lavanya

    2013-08-01

    Full Text Available Round Robin (RR is a pre-emptive algorithm used in multiprogrammed, conventional systems to schedule all the processes which are present in ready queue for execution. It has some advantages over other algorithms i.e., it gives a chance to all process to utilize processor for equal time interval. But this technique increases average turnaround time, average waiting time and if quantum value is very less, then CPU time is wasted in switching between processes and increases overheads. If it is high, the algorithm just works like FCFS and cannot be used in time sharing systems. The algorithm performance depends on quantum value. Turnaround time and waiting time are the criteria of the system which should be maintained as less as possible. Standard RR (SRR algorithm does not posses logic infixing quantum value. In our paper we propose Low-power Switching (LS algorithm which reduces context switching and also reduces average waiting time and average turnaround time. So throughput ofsystem will be raised. Experimental analysis shows the feasibility of the proposed algorithm which gives better turnaround time, waiting time and context switching compared with SRR technique and some related works. Pseudo code has been generated to prove the work.

  13. Aggregation Analysis for Competitive Multiagent Systems With Saddle Points via Switching Strategies.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhu, Liying; Xiang, Zhengrong

    2017-06-16

    This paper addresses the aggregation issues of competitive multiagent systems (CMASs) consisting of competitive agents with multimodes and saddle points. In such CMASs, due to existing mutual competitions, every agent is equipped with finite multimodes, and every mode in any agent is described as a second-order linear time-invariant (LTI) control system. When the origin is the same saddle point of all modes of agents, to investigate aggregation of the CMASs with switching strategies, we first use switched LTI systems with saddle points to formulate such CMASs. Then, two new stability concepts, called initial-state-dependent ISD) stability and initial-state-independent (ISI) stability, are defined for the CMASs. Based on these new stability concepts, a practical criterion of local/global ISI asymptotic aggregation is proposed for the CMASs. A local/global ISD/ISI asymptotical-stabilizing-control observed as distributed controls of multimodes, stabilizing-switching-paths, and a corresponding algorithm are all designed for local/global aggregation of such CMASs with switching delays. Finally, a numerical example illustrates the effectiveness and practicality of our new results.

  14. Oxygen isotopes as a tracer of phosphate sources and cycling in aquatic systems (Invited)

    Science.gov (United States)

    Young, M. B.; Kendall, C.; Paytan, A.

    2013-12-01

    The oxygen isotopic composition of phosphate can provide valuable information about sources and processes affecting phosphorus as it moves through hydrologic systems. Applications of this technique in soil and water have become more common in recent years due to improvements in extraction methods and instrument capabilities, and studies in multiple aquatic environments have demonstrated that some phosphorus sources may have distinct isotopic compositions within a given system. Under normal environmental conditions, the oxygen-phosphorus bonds in dissolved inorganic phosphate (DIP) can only be broken by enzymatic activity. Biological cycling of DIP will bring the phosphate oxygen into a temperature-dependent equilibrium with the surrounding water, overprinting any existing isotopic source signals. However, studies conducted in a wide range of estuarine, freshwater, and groundwater systems have found that the phosphate oxygen is often out of biological equilibrium with the water, suggesting that it is common for at least a partial isotopic source signal to be retained in aquatic systems. Oxygen isotope analysis on various potential phosphate sources such as synthetic and organic fertilizers, animal waste, detergents, and septic/wastewater treatment plant effluents show that these sources span a wide range of isotopic compositions, and although there is considerable overlap between the source groups, sources may be isotopically distinct within a given study area. Recent soil studies have shown that isotopic analysis of phosphate oxygen is also useful for understanding microbial cycling across different phosphorus pools, and may provide insights into controls on phosphorus leaching. Combining stable isotope information from soil and water studies will greatly improve our understanding of complex phosphate cycling, and the increasing use of this isotopic technique across different environments will provide new information regarding anthropogenic phosphate inputs and

  15. Conditions of asymptotic stability for linear homogeneous switched systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ivanov, Gennady; Alferov, Gennady; Sharlay, Artem; Efimova, Polina

    2017-07-01

    In this article the authors prove the theorems giving the necessary and sufficient conditions for stability of robotic and mechatronic systems motion in terms of Lyapunov functions theory with the use of set-theoretic approach.

  16. Mass transfer and carbon isotope evolution in natural water systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wigley, T.M.L.; Plummer, L.N.; Pearson, F.J.

    1978-01-01

    This paper presents a theoretical treatment of the evolution of the carbon isotopes C13 and C14 in natural waters and in precipitates which derive from such waters. The effects of an arbitrary number of sources (such as dissolution of carbonate minerals and oxidation of organic material) and sinks (such as mineral precipitation, CO2 degassing and production of methane), and of equilibrium fractionation between solid, gas and aqueous phases are considered. The results are expressed as equations relating changes in isotopic composition to changes in conventional carbonate chemistry. One implication of the equations is that the isotopic composition of an aqueous phase may approach a limiting value whenever there are simultaneous inputs and outputs of carbonate. In order to unambiguously interpret isotopic data from carbonate precipitates and identify reactants and products in reacting natural waters, it is essential that isotopic changes are determined chiefly by reactant and product stoichiometry, independent of reaction path. We demonstrate that this is so by means of quantitative examples. The evolution equations are applied to: 1. (1) carbon-14 dating of groundwaters; 2. (2) interpretation of the isotopic composition of carbonate precipitates, carbonate cements and diagenetically altered carbonates; and 3. (3) the identification of chemical reaction stoichiometry. These applications are illustrated by examples which show the variation of ??C13 in solutions and in precipitates formed under a variety of conditions involving incongruent dissolution, CO2 degassing, methane production and mineral precipitation. ?? 1978.

  17. Stirling Isotope Power System Program. Final report, January 1978-December 1980

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    1980-12-01

    The Stirling Isotope Power System (SIPS) design is discussed, including the control system and engine starter. The development, of fabrication, and testing of the SIPS converter are presented. The work performed on the Isotope Heat Source Assembly is described. The ancillary equipment, system integration and qualification, and safety are discussed. The safety discussion consists primarily of prediction of dose rates around the IHS and the influence on handling equipment design. Reliability and quality assurance are included. (MHR)

  18. Scheduler for multiprocessor system switch with selective pairing

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Gara, Alan; Gschwind, Michael Karl; Salapura, Valentina

    2015-01-06

    System, method and computer program product for scheduling threads in a multiprocessing system with selective pairing of processor cores for increased processing reliability. A selective pairing facility is provided that selectively connects, i.e., pairs, multiple microprocessor or processor cores to provide one highly reliable thread (or thread group). The method configures the selective pairing facility to use checking provide one highly reliable thread for high-reliability and allocate threads to corresponding processor cores indicating need for hardware checking. The method configures the selective pairing facility to provide multiple independent cores and allocate threads to corresponding processor cores indicating inherent resilience.

  19. Adaptive fuzzy switched control design for uncertain nonholonomic systems with input nonsmooth constraint

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Yongming; Tong, Shaocheng

    2016-10-01

    In this paper, a fuzzy adaptive switched control approach is proposed for a class of uncertain nonholonomic chained systems with input nonsmooth constraint. In the control design, an auxiliary dynamic system is designed to address the input nonsmooth constraint, and an adaptive switched control strategy is constructed to overcome the uncontrollability problem associated with x0(t0) = 0. By using fuzzy logic systems to tackle unknown nonlinear functions, a fuzzy adaptive control approach is explored based on the adaptive backstepping technique. By constructing the combination approximation technique and using Young's inequality scaling technique, the number of the online learning parameters is reduced to n and the 'explosion of complexity' problem is avoid. It is proved that the proposed method can guarantee that all variables of the closed-loop system converge to a small neighbourhood of zero. Two simulation examples are provided to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed control approach.

  20. A switched energy saving position controller for variable-pressure electro-hydraulic servo systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tivay, Ali; Zareinejad, Mohammad; Rezaei, S Mehdi; Baghestan, Keivan

    2014-07-01

    The electro-hydraulic servo system (EHSS) demonstrates a relatively low level of efficiency compared to other available actuation methods. The objective of this paper is to increase this efficiency by introducing a variable supply pressure into the system and controlling this pressure during the task of position tracking. For this purpose, an EHSS structure with controllable supply pressure is proposed and its dynamic model is derived from the basic laws of physics. A switching control structure is then proposed to control both the supply pressure and the cylinder position at the same time, in a way that reduces the overall energy consumption of the system. The stability of the proposed switching control system is guaranteed by proof, and its performance is verified by experimental testing.

  1. Fault Detection for Wireless Networked Control Systems with Stochastic Switching Topology and Time Delay

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Pengfei Guo

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper deals with the fault detection problem for a class of discrete-time wireless networked control systems described by switching topology with uncertainties and disturbances. System states of each individual node are affected not only by its own measurements, but also by other nodes’ measurements according to a certain network topology. As the topology of system can be switched in a stochastic way, we aim to design H∞ fault detection observers for nodes in the dynamic time-delay systems. By using the Lyapunov method and stochastic analysis techniques, sufficient conditions are acquired to guarantee the existence of the filters satisfying the H∞ performance constraint, and observer gains are derived by solving linear matrix inequalities. Finally, an illustrated example is provided to verify the effectiveness of the theoretical results.

  2. Control and switching synchronization of fractional order chaotic systems using active control technique

    KAUST Repository

    Radwan, A.G.

    2013-03-13

    This paper discusses the continuous effect of the fractional order parameter of the Lü system where the system response starts stable, passing by chaotic behavior then reaching periodic response as the fractional-order increases. In addition, this paper presents the concept of synchronization of different fractional order chaotic systems using active control technique. Four different synchronization cases are introduced based on the switching parameters. Also, the static and dynamic synchronizations can be obtained when the switching parameters are functions of time. The nonstandard finite difference method is used for the numerical solution of the fractional order master and slave systems. Many numeric simulations are presented to validate the concept for different fractional order parameters.

  3. Robust Hinf control of uncertain switched systems defined on polyhedral sets with Filippov solutions

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Ahmadi, Mohamadreza; Mojallali, Hamed; Wisniewski, Rafal

    2012-01-01

    This paper considers the control problem of a class of uncertain switched systems defined on polyhedral sets known as piecewise linear systems where, instead of the conventional Carathe ́odory solutions, Filippov solutions are studied. In other words, in contrast to the previous studies, solutions...... with infinite switching in finite time along the facets and on faces of arbitrary dimensions are also taken into account. Firstly, established upon previous studies, a set of linear matrix inequalities are brought forward which determines the asymptotic stability of piecewise linear systems with Filippov...... solutions. Subsequently, bilinear matrix inequality conditions for synthesizing a robust controller with a guaranteed Hinf performance are presented. Furthermore, these results has been generalized to the case of piecewise affine systems. Finally, a V–K iteration algorithm is proposed to deal...

  4. Control and switching synchronization of fractional order chaotic systems using active control technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    A.G. Radwan

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper discusses the continuous effect of the fractional order parameter of the Lü system where the system response starts stable, passing by chaotic behavior then reaching periodic response as the fractional-order increases. In addition, this paper presents the concept of synchronization of different fractional order chaotic systems using active control technique. Four different synchronization cases are introduced based on the switching parameters. Also, the static and dynamic synchronizations can be obtained when the switching parameters are functions of time. The nonstandard finite difference method is used for the numerical solution of the fractional order master and slave systems. Many numeric simulations are presented to validate the concept for different fractional order parameters.

  5. Development of the Separation System of {sup 203}Tl Stable Isotope

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Jeong, Do Young; Ko, Kwang Hoon; Lim, Gwon; Kim, Tak Soo; Park, Hyun Min; Rho, Si Pyo; Kim, Cheol Jung [Korea Atomic Energy Research Institute, Daejeon (Korea, Republic of)

    2005-07-01

    Thallium has two naturally occurring isotopes, {sup 203}Tl and {sup 205}Tl, with abundances of 30% and 70%, respectively. {sup 203}Tl is an indispensable raw material for the production of {sup 201}Tl radioisotopes by a proton bombardment in a cyclotron. {sup 201}TlCl is a radiopharmaceutical used widely to diagnose a heart disease. Development of the isotope-selective photoionization technique of Tl has been attractive, but an isotope selective ionization of thallium has never been achieved so far because of its small isotope shift as well as the lack of an available autoionization state. We have proposed a new method to separate the thallium isotopes, which is based-on an isotope-selective optical pumping followed by infrared photoionization. Many photoionization methods are available, such as the two photon excitation followed by the direct ionization in a high electric field. But, other ionization methods do not have the sufficient selectivity for a single stage. Two or three stages have to be applied for obtaining the sufficient selectivity. Moreover, they need strict experimental conditions and are expected that the efficiency decreases in the ionization step. However, our method is expected to overcome these drawbacks. With this background, we developed the laser isotope separation system to have high isotopic abundance of {sup 203}Tl. The system configuration and characteristics are represented in this paper.

  6. Further results on switched control of linear systems with constraints

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Persis, Claudio De; Santis, Raffaella De; Morse, A. Stephen

    2002-01-01

    In a previous paper we proposed a supervisory control system to globally regulate to zero the state of a very poorly modeled, open-loop unstable but not exponentially unstable, linear process in the presence of input constraints. The process to control was unknown but assumed to belong to a finite f

  7. Fuel switching in Harare: An almost ideal demand system approach

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Chambwera, M.; Folmer, H.

    2007-01-01

    In urban areas several energy choices are available and the amount of (a given type of) fuel consumed is based on complex household decision processes. This paper analyzes urban fuel (particularly firewood) demand in an energy mix context by means of an Almost Ideal Demand System based on a survey

  8. Fuel switching in Harare : An almost ideal demand system approach

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Chambwera, Muyeye; Folmer, Henk

    In urban areas several energy choices are available and the amount of (a given type of) fuel consumed is based on complex household decision processes. This paper analyzes urban fuel (particularly firewood) demand in an energy mix context by means of an Almost Ideal Demand System based on a survey

  9. Fuel switching in Harare : An almost ideal demand system approach

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Chambwera, Muyeye; Folmer, Henk

    2007-01-01

    In urban areas several energy choices are available and the amount of (a given type of) fuel consumed is based on complex household decision processes. This paper analyzes urban fuel (particularly firewood) demand in an energy mix context by means of an Almost Ideal Demand System based on a survey c

  10. Fuel switching in Harare: An almost ideal demand system approach

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Chambwera, M.; Folmer, H.

    2007-01-01

    In urban areas several energy choices are available and the amount of (a given type of) fuel consumed is based on complex household decision processes. This paper analyzes urban fuel (particularly firewood) demand in an energy mix context by means of an Almost Ideal Demand System based on a survey c

  11. Temperature Control of Gas Chromatograph Based on Switched Delayed System Techniques

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xiao-Liang Wang

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available We address the temperature control problem of the gas chromatograph. We model the temperature control system of the gas chromatograph into a switched delayed system and analyze the stability by common Lyapunov functional technique. The PI controller parameters can be given based on the proposed linear matrix inequalities (LMIs condition and the designed controller can make the temperature of gas chromatograph track the reference signal asymptotically. An experiment is given to illustrate the effectiveness of the stability criterion.

  12. Utility-Interconnected Photovoltaic Systems: Evaluating the Rationale for the Utility-Accessible External Disconnect Switch

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Coddington, M.; Margolis, R.M.; Aabakken, J.

    2008-01-01

    The utility-accessible alternating current (AC) external disconnect switch (EDS) for distributed generators, including photovoltaic (PV) systems, is a hardware feature that allows a utility?s employees to manually disconnect a customer-owned generator from the electricity grid. This paper examines the utility-accessible EDS debate in the context of utility-interactive PV systems for residential and small commercial installations. It also evaluates the rationale for EDS requirements.

  13. System to generate and control levitation, propulsion and guidance of linear switched reluctance machines

    OpenAIRE

    2003-01-01

    A translation system, applicable in trains, elevators, aircraft launchers, rail guns, conveyors, door openers, machine tools and servo drives, includes a first linear switch reluctance machine (“LSRM”) having a stator and a translator each configured, positioned and proportioned for electromagentic engagement with the other. The system further includes an assembly for selectable application of at least one phase of a multiphasic DC excitation to the LSRM to produce a longitudinal or propulsiv...

  14. Lunar Surface Stirling Power Systems Using Isotope Heat Sources

    Science.gov (United States)

    Schmitz, Paul C.; Penswick, L. Barry; Shaltens, Richard K.

    2010-01-01

    For many years, NASA has used the decay of plutonium-238 (Pu-238) (in the form of the General Purpose Heat Source (GPHS)) as a heat source for Radioisotope Thermoelectric Generators (RTGs), which have provided electrical power for many NASA missions. While RTGs have an impressive reliability record for the missions in which they have been used, their relatively low thermal to electric conversion efficiency and the scarcity of plutonium-238 (Pu-238) has led NASA to consider other power conversion technologies. NASA is considering returning both robotic and human missions to the lunar surface and, because of the long lunar nights (14.75 Earth days), isotope power systems are an attractive candidate to generate electrical power. NASA is currently developing the Advanced Stirling Radioisotope Generator (ASRG) as a candidate higher efficiency power system that produces greater than 160 W with two GPHS modules at the beginning of life (BOL) (32% efficiency). The ASRG uses the same Pu-238 GPHS modules, which are used in RTG, but by coupling them to a Stirling convertor provides a four-fold reduction in the number of GPHS modules. This study considers the use of americium-241 (Am-241) as a substitute for the Pu-238 in Stirling- convertor-based Radioisotope Power Systems (RPS) for power levels from tens of watts to 5 kWe. The Am-241 is used as a substitute for the Pu-238 in GPHS modules. Depending on power level, different Stirling heat input and removal systems are modeled. It was found that substituting Am-241 GPHS modules into the ASRG reduces power output by about one-fifth while maintaining approximately the same system mass. In order to obtain the nominal 160 W of electrical output of the Pu-238 ASRG requires 10 Am-241 GPHS modules. Higher power systems require changing from conductive coupling heat input and removal from the Stirling convertor to either pumped loops or heat pipes. Liquid metal pumped loops are considered as the primary heat transportation on the hot

  15. Modelling oxygen isotopes in the University of Victoria Earth System Climate Model

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    C. E. Brennan

    2011-09-01

    Full Text Available Implementing oxygen isotopes (H218O, H216O in coupled climate models provides both an important test of the individual model's hydrological cycle, and a powerful tool to mechanistically explore past climate changes while producing results directly comparable to isotope proxy records. Here we describe the addition of oxygen isotopes in the University of Victoria Earth System Climate Model (UVic ESCM. Equilibrium simulations are performed for preindustrial and Last Glacial Maximum conditions. The oxygen isotope content in the model preindustrial climate is compared against observations for precipitation and seawater. The distribution of oxygen isotopes during the LGM is compared against available paleo-reconstructions.

  16. All-optical switching in a continuously operated and strongly coupled atom-cavity system

    CERN Document Server

    Dutta, Sourav

    2016-01-01

    We experimentally demonstrate collective strong coupling, optical bi-stability (OB) and all-optical switching in a system consisting of ultracold 85Rb atoms, trapped in a dark magneto-optical trap (DMOT), coupled to an optical Fabry-Perot cavity. The strong coupling is established by measuring the vacuum Rabi splitting (VRS) of a weak on-axis probe beam. The dependence of VRS on the probe beam power is measured and bi-stability in the cavity transmission is observed. We demonstrate control over the transmission of the probe beam through the atom-cavity system using a free-space off-axis control beam and show that the cavity transmission can be switched on and off in micro-second timescales using micro-Watt control powers. The utility of the system as a tool for sensitive, in-situ and rapid measurements is envisaged.

  17. The intelligent security system based on the public switch telephone network

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2010-01-01

    <正>This paper elaborates the design and development of the intelligent security system based on the public switch telephone network.The system includes two parts:security detection emission,and radio reception and signal process connected to the phone line with the telephone set at home or in the office.The core of radio reception and signal process is Micro Control Unit,which, in coordination with other peripheral circuits such as telephone line interface,signaling tone detection,dual tone multi-frequency(DTMF)reception and emission,and voice notification,informs the subscriber of the alarm via voice through Public Switch Telephone Network(PSTN).In addition,the subscriber can easily modify telephone numbers stored in the system.

  18. Compact isotope analysis system for in-situ biosignature investigation Project

    Data.gov (United States)

    National Aeronautics and Space Administration — We propose to develop a sensor for in-situ stable isotope analysis from a lander/rover on future planetary missions. The system will enable the collection of...

  19. Early inner solar system origin for anomalous sulfur isotopes in differentiated protoplanets.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Antonelli, Michael A; Kim, Sang-Tae; Peters, Marc; Labidi, Jabrane; Cartigny, Pierre; Walker, Richard J; Lyons, James R; Hoek, Joost; Farquhar, James

    2014-12-16

    Achondrite meteorites have anomalous enrichments in (33)S, relative to chondrites, which have been attributed to photochemistry in the solar nebula. However, the putative photochemical reactions remain elusive, and predicted accompanying (33)S depletions have not previously been found, which could indicate an erroneous assumption regarding the origins of the (33)S anomalies, or of the bulk solar system S-isotope composition. Here, we report well-resolved anomalous (33)S depletions in IIIF iron meteorites (solar system (solar system S-isotope composition was chondritic (consistent with IAB iron meteorites, Earth, Moon, and Mars). The range of mass-independent sulfur isotope compositions may reflect spatial or temporal changes influenced by photochemical processes. A tentative correlation between S isotopes and Hf-W core segregation ages suggests that the two systems may be influenced by common factors, such as nebular location and volatile content.

  20. Application Criteria for Nine-Switch Power Conversion Systems with Improved Thermal Performance

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Qin, Zian; Loh, Poh Chiang; Blaabjerg, Frede

    2015-01-01

    Nine-switch converter is a reduced-switch equivalence of the widely used twelve-switch back-to-back converter. Like other reduced-switch topologies, the nine-switch converter experiences operating constraints, which may limit its efficiency. This is however not universal, meaning losses of the ni...

  1. On multiuser switched diversity transmission for spectrum sharing systems

    KAUST Repository

    Qaraqe, Marwa

    2012-01-01

    In this paper, we develop multiuser access schemes for spectrum sharing systems whereby secondary users share the spectrum with primary users. In particular, we devise two schemes for selecting the user among those that satisfy the interference constraints and achieve an acceptable signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) level. The first scheme selects the user with the maximum SNR at the receiver, whereas in the second scheme the users are scanned in a sequential manner until an acceptable user is found. In addition, we consider two power adaptive settings. In the on/off power adaptive setting, the users transmit based on whether the interference constraint is met or not while in the full power adaptive setting, the users vary their transmission power to satisfy the interference constraint. Finally, we present numerical results of our proposed algorithms where we show the trade-off between the average spectral efficiency and average feedback load of both schemes. © 2012 ICST.

  2. Power adaptation for joint switched diversity and adaptive modulation schemes in spectrum sharing systems

    KAUST Repository

    Bouida, Zied

    2012-09-01

    Under the scenario of an underlay cognitive radio network, we propose in this paper an adaptive scheme using transmit power adaptation, switched transmit diversity, and adaptive modulation in order to improve the performance of existing switching efficient schemes (SES) and bandwidth efficient schemes (BES). Taking advantage of the channel reciprocity principle, we assume that the channel state information (CSI) of the interference link is available to the secondary transmitter. This information is then used by the secondary transmitter to adapt its transmit power, modulation constellation size, and used transmit branch. The goal of this joint adaptation is to minimize the average number of switched branches and the average system delay given the fading channel conditions, the required error rate performance, and a peak interference constraint to the primary receiver. We analyze the proposed scheme in terms of the average number of branch switching, average delay, and we provide a closed-form expression of the average bit error rate (BER). We demonstrate through numerical examples that the proposed scheme provides a compromise between the SES and the BES schemes. © 2012 IEEE.

  3. RF Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems Capacitive Switches Using Ultra Thin Hafnium Oxide Dielectric

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhang, Yi; Onodera, Kazumasa; Maeda, Ryutaro

    2006-01-01

    A π-type RF capacitive switch using about 45-nm-thick HfO2 dielectric layer was fabricated. High isolation performance was obtained in wide-band range when the switch was down-state. The isolation was better than -40 dB at the frequency range of 4-35 GHz. Particularly, the isolation was better than -50 dB in the frequency range of 8-12 GHz, i.e., X band. HfO2 showed excellent process compatibility with conventional microfabrication procedure. The 45-nm-thick HfO2 film was prepared using sputtering at room temperature so that it was feasible to be integrated into RF switch and other microwave circuits. The results of constant bias stressing showed that the ultra thin HfO2 had excellent reliability. The electric breakdown of HfO2 was observed, which had no apparent negative effects on the reliability of the dielectric. HfO2 dielectrics were attractive in the application of RF micro-electro-mechanical systems (MEMS) switch for new generation of low-loss high-linearity microwave circuits.

  4. Robust transmission stabilization and dynamic switching in broadband hybrid waveguide systems with nonlinear gain and loss

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nguyen, Quan M.; Peleg, Avner; Tran, Thinh P.

    2015-01-01

    We develop a method for transmission stabilization and robust dynamic switching for colliding optical soliton sequences in broadband waveguide systems with nonlinear gain and loss. The method is based on employing hybrid waveguides, consisting of spans with linear gain and cubic loss, and spans with linear loss, cubic gain, and quintic loss. We show that the amplitude dynamics is described by a hybrid Lotka-Volterra (LV) model, and use the model to determine the physical parameter values required for enhanced transmission stabilization and switching. Numerical simulations with coupled nonlinear Schrödinger equations confirm the predictions of the LV model, and show complete suppression of radiative instability and pulse distortion. This enables stable transmission over distances larger by an order of magnitude compared with uniform waveguides with linear gain and cubic loss. Moreover, multiple on-off and off-on dynamic switching events are demonstrated over a wide range of soliton amplitudes, showing the superiority of hybrid waveguides compared with static switching in uniform waveguides.

  5. Re-Os isotopic system and formation age of subcontinental lithosphere mantle

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2000-01-01

    The determination of the formation age of subcontinental Lithosphere Mantle (SCLM) is a widely concerned issue in mantle geochemistry. It is difficult to obtain the formation age of SCLM using lithophile isotopic systems such as Rb-Sr, Sm-Nd, U-Th-Pb, etc., but as siderophile elements, the Re-Os isotopic system provides a powerful tool for that work. Here a comprehensive review on the recent development in Re-Os dating for SCLM has been given.

  6. Triple oxygen isotope composition of the Campi Flegrei magma systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Iovine, Raffaella Silvia; Wörner, Gerhard; Pack, Andreas; Sengupta, Sukanya; Carmine Mazzeo, Fabio; Arienzo, Ilenia; D'Antonio, Massimo

    2017-04-01

    Sr-O isotope relationships in igneous rocks are a powerful tool to distinguish magma sources and quantify assimilation processes in magmatic rocks. Isotopic (87Sr/86Sr and 18O/16O-17O/16O) data have been acquired on whole rocks and separated minerals (feldspar, Fe-cpx, Mg-cpx, olivine phenocrysts) from pyroclastic products of the Campi Flegrei volcanic complex (Gulf of Naples, Southern Italy). Oxygen isotope ratios were measured by infrared laser fluorination using a Thermo MAT253 gas source isotope ratio mass spectrometer in dual inlet mode, on ˜2 mg of hand-picked phenocrysts. Variations in triple oxygen isotope ratios (17O/16O, 18O/16O) are expressed as the δ notation relative to VSMOW. Sr isotopic compositions were determined by thermal ionization mass spectrometry after standard cation-exchange methods on separated hand-picked phenocrysts (˜300 mg), and on whole rocks, in case of insufficient sample size to separate crystals. Sr-isotopes in Campi Flegrei minerals range from 0.707305 to 0.707605 and δ18O varies from 6.5 to 8.3‰ . Recalculated δ18Omelt values accordingly show a large range between 7.2 and 8.6‰ . Our data, compared with published δ18O-isotope data from other Italian volcanic centers (Alban Hills, Mts. Ernici, Ischia, Mt. Vesuvius, Aeolian Islands, Tuscany and Sardinia) and from subduction zones worldwide (Kamchatka, Lesser Antilles, Indonesia and Central Andean ignimbrites), show compositions that are very different from typical mantle values. Distinct trends and sources are recognized in our compilation from global data: (1) serpentinized mantle (Kamchatka), (2) sediment-enrichment in the mantle source (Indonesia, Lesser Antilles, Eolian arc), (3) assimilation of old radiogenic continental crust affecting magmas derived from sediment-modified mantle sources (Tuscany, Sardinia), (4) assimilation of lower crustal lithologies (Central Andes, Alban Hills, Mts. Ernici, Ischia). Sr-O-isotope values of Campi Flegrei and Vesuvius magmas

  7. Stability and stabilization studies for a class of switched nonlinear systems via vector norms approach.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sakly, Anis; Kermani, Marwen

    2015-07-01

    This paper is concerned with the problems of stability analysis and stabilization with a state feedback controller through pole placement for a class of both continuous and discrete-time switched nonlinear systems. These systems are modeled by differential or difference equations. Then, a transformation under the arrow form is employed. Note that, the main contribution in this work is twofold: firstly, based on the construction of an appropriated common Lyapunov function, as well the use of the vector norms notion, the recourse to the Kotelyanski lemma, the M-matrix proprieties, the aggregation techniques and the application of the Borne-Gentina criterion, new sufficient stability conditions under arbitrary switching for the autonomous system are deduced. Secondly, this result is extended for designing a state feedback controller by using pole assignment control, which guarantee that the corresponding closed-loop system is globally asymptotically stable under arbitrary switching. The main novelties features of these obtained results are the explicitness and the simplicity in their application. Moreover, they allow us to avoid the search of a common Lyapunov function which is a difficult matter. Finally, as validation to stabilize a shunt DC motor under variable mechanical loads is performed to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed results.

  8. Output Tracking Control of Switched Hybrid Systems: A Fliess Functional Expansion Approach

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Fenghua He

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available The output tracking problem is investigated for a nonlinear affine system with multiple modes of continuous control inputs. We convert the family of nonlinear affine systems under consideration into a switched hybrid system by introducing a multiple-valued logic variable. The Fliess functional expansion is adopted to express the input and output relationship of the switched hybrid system. The optimal switching control is determined for a multiple-step output tracking performance index. The proposed approach is applied to a multitarget tracking problem for a flight vehicle aiming for one real target with several decoys flying around it in the terminal guidance course. These decoys appear as apparent targets and have to be distinguished with the approaching of the flight vehicle. The guidance problem of one flight vehicle versus multiple apparent targets should be considered if no large miss distance might be caused due to the limitation of the flight vehicle maneuverability. The target orientation at each time interval is determined. Simulation results show the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  9. Reduction of current chopping noise with DSP controller in switched reluctance motor drive system

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    郭伟; 詹琼华; 马志源

    2002-01-01

    A novel current chopping mode was used in a switched reluctance motor drive system to make full use of the characteristics of digital signal processor (DSP) TMS320F240. The necessity of this 180° phase-shift current control (PSCC) mode is introduced first and then the principle of PSCC covering both hardware requirement and software programming is described in detail. The analysis made indicated that with this mode, the chopping frequency in winding can reach 20 kHz with 10 kHz power switches and the control frequency can reach 40 kHz at the same time. Subsequently, based on the linear and nonlinear mathematical models of the switched reluctance motor ( SRM), some simulation work has been done. The simulation results show that when this mode is applied to SRM drive (SRD) system, the current waveform becomes better. So the ripple of the torque is reduced simultaneously and the vibration and acoustic noise are reduced involuntarily. Stationary tests show that the acoustic noise is greatly diminished. Finally, some experiments were made using a 50 kW SRD system for electric vehicle (EV). Experimental results indicate that this mode can be implemented feasibly and it has a good action on the SRD system.

  10. Development of High Performance Electron Beam Switching System for Swiss Free Electron Laser at PSI

    CERN Document Server

    Paraliev, M

    2012-01-01

    A compact X-ray Free Electron Laser (SwissFEL) is under development at the Paul Scherrer Institute. To increase facility efficiency the main linac will operate in two electron bunch mode. The two bunches are separated in time by 28 ns and sent to two undulator lines. The combination of two beam lines should produce short X-ray pulses covering wavelength range from 1 to 70 {\\AA} with submicron position stability. To separate the two bunches, a novel electron beam switching system is being developed. The total deflection is achieved with a combination of high Q-factor resonant deflector magnet, followed by a DC septum magnet. The shot-to-shot deflection stability of the entire switching system should be <+/-10 ppm in amplitude and +/-100 ps in time, values which present severe measurement difficulties. Deflection magnets requirements, development and results of the kicker prototype are presented.

  11. Guaranteed cost control with pole constraints for uncertain discrete-time switched systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Ying ZHANG; Guangren DUAN; Liyan CHEN

    2009-01-01

    For a class of discrete-time switched systems with norm-bounded uncertainties and a quadratic cost index, the problem of designing a guaranteed cost state feedback controller with pole constraints is considered. A sufficient condition on the existence of robust guaranteed controllers is derived by a quadratic Lyapunov function approach together with linear matrix inequality (LMI)technique. Based on a constructed switching law, the closed-loop system is quadratic D-stable and the closedloop cost function value is not more than a specified upper bound. Furthermore, the design of suboptimal guaranteed cost controllers is turned into a convex optimization problem with linear matrix inequalities constraints. A numerical example demonstrates the effect of the proposed design approach.

  12. Soil organic carbon assessments in cropping systems using isotopic techniques

    Science.gov (United States)

    Martín De Dios Herrero, Juan; Cruz Colazo, Juan; Guzman, María Laura; Saenz, Claudio; Sager, Ricardo; Sakadevan, Karuppan

    2016-04-01

    Introduction of improved farming practices are important to address the challenges of agricultural production, food security, climate change and resource use efficiency. The integration of livestock with crops provides many benefits including: (1) resource conservation, (2) ecosystem services, (3) soil quality improvements, and (4) risk reduction through diversification of enterprises. Integrated crop livestock systems (ICLS) with the combination of no-tillage and pastures are useful practices to enhance soil organic carbon (SOC) compared with continuous cropping systems (CCS). In this study, the SOC and its fractions in two cropping systems namely (1) ICLS, and (2) CCS were evaluated in Southern Santa Fe Province in Argentina, and the use of delta carbon-13 technique and soil physical fractionation were evaluated to identify sources of SOC in these systems. Two farms inside the same soil cartographic unit and landscape position in the region were compared. The ICLS farm produces lucerne (Medicago sativa Merrill) and oat (Avena sativa L.) grazed by cattle alternatively with grain summer crops sequence of soybean (Glicine max L.) and corn (Zea mays L.), and the farm under continuous cropping system (CCS) produces soybean and corn in a continuous sequence. The soil in the area is predominantly a Typic Hapludoll. Soil samples from 0-5 and 0-20 cm depths (n=4) after the harvest of grain crops were collected in each system and analyzed for total organic carbon (SOC, 0-2000 μm), particulate organic carbon (POC, 50-100 μm) and mineral organic carbon (MOC, <50 μm). Delta carbon-13 was determined by isotopic ratio mass spectrometry. In addition, a site with natural vegetation (reference site, REF) was also sampled for delta carbon-13 determination. ANOVA and Tukey statistical analysis were carried out for all data. The SOC was higher in ICLS than in CCS at both depths (20.8 vs 17.7 g kg-1 for 0-5 cm and 16.1 vs 12.7 g kg-1 at 0-20 cm, respectively, P<0.05). MOC was

  13. B and Li isotopes as intrinsic tracers for injection tests in aquifer storage and recovery systems

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kloppmann, Wolfram, E-mail: w.kloppmann@brgm.fr [BRGM, French Geological Survey, 3 Av. Claude Guillemin B.P. 6009, F-45000 Orleans (France); Chikurel, Haim [Mekorot National Water Company, Tel Aviv (Israel); Picot, Geraldine [BRGM, French Geological Survey, 3 Av. Claude Guillemin B.P. 6009, F-45000 Orleans (France); Guttman, Joseph [Mekorot National Water Company, Tel Aviv (Israel); Pettenati, Marie [BRGM, French Geological Survey, 3 Av. Claude Guillemin B.P. 6009, F-45000 Orleans (France); Aharoni, Avi [Mekorot National Water Company, Tel Aviv (Israel); Guerrot, Catherine; Millot, Romain; Gaus, Irina [BRGM, French Geological Survey, 3 Av. Claude Guillemin B.P. 6009, F-45000 Orleans (France); Wintgens, Thomas [Rheinisch Westfaelische Technische Hochschule, RWTH, Aachen (Germany)

    2009-07-15

    Boron and Li isotopes have been tested as environmental tracers of treated sewage injected into a sandy aquifer (Shafdan reclamation project, Israel). During a 38 days injection test in a newly dug injection well, a conservative artificial tracer (Br{sup -}) was monitored together with {delta}{sup 11}B and {delta}{sup 7}Li in the injectate, in the unsaturated soil zone (porous cup) and an observation well in the aquifer. In spite of B and Li concentrations in the injectate close to background values, significant shifts of the isotope signatures could be observed over the duration of the injection test. Boron isotope ratios show a breakthrough curve delayed with respect to Br{sup -} breakthrough due to some reversible sorption on the aquifer material. No isotope fractionation was observed in the unsaturated or the saturated zone so that B isotopes can be considered as conservative in the investigated part of the aquifer system. Lithium isotopes are strongly fractionated, probably due to sorption processes. Lithium concentrations point to a Li sink in the system, {delta}{sup 7}Li values vary strongly with a tendency of {sup 7}Li depletion in the liquid phase over the duration of the experiment. This is opposite to the expected preferential sorption of {sup 6}Li onto clay minerals. Boron isotopes reveals a valuable tracer of artificial recharge of freshwaters derived from treated sewage, both for short term tracer tests and for long-term monitoring of artificial recharge, even if in aquifers with higher clay contents, sorption-linked isotope fractionation cannot be excluded. More data are needed on Li isotope fractionation in natural groundwater systems to assess the potential of this tracer as monitoring tool.

  14. Isotope reversals in hydrocarbon gases of natural shale systems and well head production data

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Berner, U.; Schloemer, S.; Stiller, E. [Bundesanstalt fuer Geowissenschaften und Rohstoffe (BGR), Hannover (Germany); Marquardt, D. [Rijksuniversiteit Utrecht (Netherlands)

    2013-08-01

    Relationships between gas geochemical signatures and the thermal maturity of source rocks containing aquatic organic matter are based on on pyrolysis experiments and have been successfully used in conventional hydrocarbon exploration since long. We demonstrate how these models can be applied to the evaluation of unconventional shale resources. For this purpose hydrocarbon gases have been extracted from low and high mature source rocks (type II kerogens) using laboratory desorption techniques. We determined the molecular composition of the gases as well as the carbon isotope ratios of methane to propane. In the extracted gases we observe an increase of {sup 13}C content in methane with increasing dry gas ratio (C1/{Sigma}C1-6). The carbon isotope ratios of ethane and propane initially increase with increasing dryness but start to become isotopically lighter above a dry gas ratio of 0.8. We show that oil-to-gas cracking explains the observed gas geochemical data, and that mixing between gases from different processes is a key factor to describe natural hydrocarbon systems of shales. However, data from published case studies using well head gases which show 'isotope roll-over' effects indicate that the isotopic reversal observed in well head samples deviate from those observed in natural shale systems in a fundamental way. We show that isotope reversals related to well head gases are best explained by an additional isotope fractionation effect induced through hydraulic fracturing and gas migration from the shale to the well head. Although, this induced isotope fractionation is an artifact which obscures isotopic information of natural systems to a large extend, we suggest a simple classification scheme which allows distinguishing between hot and cool spot areas using well head or mud line gas data. (orig.)

  15. Diagnosis and Tolerant Strategy of an Open-Switch Fault for T-type Three-Level Inverter Systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Choi, Uimin; Lee, Kyo Beum; Blaabjerg, Frede

    2014-01-01

    This paper proposes a new diagnosis method of an open-switch fault and fault-tolerant control strategy for T-type three-level inverter systems. The location of faulty switch can be identified by the average of normalized phase current and the change of the neutral-point voltage. The proposed fault......-tolerant strategy is explained by dividing into two cases: the faulty condition of half-bridge switches and the neutral-point switches. The performance of the T-type inverter system improves considerably by the proposed fault tolerant algorithm when a switch fails. The roposed method does not require additional...... components and complex calculations. Simulation and experimental results verify the feasibility of the proposed fault diagnosis and fault-tolerant control strategy....

  16. Finite-time consensus for leader-following multi-agent systems over switching network topologies

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sun, Feng-Lan; Zhu, Wei

    2013-11-01

    Finite-time consensus problem of the leader-following multi-agent system under switching network topologies is studied in this paper. Based on the graph theory, matrix theory, homogeneity with dilation, and LaSalle's invariance principle, the control protocol of each agent using local information is designed, and the detailed analysis of the leader-following finite-time consensus is provided. Some examples and simulation results are given to illustrate the effectiveness of the obtained theoretical results.

  17. State exact reconstruction for switched linear systems via a super-twisting algorithm

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bejarano, Francisco J.; Fridman, Leonid

    2011-05-01

    This article discusses the problem of state reconstruction synthesis for switched linear systems. Based only on the continuous output information, an observer is proposed ensuring the reconstruction of the entire state (continuous and discrete) in finite time. For the observer design an exact sliding mode differentiator is used, which allows the finite time convergence of the observer trajectories to the actual trajectories. The design scheme includes both cases: zero control input and nonzero control input. Simulations illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed observer.

  18. Upper Bounds for the Distance between a Controllable Switched Linear System and the Set of Uncontrollable Ones

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Josep Clotet

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available The set of controllable switched linear systems is an open and dense set in the space of all switched linear systems. Therefore it makes sense to compute the distance from a controllable system to the nearest uncontrollable one. In the case of a standard system, x˙t=Axt+But, R. Eising, D. Boley, and W. S. Lu obtain some results for this distance, both in the complex and real cases. In this work we explore this distance, for switched linear systems in the real case, obtaining upper bounds for it. The main contribution of the paper is to prove that a natural generalization of the upper bound obtained by D. Boley and W. S. Lu is true in the case of switched linear systems.

  19. Regulation for Switched Bimodal Systems with the Application to the Flying Height Control in Data Storage Devices

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wu, Zhizheng

    This paper considers a regulation problem for discrete-time switched bimodal linear systems where it is desired to achieve regulation against partially known disturbance or reference signals. First, a set of observer-based Q - parameterized stabilizing controllers for the switched system is constructed. Then a sufficient regulation condition for the switched system is obtained, and a regulator synthesis method is derived based on solving a set of properly formulated linear matrix inequalities. Finally, the proposed regulator design method is evaluated on an experimental setup motivated by the flying height regulation problem in data storage devices.

  20. COMMUNICATION: Improving correct switching rates in a 'hands-free' environmental control system

    Science.gov (United States)

    Craig, Ashley; Tran, Yvonne; Craig, Daniel; Thuraisingham, Ranjit

    2005-12-01

    One potential negative impact on the quality of life of a spinal cord injured person is the loss of the ability to control devices in their immediate environment. Consequently, research and development has been conducted on technology designed to restore some measure of independence by providing means of control over these devices. A previous assistive device using changes in brain signals from eye closure as its switching system was created. Brain signals were processed using spectral analysis and although this was a successful technique, there were limitations that resulted in higher than desired switching errors. This paper presents results of an alternative method for processing brain signals as the basis for switching, called fractal dimension. In comparison to the spectral technique, the fractal dimension technique was successful in reducing the number of false positive and false negative errors. Additionally, it eliminated the need for a baseline setup for this system. This suggests that fractal dimension is a potentially viable method for analysing brain signals for use in assistive control systems.

  1. Power Quality Enhancement in Wind Connected Grid System Interface Based On Static Switched Filter Compensator (SSFC

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Lakshmi Prasanna Vatti

    2014-11-01

    Full Text Available Wind energy has become one of the significant alternative renewable energy resources because of its abundance and the strong drive for its commercialization. Dynamic electric load variations and wind velocity excursions cause excessive changes in the prime mover kinetic energy and the corresponding electrical power injected into the AC grid utility system. In this paper, a scheme based on the low cost static switched filter compensator (SSFC is presented for voltage sag/swell compensation, power factor improvement in distribution grid networks with the dispersed wind energy interface. The SSFC scheme is based on an intermittent switching process between two shunt capacitor banks to be one of them in parallel with the capacitor of a tuned arm filter. Two regulators based on a tri- loop dynamic error driven inter-coupled weighted modified proportional-integralderivative (PID controller which is used to modulate the PWM. The Static Switched Filter Compensation (SSFC compensation scheme which enhances the system power quality has been fully validated using MATLAB–Simulink. The effectiveness of this compensation scheme approach is demonstrated using a study case of 3 bus system. Simulation results show that there is improvement in harmonics reduction, voltage sag/swell compensation, power factor improvement at generator bus, load bus, and infinite bus respectively

  2. 100 kV solid-state switch for fusion heating systems

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Beaumont, B. [Association Euratom-CEA, DSM/DRFC, CEA-Cadarache, 13108 St. Paul-Lez-Durance (France)]. E-mail: bertrand.beaumont@cea.fr; Bertrand, E. [Association Euratom-CEA, DSM/DRFC, CEA-Cadarache, 13108 St. Paul-Lez-Durance (France); Brugnetti, R. [Association Euratom-CEA, DSM/DRFC, CEA-Cadarache, 13108 St. Paul-Lez-Durance (France); Chatroux, D. [CEA, CEA-CENG, rue des Martyrs, 38054 Grenoble Cedex 9 (France); Kazarian, F. [Association Euratom-CEA, DSM/DRFC, CEA-Cadarache, 13108 St. Paul-Lez-Durance (France); Milly, R. [A2E Enertronic, Departement Puissance, 29 rue Condorcet, F-38090 Villefontaine (France); Prou, M. [Association Euratom-CEA, DSM/DRFC, CEA-Cadarache, 13108 St. Paul-Lez-Durance (France); Rigole, H. [A2E Enertronic, Departement Puissance, 29 rue Condorcet, F-38090 Villefontaine (France)

    2005-11-15

    Power switching in RF heating systems is a delicate function as it is often linked to high power tube protection. In most RF systems, the end stage power tube is fed by a high voltage power supply (HVPS), which connection to the tube has to be interrupted in case of arc suspicion. The amount of energy that is allowable to be dissipated in the arc is in the range of 10-50 J, to limit the degradations observed on the tube structures. The protection function is usually performed by a crowbar. Furthermore, the HVPS is often shared by several power tubes, and the loss of all the power from the group of tubes is to be avoided to minimize the perturbation on the plasma experiment. A description of a 40 kV thyristor based crowbar and a 100 kV, 25 A MOSFET switch is given, as well as the contours of the existing components for high power switching applications. By combining small components, such as thyristors or MOSFET, in matrix, highly compact and reliable units have been built and implemented in Tore Supra RF systems.

  3. Robust reliable sampled-data control for switched systems with application to flight control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sakthivel, R.; Joby, Maya; Shi, P.; Mathiyalagan, K.

    2016-11-01

    This paper addresses the robust reliable stabilisation problem for a class of uncertain switched systems with random delays and norm bounded uncertainties. The main aim of this paper is to obtain the reliable robust sampled-data control design which involves random time delay with an appropriate gain control matrix for achieving the robust exponential stabilisation for uncertain switched system against actuator failures. In particular, the involved delays are assumed to be randomly time-varying which obeys certain mutually uncorrelated Bernoulli distributed white noise sequences. By constructing an appropriate Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional (LKF) and employing an average-dwell time approach, a new set of criteria is derived for ensuring the robust exponential stability of the closed-loop switched system. More precisely, the Schur complement and Jensen's integral inequality are used in derivation of stabilisation criteria. By considering the relationship among the random time-varying delay and its lower and upper bounds, a new set of sufficient condition is established for the existence of reliable robust sampled-data control in terms of solution to linear matrix inequalities (LMIs). Finally, an illustrative example based on the F-18 aircraft model is provided to show the effectiveness of the proposed design procedures.

  4. Two-Phase Thermal Switching System for a Small, Extended Duration Lunar Science Platform

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bugby, D.; Farmer, J.; OConnor, B.; Wirzburger, M.; Abel, E.; Stouffer, C.

    2010-01-01

    Issue: extended duration lunar science platforms, using solar/battery or radioisotope power, require thermal switching systems that: a) Provide efficient cooling during the 15-earth-day 390 K lunar day; b) Consume minimal power during the 15-earth-day 100 K lunar night. Objective: carry out an analytical study of thermal switching systems that can meet the thermal requirements of: a) International Lunar Network (ILN) anchor node mission - primary focus; b) Other missions such as polar crater landers. ILN Anchor Nodes: network of geophysical science platforms to better understand the interior structure/composition of the moon: a) Rationale: no data since Apollo seismic stations ceased operation in 1977; b) Anchor Nodes: small, low-power, long-life (6-yr) landers with seismographic and a few other science instruments (see next chart); c) WEB: warm electronics box houses ILN anchor node electronics/batteries. Technology Need: thermal switching system that will keep the WEB cool during the lunar day and warm during the lunar night.

  5. Theoretical and Experimental Approaches to Understanding the Anomalous Distribution of Oxygen Isotopes in the Solar System

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dominguez, Gerardo; Christensen, Elizabeth; Boyer, Charisa; Park, Manesseh; Benitez, Ezra; Nunn, Morgan; Thiemens, Mark H.; Jackson, Terri

    2016-06-01

    Decades of careful laboratory analysis of primitive meteorites have revealed an intriguing and unexplained pattern in the distribution of oxygen isotopes in the solar system. With the recent analysis of solar wind oxygen by NASA’s Genesis mission, it appears that the Sun has a distinct oxygen isotopic composition from the terrestrial planets, asteroids, and comets. These differences cannot be explained by mass-dependent diffusion and require a physical-chemical mechanism or mechanisms that separate oxygen isotopes in a non-mass dependent manner.Several hypothesis have been proposed to explain the anomalous distribution. Photochemical self-shielding of CO may explain the anomalous distribution, however, this mechanism has key weaknesses including the requirement of a very fine tuned timescale to explain the isotopic differences between the Sun and bulk of the terrestrial planets. Recently, attention has been directed at understanding specific chemical reactions that occur on interstellar dust grains due to their similarities with non-equilibrium photochemical reactions believed to be responsible for the mass-independent isotopic fractionation patterns observed in Earth’s atmosphere. A specific focus has been directed towards understanding the formation of H2O because some of its precursor (HO2, and O3) are well-known to acquire mass-independent isotopic signatures when formed in the gas-phase.In this presentation, I describe a series of laboratory astrophysical experiments whose goal is to understand the distribution of oxygen isotopes in the solar system and perhaps, by extension, the distribution in other planetary systems. Preliminary results for the isotopic composition of O3 formed at 5K will be presented as well as the first, to our knowledge, measurements of the isotopic composition of H2O (18O/16O, 17O/16O, D/H) formed at 32K. We find that H2O formed in the astrophysical conditions we simulated acquired an anomalous isotopic composition with a triple

  6. A System and Method for Improving the Efficiency and Reliability of a Broadband Transistor Switch for Periodic Switching Applications

    Science.gov (United States)

    2008-11-03

    34N" substrate. [0017] The properties of NPN and PNP transistors are nearly identical except for the directions of current flow and voltage...polarity when the devices are active. These terms are well known to those ordinarily skilled in the art. A high-power, PNP transistor shunt...configured using only one PNP or NPN transistor with emitter connected to the circuit common ground. A series mode switch is usually configured with one

  7. Output Feedback Based Admissible Control of Switched Linear Singular Systems%切换线性奇异系统输出反馈容许控制

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    孟斌; 张纪峰

    2006-01-01

    The admissibility analysis and robust admissible control problem of the uncertain discretetime switched linear singular (SLS) systems for arbitrary switching laws are investigated. Based on linear matrix inequalities, some sufficient conditions are given for: A) the existence of generalized common Lyapunov solution and the admissibility of the SLS systems for arbitrary switching laws,B) the existence of static output feedback control laws ensuring the admissibility of the closed-loop SLS systems for arbitrary switching laws and norm-bounded uncertainties.

  8. Simulations of an isotopic fractionation by freezing in an open system

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Yoshinori Iizuka

    2003-01-01

    This paper presents a model of isotopic fractionation by freezing under near-equilibrium conditions in an open system and uses the model to predict the fractionation curve and slope gradient of δ18O versus δD.The simulation results show that 1) the fractionation curve and slope gradient are determined by the ratio of freezing rate to input rate, 2) the isotopic value in the initial stage of freezing is determined by the isotopic value of initial water; 3) in the latter half of freezing in an open system, the isotopic value converges to a certain value determined by that of input water.These results suggest that the shape of the fractionation curve is the method to distinguish whether freezing occurred in a closed or open system.This analysis is applied to an isotopic curve observed in basal ice of Hamna Glacier, Sya drainage, East Antarctica.The isotopic curve indicates formation by regelation in an open system with a ratio of freezing/input rates of about 10/4.

  9. Remnants of the early solar system water enriched in heavy oxygen isotopes.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sakamoto, Naoya; Seto, Yusuke; Itoh, Shoichi; Kuramoto, Kiyoshi; Fujino, Kiyoshi; Nagashima, Kazuhide; Krot, Alexander N; Yurimoto, Hisayoshi

    2007-07-13

    Oxygen isotopic composition of our solar system is believed to have resulted from mixing of two isotopically distinct nebular reservoirs, 16O-rich and (17,18)O-rich relative to Earth. The nature and composition of the (17,18)O-rich reservoir are poorly constrained. We report an in situ discovery of a chemically and isotopically unique material distributed ubiquitously in fine-grained matrix of a primitive carbonaceous chondrite Acfer 094. This material formed by oxidation of Fe,Ni-metal and sulfides by water either in the solar nebula or on a planetesimal. Oxygen isotopic composition of this material indicates that the water was highly enriched in 17O and 18O (delta(17,18)O(SMOW) = +180 per thousand per mil), providing the first evidence for an extremely (17,18)O-rich reservoir in the early solar system.

  10. Point-of-load switched-capacitor DC-DC converter for distributed power systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shunkov, V. E.; Kus, O. N.; Prokopyev, V. Y.; Butuzov, V. A.; Bocharov, Y. I.; Shunkov, V. E.

    2016-10-01

    Integrated circuit (IC) of point-of-load DC-DC converter is presented. It is intended mainly for use in distributed power systems as a stand-along IC or as an on-chip block of the system-on-chip. The converter is based on multiphase switched-capacitor architecture and implemented in commercially available, 180 nm bulk-CMOS process. The paper discusses features of output voltage control in the multiphase system over a wide range of input and output voltages and load currents as well as output noise reducing techniques. The results of the test samples evaluation are presented.

  11. All-optical switching in an open V-type atomic system

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jafarzadeh, H.

    2017-02-01

    In this paper, the optical bistability (OB) and absorption properties of a weak probe field in an open V-type three-level atomic system have been investigated. We found that the OB threshold could be reduced via spontaneously generated coherence (SGC), coherent and incoherent pump fields, atomic injection, and exit rates. We also found that the threshold intensity of OB in an open system was less than that in the closed system. The all-optical switching due to the OB has also been discussed.

  12. Global power system control using generator excitation, PSS, FACTS devices and capacitor switching

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Leung, Joseph S.K. [Hong Kong City Univ., Dept. of Electronic Engineering, Kowloon, Hong Kong (China); Hill, David J. [Australian National Univ., Dept. of Information Engineering, Canberra, ACT (Australia); Yixin Ni [Hong Kong Univ., Dept. of Electrical and Electronic Engineering, Hong Kong (China)

    2005-07-01

    A novel power system control scheme is developed in this paper using a framework for coordinating dissimilar controllers at different locations. The control actions are formulated in the so-called global controller as a set of local controllers, namely the generator excitation controller, power system stabilizer (PSS), unified power flow controller (UPFC) and capacitor switching, which are coordinated to maintain transient angle stability, transient voltage stability and damping of long-term inter-area oscillations following a disturbance. The proposed coordinated control scheme is tested on a nine-bus example system. (Author)

  13. Adaptive Fuzzy Output-Feedback Stabilization Control for a Class of Switched Nonstrict-Feedback Nonlinear Systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Yongming; Tong, Shaocheng

    2016-03-16

    This paper proposes an fuzzy adaptive output-feedback stabilization control method for nonstrict feedback uncertain switched nonlinear systems. The controlled system contains unmeasured states and unknown nonlinearities. First, a switched state observer is constructed in order to estimate the unmeasured states. Second, a variable separation approach is introduced to solve the problem of nonstrict feedback. Third, fuzzy logic systems are utilized to identify the unknown uncertainties, and an adaptive fuzzy output feedback stabilization controller is set up by exploiting the backstepping design principle. At last, by applying the average dwell time method and Lyapunov stability theory, it is proven that all the signals in the closed-loop switched system are bounded, and the system output converges to a small neighborhood of the origin. Two examples are given to further show the effectiveness of the proposed switched control approach.

  14. Direct switching control of DC-DC power electronic converters using hybrid system theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Zhao, J.; Lin, F. [Wayne State Univ., Detroit, MI (United States). Dept. of Electrical and Computer Engineering; Wang, C. [Wayne State Univ., Detroit, MI (United States). Dept. of Electrical and Computer Engineering; Wayne State Univ., Detroit, MI (United States). Div. of Engineering Technology

    2010-07-01

    A direct switching control (DSC) scheme for power electronics converters was described. The system was designed for use in both traditional and renewable energy applications as well as in electric drive vehicles. The proposed control scheme was based on a detailed hybrid system converter model that used model predictive control (MPC), piecewise affine (PWA) approximations and constrained optimal control methods. A DC-DC converter was modelled as a hybrid machine. Switching among different modes of the DC-DC converter were modelled as discrete events controlled by the hybrid controller. The modelling scheme was applied to a Buck converter. The DSC was used to control the switch of the power converter based on a hybrid machine model. Results of the study showed that the method can be used to regulate output voltage and inductor currents. The method also provides fast transient responses and effectively regulates both currents and voltage. The controller can be used to provide immediate responses to dynamic disturbances and output voltage fluctuations. 23 refs., 7 figs.

  15. Resonators induced transparency and optical switching assisted by optofluidic pump system

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chen, Fang; Sun, Li-Hui

    2016-12-01

    A tunable plasmonic induced transparency (PIT)-based light switching is proposed and investigated. The proposed structure consists of a bus waveguide, two nanoresonators and an optofluidic pump system for actively tuning the system’s transmission. By using the finite difference time domain method, it is found that the interferences between the dark and bright mode resonators can be controlled by manipulating the fluid filled in the resonator, leading to an actively tunable plasmonic switch, the transmittance can be flexibly tuned from near unity to zero. The structure in our paper has the following advantages, such as ultracompact size and easy fabrication. Our study will provide a possibility for designing the ultrafast devices in highly integrated optical circuits.

  16. Finite-Time Consensus of Multiagent Systems With a Switching Protocol.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Xiaoyang; Lam, James; Yu, Wenwu; Chen, Guanrong

    2016-04-01

    In this paper, we study the problem of finite-time consensus of multiagent systems on a fixed directed interaction graph with a new protocol. Existing finite-time consensus protocols can be divided into two types: 1) continuous and 2) discontinuous, which were studied separately in the past. In this paper, we deal with both continuous and discontinuous protocols simultaneously, and design a centralized switching consensus protocol such that the finite-time consensus can be realized in a fast speed. The switching protocol depends on the range of the initial disagreement of the agents, for which we derive an exact bound to indicate at what time a continuous or a discontinuous protocol should be selected to use. Finally, we provide two numerical examples to illustrate the superiority of the proposed protocol and design method.

  17. FPGA-Based Digital Current Switching Power Amplifiers Used in Magnetic Bearing Systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Yin; Zhang, Kai; Dong, Jinping

    For a traditional two-level current switching power amplifier (PA) used in a magnetic bearing system, its current ripple is obvious. To increase its current ripple performance, three-level amplifiers are designed and their current control is generally based on analog and logical circuits. So the required hardware is complex and a performance increase from the hardware adjustment is difficult. To solve this problem, a FPGA-based digital current switching power amplifier (DCSPA) was designed. Its current ripple was obviously smaller than a two-level amplifier and its control circuit was much simpler than a tri-level amplifier with an analog control circuit. Because of the field-programmable capability of a FPGA chip used, different control algorithms including complex nonlinear algorithms could be easily implemented in the amplifier and their effects could be compared with the same hardware.

  18. Going with the flow: enhancing stochastic switching rates in multi-gyre systems

    CERN Document Server

    Heckman, Christoffer R; Schwartz, Ira B

    2014-01-01

    A control strategy is employed that modifies the stochastic escape times from one basin of attraction to another in a model of a double-gyre flow. The system studied captures the behavior of a large class of fluid flows that circulate and have multiple almost invariant sets. In the presence of noise, a particle in one gyre may randomly switch to an adjacent gyre due to a rare large fluctuation. We show that large fluctuation theory may be applied for controlling autonomous agents in a stochastic environment, in fact leveraging the stochastic- ity to the advantage of switching between regions of interest and concluding that patterns may be broken or held over time as the result of noise. We demonstrate that a controller can effectively manipulate the probability of a large fluctuation, thereby modifying escape times exponentially; this demonstrates the potential of optimal control strategies that work in combination with the endemic stochastic environment. To demonstrate this, stochastic simulations and numeri...

  19. NATO Advanced Research Workshop on Optical Switching in Low-Dimensional Systems

    CERN Document Server

    Bányai, L

    1989-01-01

    This book contains all the papers presented at the NATO workshop on "Optical Switching in Low Dimensional Systems" held in Marbella, Spain from October 6th to 8th, 1988. Optical switching is a basic function for optical data processing, which is of technological interest because of its potential parallelism and its potential speed. Semiconductors which exhibit resonance enhanced optical nonlinearities in the frequency range close to the band edge are the most intensively studied materials for optical bistability and fast gate operation. Modern crystal growth techniques, particularly molecular beam epitaxy, allow the manufacture of semiconductor microstructures such as quantum wells, quantum wires and quantum dots in which the electrons are only free to move in two, one or zero dimensions, of the optically excited electron-hole pairs in these low respectively. The spatial confinement dimensional structures gives rise to an enhancement of the excitonic nonlinearities. Furthermore, the variations of the microstr...

  20. A self-assembled system of nanoscopic switches: Gold-hydridosilsesquioxane-gold devices

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ludwig, Bonnie Jean

    Metal-insulator-metal devices have a simple device structure and may have interesting electronic characteristics, including negative differential resistance (NDR) and rewritable resistance memory states. It is postulated these behaviors are due to nanoscopic or molecular switches within the device. The work presented in this thesis includes a combination of physical and chemical alterations and characterization techniques in an attempt to understand the mechanism behind the unusual voltage-controlled behavior in Au-hydridosilsesquioxane (HSQ)-Au junctions. Devices were constructed on macroscopic, mesoscopic, and microscopic scales to determine if a change in size would result in a reduction of the number of switches present. Noise characteristics of the current in macroscopic and microscopic devices were studied to understand the energy profile and timescale of the nanoscale switches. Random telegraph signals (RTS) in macroscopic devices showed complex 1/f statistics, but the scale reduction to microscopic devices resulted in exponential statistics that are indicative of individual isolated fluctuators. Current-voltage (I-V) measurements on macroscopic and microscopic devices revealed that space-charge effects are possibly contributing to the conduction mechanism of Au-HSQ-Au devices. The effect of the interaction of hydrogen with the HSQ was explored. I-V and noise studies in fully deuterated HSQ did not show an isotope effect in macroscopic devices, and proton implantation and electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR) studies revealed that hydrogen is mobile within the HSQ film. Finally, the interfaces of devices were explored. Macroscopic and microscopic Au-HSQ-Au junctions were examined using electron microscopy and X-ray energy dispersive spectroscopy (XEDS), which showed that crystalline gold nanoparticles are present in the macroscopic devices, but not in the microscopic devices. The importance of the Au-HSQ interfaces was examined through modification of the

  1. Open-Switch Fault Detection Method of a Back-to-Back Converter Using NPC Topology for Wind Turbine Systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Lee, June-Seok; Lee, Kyo_Beum; Blaabjerg, Frede

    2015-01-01

    In wind turbine generation (WTG) systems, a back-to-back converter with a neutral-point-clamped (NPC) topology is widely used because this topology has more advantages than a conventional two-level topology, particularly when operating at high power. There are 12 switches in the NPC topology....... An open-switch fault in the NPC rectifier of the back-to-back converter leads to the distortion of the input current and torque vibration in the system. Additionally, an open-switch fault in the NPC inverter of the back-to-back converter causes the distortion of the output current. Furthermore, the WTG...

  2. The Rosetta Stone of isotope science and the uranium/lead system.

    Science.gov (United States)

    De Laeter, John

    2011-01-01

    The nucleosynthetic characteristics of U and Pb, together with the interconnectivity between these elements by two radioactive decay chains, are the foundation on which the U/Pb system was able to make a unique contribution to isotope science. The Rosetta Stone is an ancient Egyptian tablet that enabled previously indecipherable hieroglyphics to be translated. In a similar manner, the isotopic investigation of the U/Pb system, by a variety of mass spectrometric instrumentation, has led to our knowledge of the age of the Earth and contributed to thermochronology. In a similar manner, climate change information has been garnered by utilizing the U-Disequilibrium Series to measure the ages of marine archives. The impact of Pb in the environment has been demonstrated in human health, particularly at the peak of leaded petrol consumption in motor vehicles in the 1970s. Variations in the isotopic composition of lead in samples enable the source of the lead to be "fingerprinted" so as to trace the history of the Pb in ice cores and aerosols. The discovery of nuclear fission of (235)U led to the development of nuclear reactors and the isotopic investigation of the Oklo natural reactors. The mass spectrometer is the modern Rosetta Stone of isotope science, which has enabled the isotopic hieroglyphics of the U/Pb system to be investigated to reveal new horizons in our understanding of nature, and to address a number of societal and environmental problems.

  3. A unified model-free controller for switching minimum phase, non-minimum phase and time-delay systems

    CERN Document Server

    Michel, Loïc

    2012-01-01

    This preliminary work presents a simple derivation of the standard model-free control in order to control switching minimum phase, non-minimum phase and time-delay systems. The robustness of the proposed method is studied in simulation.

  4. Rare isotope beams at ISAC—target & ion source systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bricault, Pierre G.; Ames, Friedhelm; Dombsky, Marik; Kunz, Peter; Lassen, Jens

    2014-01-01

    The present status of the ISAC facility for rare isotopes beams after its first 10 years of operation is presented. Planning for the ISAC facility started in 1985 with the Parksville workshop on radioactive ion beams (Buchmann and D'Auria 1985). It was put on halt by the KAON proposal and planning was only resumed in 1993 after the cancellation of KAON. The ISAC facility was built to satisfy the scientific need for accelerated beams of rare isotopes for use in applications such as nuclear physics, nuclear astrophysics, atomic and condensed matter physics as well as medicine. At the time of the ISAC proposal submission, a number of facilities were either planned or under construction. In order to have an impact in the field, the requirements and specifications for the driver beam intensity on target was set to 100 μA, 500 MeV protons, which for ISAC results in a driver beam power of 50 kW.

  5. Electric Drive Discrete Control System with Automatic Switching-On Reserve for Autonomous Settlement

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Tsytovich L.I.

    2015-08-01

    Full Text Available The paper aims at developing of control the water supply system’s electric drives for autonomous settlement. The system provides automatic switching to a reserve control channel at refusal of any of the functional elements of the working regulation channel. Usually, such systems have a test signal generator and analyzer to system response to their impact. This result to an increase in the structural redundancy of the system, increase its cost and increase the requirements for the staff qualification. A specific feature of the system is its ability to self-diagnosis of catastrophic malfunctions of scheme’s components and an automatic switching-on the reserve control channels, without applying any test signals to the whole complex of electrical equipment. Multi-zone integrating regulator with frequency-pulse-width modulation realizes this technical solution. Control system structure and signals timing diagrams are presented. The construction principle of adaptive interval-code synchronization device with improved noise stability to control the voltage regulators serving for smooth start-up of asynchronous motors of water pumps is considered as well. Such solution allowing increase noise stability and reliability work of the system in conditions of limited power electrical networks, which is characteristic for the autonomous settlements. The article may be of interest to specialists in the field of power electronics and information electronics, electric drives and process automation.

  6. Design and implementation of microcontroller-based automatic sequence counting and switching system

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Joshua ABOLARINWA

    2015-05-01

    Full Text Available Technological advancement and its influence on human being have been on the increase in recent time. Major areas of such influence, include monitoring and control activities. In order to keep track of human movement in and out of a particular building, there is the need for an automatic counting system. Therefore, in this paper, we present the design and implementation of a microcontroller-based automatic sequence counting and switching system. This system was designed and developed to save cost, time, energy, and to achieve seamless control in the event of switching on or off of electrical appliances within a building. Top-down modular design approach was used in conjunction with the versatility of microcontroller. The system is able to monitor, sequentially count the number of entry and exit of people through an entrance, afterwards, automatically control any electrical device connected to it. From various tests and measurements obtained, there are comparative benefits derived from the deployment of this system in terms of simplicity and accuracy over similar system that is not microcontroller-based. Therefore, this system can be deployed at commercial quantity with wide range of applications in homes, offices and other public places.

  7. Surface plasmon polariton assisted optical switching in noble bimetallic nanoparticle system

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Dhara, Sandip, E-mail: dhara@igcar.gov.in, E-mail: chenkh@pub.iams.sinica.edu.tw [Surface and Nanoscience Division, Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research, Kalpakkam 603102 (India); Institute of Atomic and Molecular Sciences, Academia Sinica, Taipei 106, Taiwan (China); Lu, C.-Y.; Tu, W.-S. [Institute of Atomic and Molecular Sciences, Academia Sinica, Taipei 106, Taiwan (China); Magudapathy, P. [Materials Physics Division, Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research, Kalpakkam 603102 (India); Huang, Y.-F.; Chen, K.-H., E-mail: dhara@igcar.gov.in, E-mail: chenkh@pub.iams.sinica.edu.tw [Institute of Atomic and Molecular Sciences, Academia Sinica, Taipei 106, Taiwan (China); Center for Condensed Matter Science, National Taiwan University, Taipei 106, Taiwan (China)

    2015-01-12

    Photoresponse of bimetallic Au-Ag nanoparticle embedded soda glass (Au-Ag@SG) substrate is reported for surface plasmon assisted optical switching using 808 nm excitation. Au-Ag@SG system is made by an ion beam technique where Ag{sup +} is introduced first in the soda glass matrix by ion exchange technique. Subsequently, 400 keV Au{sup +} is implanted in the sample for different fluences, which is followed by an ion beam annealing process using 1 MeV Si{sup +} at a fixed fluence of 2 × 10{sup 16} ions·cm{sup −2}. Characteristic surface plasmon resonance (SPR) peaks around 400 and 550 nm provided evidence for the presence of Au and Ag nanoparticles. An optical switching in the Au-Ag@SG system with 808 nm, which is away from the characteristic SPR peaks of Ag and Au nanoparticles, suggests the possible role of two photon absorption (TPA) owing to the presence of interacting electric dipole in these systems. The role of surface plasmon polariton is emphasized for the propagation of electronic carrier belonging to the conduction electron of Au-Ag system in understanding the observed photoresponse. Unique excitation dependent photoresponse measurements confirm the possible role of TPA process. A competitive interband and intraband transitions in the bimetallic system of Au and Ag, which may be primarily responsible for the observation, are validated qualitatively using finite difference time domain calculations where inter-particle separation of Au and Ag plays an important role. Thus, a smart way of optical switching can be envisaged in noble bimetallic nanocluster system where long wavelength with higher skin depth can be used for communication purpose.

  8. The Kaleidoscope switch-a new concept for implementation of a large and fault tolerant ATM switch system

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Dittmann, Lars

    1997-01-01

    This paper describes a new concept for implementing a large switch network based on smaller modules. The concept is based an an alternative self-routing structure that due to a point symmetry allows the bit in the routing tag to be processed in a random order. Among others this property provides...... an inherent fault protection and allows a simple implementation of broadcast and multicast. The concept has been implemented as a small prototype, that currently is used in a national experimental ATM network in Denmark...

  9. A Non-Hermitian Approach to Non-Linear Switching Dynamics in Coupled Cavity-Waveguide Systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Heuck, Mikkel; Kristensen, Philip Trøst; Mørk, Jesper

    2012-01-01

    We present a non-Hermitian perturbation theory employing quasi-normal modes to investigate non-linear all-optical switching dynamics in a photonic crystal coupled cavity-waveguide system and compare with finite-difference-time-domain simulations.......We present a non-Hermitian perturbation theory employing quasi-normal modes to investigate non-linear all-optical switching dynamics in a photonic crystal coupled cavity-waveguide system and compare with finite-difference-time-domain simulations....

  10. Guaranteed Cost Finite-Time Control of Fractional-Order Positive Switched Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Leipo Liu

    2017-01-01

    Full Text Available The problem of guaranteed cost finite-time control of fractional-order positive switched systems (FOPSS is considered in this paper. Firstly, a new cost function is defined. Then, by constructing linear copositive Lyapunov functions and using the average dwell time (ADT approach, a state feedback controller and a static output feedback controller are constructed, respectively, and sufficient conditions are derived to guarantee that the corresponding closed-loop systems are guaranteed cost finite-time stable (GCFTS. Such conditions can be easily solved by linear programming. Finally, two examples are given to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  11. Non-fragile hybrid guaranteed cost control for a class of uncertain switched linear systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2006-01-01

    This paper focuses on the problem of non-fragile hybrid guaranteed cost control for a class of uncertain switched linear systems. The controller gain to be designed is assumed to have additive gain variations. Based on multiple-Lyapunov function technique, the design of non-fragile hybrid guaranteed cost controllers is derived to make the corresponding closed-loop system asymptotically stable for all admissible uncertainties. Furthermore, a convex optimization approach with LMIs constraints is introduced to select the optimal non-fragile guaranteed cost controllers. Finally, a simulation example illustrates the effectiveness of the proposed approach.

  12. Finite-frequency model reduction of continuous-time switched linear systems with average dwell time

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ding, Da-Wei; Du, Xin

    2016-11-01

    This paper deals with the model reduction problem of continuous-time switched linear systems with finite-frequency input signals. The objective of the paper is to propose a finite-frequency model reduction method for such systems. A finite-frequency ? performance index is first defined in frequency domain, and then a finite-frequency performance analysis condition is derived by Parseval's theorem. Combined with the average dwell time approach, sufficient conditions for the existence of exponentially stable reduced-order models are derived. An algorithm is proposed to construct the desired reduced-order models. The effectiveness of the proposed method is illustrated by a numerical example.

  13. Development of laser marking system with electro-optic Q-switch

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kim, Cheol Jung; Kim, Jeong Moog; Kim, Kwang Suk; Park, Seung Kyu; Baik, Sung Hoon

    1995-11-01

    We developed a high repetition electro-optic Q switch Nd:YAG laser and scan system for laser marking. We localized the scan mirrors and their mounts. We made the database for the optical properties of commercial flat-field lenses with our optics design software. We fabricated the detailed network between the galvanometer based beam scanning system and the laser generator. To accelerate the commercialization by the joint company, the training and transfer of technology were pursued in the joint participation by company researchers from the early stage. (author). 8 refs., 6 tabs., 27 figs.

  14. Fuzzy Controllers for Nonaffine-in-Control Singularly Perturbed Switched Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Linna Zhou

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper investigates the problem of fuzzy controller design for nonaffine-in-control singularly perturbed switched systems (NCSPSSs. First, the NCSPSS is approximated by Takagi-Sugeno (T-S models which include not only state but also control variables in the premise part of the rules. Then, a dynamic state feedback controller design method is proposed in terms of linear matrix inequalities. Under the controller, stability bound estimation problem of the closed-loop system is solved. Finally, an example is given to show the feasibility and effectiveness of the obtained methods.

  15. Design of Filter for a Class of Switched Linear Neutral Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Caiyun Wu

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper is concerned with the filtering problem for a class of switched linear neutral systems with time-varying delays. The time-varying delays appear not only in the state but also in the state derivatives. Based on the average dwell time approach and the piecewise Lyapunov functional technique, sufficient conditions are proposed for the exponential stability of the filtering error dynamic system. Then, the corresponding solvability condition for a desired filter satisfying a weighted performance is established. All the conditions obtained are delay-dependent. Finally, two numerical examples are given to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed theory.

  16. Cu Isotopic Composition in Surface Environments and in Biological Systems: A Critical Review

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Zhuhong Wang

    2017-05-01

    Full Text Available Copper (Cu is a transition metal and an essential micronutrient for organisms, but also one of the most widespread toxic inorganic contaminants at very high content. The research on Cu isotopes has grown rapidly in the last decade. Hitherto, a large number of studies have been published on the theoretical fractionation mechanisms, experimental data and natural variations of Cu isotopes in variable environments and ecosystems. These studies reported a large variation of δ65Cu (−16.49 to +20.04‰ in terrestrial samples and showed that Cu isotopes could be fractionated by various biogeochemical processes to different extent. Several papers have previously reviewed the coupling of Cu and Zn isotope systematics, and we give here a tentative review of the recent publications only on Cu isotopesin variable surface repositories, animals and human beings, with a goal to attract much attention to research on Cu (and other metals behaviors in the environment and biological systems.

  17. Mass-independent isotope effects in planetary atmospheres and the early solar system.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Thiemens, M H

    1999-01-15

    A class of isotope effects that alters isotope ratios on a mass-independent basis provides a tool for studying a wide range of processes in atmospheres of Earth and other planets as well as early processes in the solar nebula. The mechanism for the effect remains uncertain. Mass-independent isotopic compositions have been observed in O3, CO2, N2O, and CO in Earth's atmosphere and in carbonate from a martian meteorite, which suggests a role for mass-independent processes in the atmosphere of Mars. Observed mass-independent meteoritic oxygen and sulfur isotopic compositions may derive from chemical processes in the presolar nebula, and their distributions could provide insight into early solar system evolution.

  18. Design MIMO Switch Architecture Based IEC 61850 Standard of Substation Automation Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Kutaiba Sabah Nimma

    2015-06-01

    Full Text Available Recently, there has been a tremendous change in the development of many protocols in electrical substation automation such as robust communication among control centers (GOOSE. It is a challenge to implement critical time operation such as tripping based on GOOSE protocol when the protocol is not tested in a wide area multi-substations environment. Another reason is the function of the packet forwarder may fail under a very high traffic condition with the constant generation of GOOSE packets due to multiple events. This study investigates the performance of packet forwarder in terms of packet loss under different models configurations. The investigations carried out on various switch configurations and architectures to reduce the number of dropped packets. The results showed that the architecture of two-switch system is the best performance in which the packet loss can be reduced by 2.9% in comparison with two buffer switches and 11.8% in comparison with the to original standard.

  19. Switched diversity strategies for dual-hop amplify-and-forward relaying systems

    KAUST Repository

    Gaaloul, Fakhreddine

    2012-01-01

    This study investigates different receive single-branch switch-based diversity schemes for dual-hop amplify-and-forward relaying networks. Specifically, three receive processing algorithms are adopted, in which the receive branch is selected using the arbitrary selection algorithm, the switching algorithm, or the switching algorithm with post-examining best branch selection. The identification of the receive branch is carried out for two different system models. For the first model, a single-antenna relaying station is used in conjunction with a multiple-antenna transceiver, where the processing is performed independently of the first hop-fading conditions. The second model suggests the use of parallel deployment of single-antenna relays to transfer information from a multiple-antenna transmitter to a single-antenna receiver, where the active relaying station is determined based on the pre-combining end-to-end fading conditions. Performance comparisons for various transmission scenarios on the first hop are presented using new formulations for the statistics of the combined signal-to-noise ratio. Simulation results are also provided to validate the mathematical development and to verify the numerical computations. © 2012 The Institution of Engineering and Technology.

  20. System integration of the ITER switching networks, fast discharge units and busbars

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Milani, Francesco, E-mail: francesco.milani@iter.org [ITER Organization, Route de Vinon sur Verdon, 13115 Saint-Paul-Lez-Durance (France); Roshal, Alexander [D.V. Efremov Scientific Institute of Electrophysical Apparatus, 189632 St. Petersburg (Russian Federation); Benfatto, Ivone; Song, Inho; Thomsen, Jeff [ITER Organization, Route de Vinon sur Verdon, 13115 Saint-Paul-Lez-Durance (France)

    2011-10-15

    In ITER, switching networks and fast discharge units consist of large resistor banks which are inserted in the toroidal field, central solenoid and poloidal field circuits by means of appropriate circuit breakers. These breakers are connected by water-cooled aluminum busbars to the AC/DC thyristor converters on one side and to the superconducting coils on the other side. Switching networks are used at every pulse for plasma initiation and ramp-up, whereas fast discharge units are used to protect the superconducting coils in case of quench, by dissipating the energy stored in the coils into the resistors. This paper deals with system integration aspects, a subject which has become more and more important as a consequence of the necessity to define the requirements for the ITER buildings. In particular, seismic analyses carried out for the finalization of the layout of the toroidal field circuit busbars in the Tokamak building, features of the Resistor building and issues associated to the routing of the cables connecting the resistors to the switches located in the Tokamak complex will be described.

  1. Ruthenium isotopic evidence for an inner Solar System origin of the late veneer.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fischer-Gödde, Mario; Kleine, Thorsten

    2017-01-25

    The excess of highly siderophile elements in the Earth's mantle is thought to reflect the addition of primitive meteoritic material after core formation ceased. This 'late veneer' either comprises material remaining in the terrestrial planet region after the main stages of the Earth's accretion, or derives from more distant asteroidal or cometary sources. Distinguishing between these disparate origins is important because a late veneer consisting of carbonaceous chondrite-like asteroids or comets could be the principal source of the Earth's volatiles and water. Until now, however, a 'genetic' link between the late veneer and such volatile-rich materials has not been established or ruled out. Such genetic links can be determined using ruthenium (Ru) isotopes, because the Ru in the Earth's mantle predominantly derives from the late veneer, and because meteorites exhibit Ru isotope variations arising from the heterogeneous distribution of stellar-derived dust. Although Ru isotopic data and the correlation of Ru and molybdenum (Mo) isotope anomalies in meteorites were previously used to argue that the late veneer derives from the same type of inner Solar System material as do Earth's main building blocks, the Ru isotopic composition of carbonaceous chondrites has not been determined sufficiently well to rule them out as a source of the late veneer. Here we show that all chondrites, including carbonaceous chondrites, have Ru isotopic compositions distinct from that of the Earth's mantle. The Ru isotope anomalies increase from enstatite to ordinary to carbonaceous chondrites, demonstrating that material formed at greater heliocentric distance contains larger Ru isotope anomalies. Therefore, these data refute an outer Solar System origin for the late veneer and imply that the late veneer was not the primary source of volatiles and water on the Earth.

  2. Trophic niche of squids: Insights from isotopic data in marine systems worldwide

    Science.gov (United States)

    Navarro, Joan; Coll, Marta; Somes, Christoper J.; Olson, Robert J.

    2013-10-01

    Cephalopods are an important prey resource for fishes, seabirds, and marine mammals, and are also voracious predators on crustaceans, fishes, squid and zooplankton. Because of their high feeding rates and abundance, squids have the potential to exert control on the recruitment of commercially important fishes. In this review, we synthesize the available information for two intrinsic markers (δ15N and δ13C isotopic values) in squids for all oceans and several types of ecosystems to obtain a global view of the trophic niches of squids in marine ecosystems. In particular, we aimed to examine whether the trophic positions and trophic widths of squid species vary among oceans and ecosystem types. To correctly compare across systems, we adjusted squid δ15N values for the isotopic variability of phytoplankton at the base of the food web provided by an ocean circulation-biogeochemistry-isotope model. Studies that focused on the trophic ecology of squids using isotopic techniques were few, and most of the information on squids was from studies on their predators. Our results showed that squids occupy a large range of trophic positions and exploit a large range of trophic resources, reflecting the versatility of their feeding behavior and confirming conclusions from food-web models. Clear differences in both trophic position and trophic width were found among oceans and ecosystem types. The study also reinforces the importance of considering the natural variation in isotopic values when comparing the isotopic values of consumers inhabiting different ecosystems.

  3. Hydrogen isotope variability in prairie wetland systems: implications for studies of migratory connectivity.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bortolotti, Lauren E; Clark, Robert G; Wassenaar, Leonard I

    2013-01-01

    Hydrogen isotopes (delta2H) are often used to infer the origins of migratory animals based on the strong correlation between deuterium content of tissues and long-term patterns of precipitation. However, the extreme flood and drought dynamics of surface waters in prairie wetland systems could mask these expected correlations. We investigated H isotopic variability in an aquatic food web associated with Tree Swallows (Tachycineta bicolor) that rely heavily on wetland-derived aerial insects for food. We evaluated isotopic turnover and incorporation of environmental water into tissue, processes that could affect H isotopic composition. Wetland water and aquatic invertebrates showed intra- and interannual H isotopic variation mainly related to evaporation and the amount and timing of precipitation. Snails showed rapid turnover of tissue deuterium and a large contribution of environmental water to their tissues. Swallow feather deuterium (delta2Hf) was variable but did not clearly follow changes in any of the food web compartments measured. Instead, isotopic variability may have been driven by shifts in the type or relative amounts of grey consumed and types of wetlands used. Nevertheless, despite relatively high variance in delta2Hf, the majority of birds fell within the predicted range of delta2Hf for the study area, revealing that significant trophic averaging occurred. However, both (presumed) diet shifts and variable hydrological conditions have the potential to greatly increase variance that must be considered when assigning origins of migratory animals based on delta2H.

  4. Isotope Fractionation of chlorine in Aqueous System: One Study on Anion-Exchange Chromatography.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Musashi, M.; Oi, T.; Eggenkamp, H.; Van Cappellen, P.

    2001-05-01

    Stable chlorine isotopes such as 37Cl and 35Cl have been paid attention as useful tool identifying the source, and monitoring the transport process and natural fate of chlorinated organic pollutants in air and groundwater. However, it is not established yet whether any isotope effects accompany biodegradation or reductive dehalogenation of the pollutants (Clark and Fritz, 1997). Here we first present an experimental determination of isotope fractionation factor of chlorine in aqueous system by using anion-exchange chromatographic technique. Into the Cl-free anion exchange resin (Muromac, OH- form) packed in a 30 cm long pyrex glass column and controlled temperature at 25 oC, hydrochloric solution was fed with controlling the flow rate constant. Effluent from the column was recovered by an automatic fraction collector and prepared for Cl isotope analysis. The Cl isotope ratio (δ 37Cl vs. SMOC) was measured by IR-MS at the Utrecht University with precision of 0.06 per-mil. Magnitude of the factor obtained was 1.00035 at 25 oC. The result indicates that the lighter isotope (35Cl) was preferably fractionated into the resin phase, while the heavier one (37Cl) was enriched into the aqueous phase. This trend suggests that molecular structure of hydrolysis with Cl in aqueous phase may be more stable than that of Cl ionically bonding with the resin. This result may offer physico-chemical insights into behavior and fate of the pollutants.

  5. Stochastic switching in slow-fast systems: a large-fluctuation approach.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Heckman, Christoffer R; Schwartz, Ira B

    2014-02-01

    In this paper we develop a perturbation method to predict the rate of occurrence of rare events for singularly perturbed stochastic systems using a probability density function approach. In contrast to a stochastic normal form approach, we model rare event occurrences due to large fluctuations probabilistically and employ a WKB ansatz to approximate their rate of occurrence. This results in the generation of a two-point boundary value problem that models the interaction of the state variables and the most likely noise force required to induce a rare event. The resulting equations of motion of describing the phenomenon are shown to be singularly perturbed. Vastly different time scales among the variables are leveraged to reduce the dimension and predict the dynamics on the slow manifold in a deterministic setting. The resulting constrained equations of motion may be used to directly compute an exponent that determines the probability of rare events. To verify the theory, a stochastic damped Duffing oscillator with three equilibrium points (two sinks separated by a saddle) is analyzed. The predicted switching time between states is computed using the optimal path that resides in an expanded phase space. We show that the exponential scaling of the switching rate as a function of system parameters agrees well with numerical simulations. Moreover, the dynamics of the original system and the reduced system via center manifolds are shown to agree in an exponentially scaling sense.

  6. Robust H∞ Control for a Class of Uncertain Switched Fuzzy Time-Delay Systems Based on T-S Models

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yang Cui

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available The problem of robust H∞ control for a class of uncertain switched fuzzy time-delay systems is discussed for system described by T-S fuzzy model with Lyapunov stable theory and linear matrix inequality approach. A sufficient condition in terms of the LMI is derived such that the stability of the closed-loop systems is guaranteed. The continuous state feedback controller is built to ensure the asymptotically stable closed-loop system for all allowable uncertainties, with the switching law designed to implement the global asymptotic stability of uncertain switched fuzzy time-delay systems. In this model, each and every subsystem of the switched systems is an uncertain fuzzy one to which the parallel distributed compensation (PDC controller of each sub fuzzy system system is proposed with its main condition given in a more solvable form of convex combinations. Such a switched control system is highly robust to varying parameters. A simulation shows the feasibility and effectiveness of the design method.

  7. High-performance flat data center network architecture based on scalable and flow-controlled optical switching system

    Science.gov (United States)

    Calabretta, Nicola; Miao, Wang; Dorren, Harm

    2016-03-01

    Traffic in data centers networks (DCNs) is steadily growing to support various applications and virtualization technologies. Multi-tenancy enabling efficient resource utilization is considered as a key requirement for the next generation DCs resulting from the growing demands for services and applications. Virtualization mechanisms and technologies can leverage statistical multiplexing and fast switch reconfiguration to further extend the DC efficiency and agility. We present a novel high performance flat DCN employing bufferless and distributed fast (sub-microsecond) optical switches with wavelength, space, and time switching operation. The fast optical switches can enhance the performance of the DCNs by providing large-capacity switching capability and efficiently sharing the data plane resources by exploiting statistical multiplexing. Benefiting from the Software-Defined Networking (SDN) control of the optical switches, virtual DCNs can be flexibly created and reconfigured by the DCN provider. Numerical and experimental investigations of the DCN based on the fast optical switches show the successful setup of virtual network slices for intra-data center interconnections. Experimental results to assess the DCN performance in terms of latency and packet loss show less than 10^-5 packet loss and 640ns end-to-end latency with 0.4 load and 16- packet size buffer. Numerical investigation on the performance of the systems when the port number of the optical switch is scaled to 32x32 system indicate that more than 1000 ToRs each with Terabit/s interface can be interconnected providing a Petabit/s capacity. The roadmap to photonic integration of large port optical switches will be also presented.

  8. Improvement of Hydraulic Edge Position Control System by Proportion Sliding Mode of Self-tuning Switching Gain

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jin Baoquan

    2012-11-01

    Full Text Available Aiming at the problem of tracking performance degradation of hydraulic EPC system caused by time-varying inertia parameters, nonlinear and external disturbances, the proportion sliding mode control of fuzzy self-tuning gain was proposed. The EPC system state space model on deviation parameters was established and the main feedback sliding mode switching algorithm was designed. The fuzzy method was used to dynamically adjust the proportion sliding mode switching gain by product of the switching function and its derivative state and to adaptive compensate for the uncertainty of the system. At the same time to ensure the effectiveness of the design strategy, the controller model and physical model worked together to simulate the actual conditions. The fixed switching gain switch was, respectively greater and smaller and compared with the fuzzy self-tuning gain, in which the latter achieves a fast and coordinated control of chattering. The results show that after comprehensive consideration all interference the system is stable, fast response, high accuracy and to solve chattering problem caused by the traditional large switching gain of proportion sliding mode.

  9. Modeling large Ethernet networks for the ATLAS high level trigger system using parameterized models of switches and nodes

    CERN Document Server

    Golonka, Piotr; Saka, F

    2001-01-01

    Large local area Ethernet networks are strong candidates to connect data sources and processing nodes in high energy physics experiments. In the high level trigger system of the ATLAS LHC experiment several Gbytes/s of data, distributed over 1700 buffers, have to be delivered to around a thousand processing nodes. Due to the network size, its performance and scalability can only be assessed by modeling. To avoid lengthy simulation runs, and concentrate only on characteristics important for network transfers, the components of the system need to be parameterized. The network performance depends on traffic patterns generated by processing nodes and switching capabilities of the network, we therefore evaluated and modeled both processing nodes and switches. We have developed a parameterized model of a class of switches, where a limited set of parameters, collected from measurements on real devices, is used to model switching characteristics. Another set of simple measurements is used to collect values for parame...

  10. 有限时区非线性系统的最优切换控制%Optimal Switching Control for Nonlinear Systems in A Finite Duration

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    慕小武; 刘海军

    2006-01-01

    This paper proposes a optimal control problem for a general nonlinear systems with finitely many admissible control settings and with costs assigned to switching of controls. With dynamic programming and viscosity solution theory we show that the switching lower-value function is a viscosity solution of the appropriate systems of quasi-variational inequalities(the appropriate generalization of the Hamilton-Jacobi equation in this context)and that the minimal such switching-storage function is equal to the continuous switching lower-value for the game. With the lower value function a optimal switching control is designed for minimizing the cost of running the systems.

  11. Creating an Isotopically Similar Earth-Moon System with Correct Angular Momentum from a Giant Impact

    CERN Document Server

    Wyatt, Bryant M; Sumpter, William J; Turner, Ty R; Smith, Edward L; Fain, Baylor G; Hutyra, Taylor J; Cook, Scott A; Hibbs, Michael F; Goderya, Shaukat N

    2016-01-01

    The giant impact hypothesis is the dominant theory explaining the formation of our Moon. However, its inability to produce an isotopically similar Earth-Moon system with correct angular momentum has cast a shadow on its validity. Computer-generated impacts have been successful in producing virtual systems that possess many of the physical properties we observe. Yet, addressing the isotopic similarities between the Earth and Moon coupled with correct angular momentum has proven to be challenging. Equilibration and evection resonance have been put forth as a means of reconciling the models. However, both were rejected in a meeting at The Royal Society in London. The main concern was that models were multi-staged and too complex. Here, we present initial impact conditions that produce an Earth-Moon system whose angular momentum and isotopic properties are correct. The model is straightforward and the results are a natural consequence of the impact.

  12. Distributed formation output regulation of switching heterogeneous multi-agent systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Xiaoli

    2013-11-01

    In this article, the distributed formation output regulation problem of linear heterogeneous multi-agent systems with uncertainty under switching topology is considered. It is a generalised framework for multi-agent coordination problems, which contains or concerns a variety of important multi-agent problems in a quite unified way. Its background includes active leader following formation for the agents to maintain desired relative distances and orientations to the leader with a predefined trajectory, and multi-agent formation with environmental inputs. With the help of canonical internal model we design a distributed dynamic output feedback to handle the distributed formation output regulation problem.

  13. Hardware enabled performance counters with support for operating system context switching

    Science.gov (United States)

    Salapura, Valentina; Wisniewski, Robert W.

    2015-06-30

    A device for supporting hardware enabled performance counters with support for context switching include a plurality of performance counters operable to collect information associated with one or more computer system related activities, a first register operable to store a memory address, a second register operable to store a mode indication, and a state machine operable to read the second register and cause the plurality of performance counters to copy the information to memory area indicated by the memory address based on the mode indication.

  14. Similar genetic switch systems might integrate the floral inductive pathways in dicots and monocots

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Andersen, C.H.; Jensen, C.S.; Petersen, K.

    2004-01-01

    A recent paper by Million Tadege et A shows that a SOC1-like gene from rice, OsSOC1, can complement the Arabidopsis soc1 mutant, and that ectopic expression of the Arabidopsis floral repressor FLC in rice delays flowering and up-regulation of OsSOC1 These findings, together with the identificatio...... of the wheat vernalization VRN1 locus as an AP1 homologue, suggest that related genetic switch systems control floral transition in dicots and monocots but that they are based on different MADS-box transcription factors....

  15. Low Voltage Totally Free Flexible RF MEMS Switch With Anti-Stiction System

    CERN Document Server

    Touati, Salim; Kanciurzewski, Alexandre; Robin, Renaud; Rollier, A -S; Millet, Olivier; Segueni, Karim

    2008-01-01

    This paper concerns a new design of RF MEMS switch combined with an innovative process which enable low actuation voltage (<5V) and avoid stiction. First, the structure described with principal design issues, the corresponding anti-stiction system is presented and FEM simulations are done. Then, a short description of the process flow based on two non polymer sacrificial layers. Finally, RF measurements are presented and preliminary experimental protocol and results of anti-stiction validation is detailed. Resulting RF performances are -30dB of isolation and -0.45dB of insertion loss at 10 GHz.

  16. Coordination of multi-agent systems under switching topologies via disturbance observer-based approach

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tang, Yutao

    2016-12-01

    In this paper, a leader-following coordination problem of heterogeneous multi-agent systems is considered under switching topologies where each agent is subject to some local (unbounded) disturbances. While these unknown disturbances may disrupt the performance of agents, a disturbance observer-based approach is employed to estimate and reject them. Varying communication topologies are also taken into consideration, and their byproduct difficulties are overcome by using common Lyapunov function techniques. According to the available information in difference cases, two disturbance observer-based protocols are proposed to solve this problem. Their effectiveness is verified by simulations.

  17. Cluster consensus of high-order multi-agent systems with switching topologies

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hou, Bo; Sun, Fuchun; Li, Hongbo; Chen, Yao; Xi, Jianxiang

    2016-09-01

    This paper investigates the cluster consensus problems of generic linear multi-agent systems with switching topologies. Sufficient criteria for cluster consensus, which generalise the results in existing literatures, are derived for both state feedback and observer-based control schemes. By using an averaging method, it is shown that cluster consensus can be achieved when the union of the acyclic topologies contains a directed spanning tree within each cluster frequently enough. We also provide a principle to construct digraphs with inter-cluster cyclic couplings that promote cluster consensus regardless of the magnitude of inter-agent coupling weights. Finally, numerical examples are given to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed approaches.

  18. Analytical system for stable carbon isotope measurements of low molecular weight (C2-C6) hydrocarbons

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Zuiderweg, A.T.; Holzinger, R.; Roeckmann, T.

    2011-01-01

    We present setup, testing and initial results from a new automated system for stable carbon isotope ratio measurements on C2 to C6 atmospheric hydrocarbons. The inlet system allows analysis of trace gases from air samples ranging from a few liters for urban samples and samples with high mixing ratio

  19. Dynamic isotope power system (DIPS) applications study. Volume I. Summary. Final report

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Prickett, W. Z.

    1979-11-01

    The Nuclear Integrated Multimission Spacecraft (NIMS) is designed for communications, surveillance, navigation and meteorelogical missions. This study assesses th attributes of the Dynamic Isotope Power System (DIPS) for this spacecraft. These attributes include cost, system and mission compatibility, and survivability. (LCL)

  20. New Delay-Dependent Stability of Uncertain Discrete-Time Switched Systems with Time-Varying Delays

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Liang Lin XIONG; Shou Ming ZHONG; Mao YE

    2011-01-01

    This paper deals with the issues of robust stability for uncertain discrete-time switched systems with mode-dependent time delays. Based on a novel difference inequality and a switched Lyapunov function, new delay-dependent stability criteria are formulated in terms of linear matrix inequalities (LMIs) which are not contained in known literature. A numerical example is given to demonstrate that the proposed criteria improves some existing results significantly with much less computational effort.

  1. Stability Analysis and H∞ Model Reduction for Switched Discrete-Time Time-Delay Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Zheng-Fan Liu

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper is concerned with the problem of exponential stability and H∞ model reduction of a class of switched discrete-time systems with state time-varying delay. Some subsystems can be unstable. Based on the average dwell time technique and Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional (LKF approach, sufficient conditions for exponential stability with H∞ performance of such systems are derived in terms of linear matrix inequalities (LMIs. For the high-order systems, sufficient conditions for the existence of reduced-order model are derived in terms of LMIs. Moreover, the error system is guaranteed to be exponentially stable and an H∞ error performance is guaranteed. Numerical examples are also given to demonstrate the effectiveness and reduced conservatism of the obtained results.

  2. Distributed leader-following finite-time consensus control for linear multiagent systems under switching topology.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Xu, Xiaole; Chen, Shengyong; Gao, Lixin

    2014-01-01

    This paper investigates the finite-time consensus problem of leader-following multiagent systems. The dynamical models for all following agents and the leader are assumed the same general form of linear system, and the interconnection topology among the agents is assumed to be switching and undirected. We mostly consider the continuous-time case. By assuming that the states of neighbouring agents are known to each agent, a sufficient condition is established for finite-time consensus via a neighbor-based state feedback protocol. While the states of neighbouring agents cannot be available and only the outputs of neighbouring agents can be accessed, the distributed observer-based consensus protocol is proposed for each following agent. A sufficient condition is provided in terms of linear matrix inequalities to design the observer-based consensus protocol, which makes the multiagent systems achieve finite-time consensus under switching topologies. Then, we discuss the counterparts for discrete-time case. Finally, we provide an illustrative example to show the effectiveness of the design approach.

  3. Switch: a planning tool for power systems with large shares of intermittent renewable energy.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fripp, Matthias

    2012-06-05

    Wind and solar power are highly variable, so it is it unclear how large a role they can play in future power systems. This work introduces a new open-source electricity planning model--Switch--that identifies the least-cost strategy for using renewable and conventional generators and transmission in a large power system over a multidecade period. Switch includes an unprecedented amount of spatial and temporal detail, making it possible to address a new type of question about the optimal design and operation of power systems with large amounts of renewable power. A case study of California for 2012-2027 finds that there is no maximum possible penetration of wind and solar power--these resources could potentially be used to reduce emissions 90% or more below 1990 levels without reducing reliability or severely raising the cost of electricity. This work also finds that policies that encourage customers to shift electricity demand to times when renewable power is most abundant (e.g., well-timed charging of electric vehicles) could make it possible to achieve radical emission reductions at moderate costs.

  4. Distributed Leader-Following Finite-Time Consensus Control for Linear Multiagent Systems under Switching Topology

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xiaole Xu

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper investigates the finite-time consensus problem of leader-following multiagent systems. The dynamical models for all following agents and the leader are assumed the same general form of linear system, and the interconnection topology among the agents is assumed to be switching and undirected. We mostly consider the continuous-time case. By assuming that the states of neighbouring agents are known to each agent, a sufficient condition is established for finite-time consensus via a neighbor-based state feedback protocol. While the states of neighbouring agents cannot be available and only the outputs of neighbouring agents can be accessed, the distributed observer-based consensus protocol is proposed for each following agent. A sufficient condition is provided in terms of linear matrix inequalities to design the observer-based consensus protocol, which makes the multiagent systems achieve finite-time consensus under switching topologies. Then, we discuss the counterparts for discrete-time case. Finally, we provide an illustrative example to show the effectiveness of the design approach.

  5. A study of thermal stability and electrical switching behaviour of Ge-Te-In chalcogenide glass system

    Science.gov (United States)

    George, Achamma; Sushamma, D.; Predeep, P.; Asokan, S.

    2017-09-01

    Bulk Ge20Te80-xInx(x = 0, 6, 10 and 16) glasses are prepared by the conventional melt quenching technique. The crystallization mechanism is studied using differential scanning calorimetry performed at different heating rates under non-isothermal conditions. Also the electrical switching behavior of the given glass system has been investigated. The glass transition temperature (Tg), the peak crystallization temperature (Tp), the thermal stability (Tc-Tg), the average value of the activation energy for the glass transition (Eg), and the average value of the activation energy for crystallization (Ec), are calculated for the given glass system. The glasses studied are found to exhibit a current controlled negative-resistance behaviour and memory switching. Further, the switching voltage (Vt) is found to increase linearly with sample thickness in the range of 0.2-0.45 mm. It is observed that the variation of switching voltage (Vt) of Ge-Te-In glasses show a maximum value at an average coordination number = 2.52 (at x = 6, onset of rigidity percolation), there after decreases and a minimum is seen in the switching voltage at an average coordination number = 2.68 (at x = 14), which is likely to be the chemical threshold of the system. Beyond x = 14, switching voltage is found to increase again with composition.

  6. A study of thermal stability and electrical switching behaviour of Ge-Te-In chalcogenide glass system

    Science.gov (United States)

    George, Achamma; Sushamma, D.; Predeep, P.; Asokan, S.

    2017-03-01

    Bulk Ge20Te80-xInx(x = 0, 6, 10 and 16) glasses are prepared by the conventional melt quenching technique. The crystallization mechanism is studied using differential scanning calorimetry performed at different heating rates under non-isothermal conditions. Also the electrical switching behavior of the given glass system has been investigated. The glass transition temperature (Tg), the peak crystallization temperature (Tp), the thermal stability (Tc-Tg), the average value of the activation energy for the glass transition (Eg), and the average value of the activation energy for crystallization (Ec), are calculated for the given glass system. The glasses studied are found to exhibit a current controlled negative-resistance behaviour and memory switching. Further, the switching voltage (Vt) is found to increase linearly with sample thickness in the range of 0.2-0.45 mm. It is observed that the variation of switching voltage (Vt) of Ge-Te-In glasses show a maximum value at an average coordination number = 2.52 (at x = 6, onset of rigidity percolation), there after decreases and a minimum is seen in the switching voltage at an average coordination number = 2.68 (at x = 14), which is likely to be the chemical threshold of the system. Beyond x = 14, switching voltage is found to increase again with composition.

  7. Nitrogen isotopes in the recent solar wind from the analysis of genesis targets: evidence for large scale isotope heterogeneity in the nascent solar system

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wiens, Roger C [Los Alamos National Laboratory; Marty, Bernard [INSU-CNRS; Zimmermann, Laurent [INSU-CNRS; Burnard, Peter G [INSU-CNRS; Burnett, Donald L [CALTECH; Heber, Veronika S [ETH ZURICH; Wieler, Rainer [ETH ZURICH; Bochsler, Peter [UNIV OV BERN

    2009-01-01

    Nitrogen, the fifth most abundant element in the universe, displays the largest stable isotope variations in the solar system reservoirs after hydrogen. Yet the value of isotopic composition of solar nitrogen, presumably the best proxy of the protosolar nebula composition, is not known. Nitrogen isotopes trapped in Genesis spacecraft target material indicate a 40 % depletion of {sup 15}N in solar wind N relative to inner planets and meteorites, and define a composition for the present-day Sun undistinguishable from that of Jupiter's atmosphere. These results indicate that the isotopic composition of of nitrogen in the outer convective zone of the Sun (OCZ) has not changed through time, and is representative of the protosolar nebula. Large {sup 15}N enrichments during e.g., irradiation, or contributions from {sup 15}N-rich presolar components, are required to account for planetary values.

  8. Dual Isotope SPECT Study With Epilepsy Patients Using Semiconductor SPECT System.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shiga, Tohru; Suzuki, Atsuro; Sakurai, Kotarou; Kurita, Tsugiko; Takeuchi, Wataru; Toyonaga, Takuya; Hirata, Kenji; Kobashi, Keiji; Katoh, Chietsugu; Kubo, Naoki; Tamaki, Nagara

    2017-09-01

    We developed a prototype CdTe SPECT system with 4-pixel matched collimator for brain study. This system provides high-energy-resolution (6.6%), high-sensitivity (220 cps/MBq/head), and high-spatial-resolution images. The aim of this study was to evaluate dual-isotope study of CBF and central benzodiazepine receptor (BZR) images using Tc-ECD and I-IMZ with the new SPECT system in patients with epilepsy comparing with single-isotope study using the conventional scintillation gamma camera. This study included 13 patients with partial epilepsy. The BZR images were acquired at 3 hours after I-IMZ injection for 20 minutes. The images of IMZ were acquired with a conventional 3-head scintillation gamma camera. After BZR image acquisition with the conventional camera, Tc-ECD was injected, and CBF and BZR images were acquired simultaneously 5 minutes after ECD injection with the new SPECT system. The CBF images were also acquired with the conventional camera on separate days. The findings were visually analyzed, and 3D-SSP maximum Z scores of lesions were compared between the 2 studies. There were 47 abnormal lesions on BZR images and 60 abnormal lesions on CBF images in the single-isotope study with the conventional camera. Dual-isotope study with the new system showed concordant abnormal findings of 46 of 47 lesions on BZR and 54 of 60 lesions on CBF images with the single-isotope study with the conventional camera. There was high agreement between the 2 studies in both BZR and CBF findings (Cohen κ values = 0.96 for BZR and 0.78 for CBF). In semiquantitative analysis, maximum Z scores of dual-isotope study with the new system strongly correlated with those of single-isotope study with the conventional camera (BZR: r = 0.82, P < 0.05, CBF: r = 0.87, P < 0.05). Our new SPECT system permits dual-isotope study for pixel-by-pixel analysis of CBF and BZR information with the same pathophysiological condition in patients with epilepsy.

  9. Investigation of pump and pump switch failures in rainwater harvesting systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Moglia, Magnus; Gan, Kein; Delbridge, Nathan; Sharma, Ashok K.; Tjandraatmadja, Grace

    2016-07-01

    Rainwater harvesting is an important technology in cities that can contribute to a number of functions, such as sustainable water management in the face of demand growth and drought as well as the detention of rainwater to increase flood protection and reduce damage to waterways. The objective of this article is to investigate the integrity of residential rainwater harvesting systems, drawing on the results of the field inspection of 417 rainwater systems across Melbourne that was combined with a survey of householders' situation, maintenance behaviour and attitudes. Specifically, the study moves beyond the assumption that rainwater systems are always operational and functional and draws on the collected data to explore the various reasons and rates of failure associated with pumps and pump switches, leaving for later further exploration of the failure in other components such as the collection area, gutters, tank, and overflows. To the best of the authors' knowledge, there is no data like this in academic literature or in the water sector. Straightforward Bayesian Network models were constructed in order to analyse the factors contributing to various types of failures, including system age, type of use, the reason for installation, installer, and maintenance behaviour. Results show that a number of issues commonly exist, such as failure of pumps (5% of systems), automatic pump switches that mediate between the tank and reticulated water (9% of systems), and systems with inadequate setups (i.e. no pump) limiting their use. In conclusion, there appears to be a lack of enforcement or quality controls in both installation practices by sometimes unskilled contractors and lack of ongoing maintenance checks. Mechanisms for quality control and asset management are required, but difficult to promote or enforce. Further work is needed into how privately owned assets that have public benefits could be better managed.

  10. The Development of the Electrically Controlled High Power RF Switch and Its Application to Active RF Pulse Compression Systems

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Guo, Jiquan [Stanford Univ., CA (United States)

    2008-12-01

    In the past decades, there has been increasing interest in pulsed high power RF sources for building high-gradient high-energy particle accelerators. Passive RF pulse compression systems have been used in many applications to match the available RF sources to the loads requiring higher RF power but a shorter pulse. Theoretically, an active RF pulse compression system has the advantage of higher efficiency and compactness over the passive system. However, the key component for such a system an element capable of switching hundreds of megawatts of RF power in a short time compared to the compressed pulse width is still an open problem. In this dissertation, we present a switch module composed of an active window based on the bulk effects in semiconductor, a circular waveguide three-port network and a movable short plane, with the capability to adjust the S-parameters before and after switching. The RF properties of the switch module were analyzed. We give the scaling laws of the multiple-element switch systems, which allow the expansion of the system to a higher power level. We present a novel overmoded design for the circular waveguide three-port network and the associated circular-to-rectangular mode-converter. We also detail the design and synthesis process of this novel mode-converter. We demonstrate an electrically controlled ultra-fast high power X-band RF active window built with PIN diodes on high resistivity silicon. The window is capable of handling multi-megawatt RF power and can switch in 2-300ns with a 1000A current driver. A low power active pulse compression experiment was carried out with the switch module and a 375ns resonant delay line, obtaining 8 times compression gain with a compression ratio of 20.

  11. A compact seven switches topology and reduced DC-link capacitor size for single-phase stand-alone PV system with hybrid energy storages

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Liu, Xiong; Wang, Peng; Loh, Poh Chiang

    2011-01-01

    Single-phase stand-alone PV system is suitable for household applications in remote area. Hybrid battery/ultra-capacitor energy storage can reduce charge and discharge cycles and avoid deep discharges of battery. This paper proposes a compact seven switches structure for stand-alone PV system......, which otherwise needs nine switches configuration, inclusive of one switch for boost converter, four switches for single-phase inverter and four switches for two DC/DC converters of battery and ultra-capacitor. It is well-known that a bulky DC-link capacitor is always required to absorb second...

  12. Line Capacity Expansion and Transmission Switching in Power Systems With Large-Scale Wind Power

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Villumsen, Jonas Christoffer; Bronmo, Geir; Philpott, Andy B.

    2013-01-01

    of power generation. We allow for active switching of transmission elements to reduce congestion effects caused by Kirchhoff's voltage law. Results show that actively switching transmission lines may yield a better utilization of transmission networks with large-scale wind power and increase wind power...... penetration. Furthermore, it is shown that transmission switching is likely to affect the optimal line capacity expansion plan....

  13. An analytical system for the measurement of stable hydrogen isotopes in ambient volatile organic compounds

    Science.gov (United States)

    Meisehen, T.; Bühler, F.; Koppmann, R.; Krebsbach, M.

    2015-10-01

    Stable isotope measurements in atmospheric volatile organic compounds (VOCs) are an excellent tool to analyse chemical and dynamical processes in the atmosphere. While up to now isotope studies of VOCs in ambient air have mainly focussed on carbon isotopes, we herein present a new measurement system to investigate hydrogen isotope ratios in atmospheric VOCs. This system, consisting of a gas chromatography pyrolysis isotope ratio mass spectrometer (GC-P-IRMS) and a pre-concentration system, was thoroughly characterised using a VOC test mixture. A precision of better than 9 ‰ (in δ 2H) is achieved for n-pentane, 2-methyl-1,3-butadiene (isoprene), n-heptane, 4-methyl-pentane-2-one (4-methyl-2-pentanone), methylbenzene (toluene), n-octane, ethylbenzene, m/p-xylene and 1,2,4-trimethylbenzene. A comparison with independent measurements via elemental analysis shows an accuracy of better than 9 ‰ for n-pentane, n-heptane, 4-methyl-2-pentanone, toluene and n-octane. Above a minimum required pre-concentrated compound mass the obtained δ 2H values are constant within the standard deviations. In addition, a remarkable influence of the pyrolysis process on the isotope ratios is found and discussed. Reliable measurements are only possible if the ceramic tube used for the pyrolysis is sufficiently conditioned, i.e. the inner surface is covered with a carbon layer. It is essential to verify this conditioning regularly and to renew it if required. Furthermore, influences of a necessary H3+ correction and the pyrolysis temperature on the isotope ratios are discussed. Finally, the applicability to measure hydrogen isotope ratios in VOCs at ambient levels is demonstrated with measurements of outside air on 5 different days in February and March 2015. The measured hydrogen isotope ratios range from -136 to -105 ‰ forn-pentane, from -86 to -63 ‰ for toluene, from -39 to -15 ‰ for ethylbenzene, from -99 to -68 ‰ for m/p-xylene and from -45 to -34 ‰ for o-xylene.

  14. Asymptotic Properties of Parabolic Systems for Null-Recurrent Switching Diffusions

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    R.Z.Khasminskii; C.Zhu; G.Yin

    2007-01-01

    This work is concerned with the asymptotic behavior of systems of parabolic equations arising from null-recurrent switching diffusions,which are diffusion processes modulated by continuous-time Markov chains.A sufficient condition for null recurrence is presented.Moreover,convergence rate of the solutions of systems of homogeneous parabolic equations under suitable conditions is established.Then a case study on verifying one of the conditions proposed is provided with the use of a two-state Markov chain.To verify the condition,boundary value problems(BVPs)for parabolic systems are treated,which are not the usual two-point BVP type.An extra condition in the interior is needed resulting in jump discontinuity of the derivative of the corresponding solution.

  15. Beam Tracking in Switched-Beam Antenna System for V2V Communication

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Settawit Poochaya

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents the proposed switched beam antenna system for V2V communication including optimum antenna half power beamwidth determination in urban road environments. SQP optimization method is selected for the computation of optimum antenna half power beamwidth. In addition, beam tracking algorithm is applied to guarantee the best beam selection with maximum RSSI. The results present the success of the proposed system with the increasing of V2V performance metrics. Also, V2V data dissemination via the proposed system introduces the enhancement of V2V link in terms of RSSI, PER, BER, Tsafe, and Rsafe. The results indicate the improvement of V2V link reliability. Consequently, the road safety is improved.

  16. Automatic switching and guidance system to facilitate unassisted uroflowmetry using commercial electronic devices.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Terai, Akito; Ueda, Nobufumi; Utsunomiya, Noriaki; Kohei, Naoki; Aoyama, Teruyoshi; Inoue, Koji

    2006-08-01

    To enable male patients to undergo uroflowmetry in a private condition without medical supervision, we devised an automatic switching and patient guidance system for the spinning disk uroflowmeter Urodyn 1000, using two commercial electronic devices (an infrared motion sensor tap and a memorizable vacuum fluorescent display). Instead of running the uroflowmeter continuously, which shortens the life of the spinning disk due to mechanical wear, an infrared motion sensor turns on the devices each time a patient enters the room. The patient urinates according to the timely instructions on the visible display and voided urine directly flows into a urinal. The devices are automatically turned off 5 min after the patient leaves the room. With the use of our system, men already acquainted with uroflowmetry could perform self-administered uroflowmetry any time in private. The system was considered useful for improving the quality of patient service.

  17. Characterization of non-contact torque transfer and switching system for superconducting flywheel

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ikeda, M., E-mail: m208005@sic.shibaura-it.ac.j [Superconducting Materials Laboratory, Shibaura Institute of Technology, 3-7-5, Toyosu, Koto-Ku, Tokyo 135-8548 (Japan); Takeda, K. [Superconducting Materials Laboratory, Shibaura Institute of Technology, 3-7-5, Toyosu, Koto-Ku, Tokyo 135-8548 (Japan); Hasegawa, H.; Seino, H.; Nagashima, K. [Railway Technical Research Institute, 2-8-38 Hikari-cho, Kokubunji, Tokyo 185-8540 (Japan); Murakami, M. [Superconducting Materials Laboratory, Shibaura Institute of Technology, 3-7-5, Toyosu, Koto-Ku, Tokyo 135-8548 (Japan)

    2010-11-01

    Superconducting flywheel energy storage system can store the energy for a long duration, in that the main body of a flywheel is placed in a vacuum chamber to minimize rotational loss, and is separated from a generation motor. The superconducting flywheel device need a non-contact system which can transfer the rotational torque without contact. A combination of two permanent magnets can transmit the power without contact. We calculated the torque forces and the field distributions of two types of magnetic arrays; repulsive type and Halbach type. Both magnetic circuits have respective inner and outer diameters of 61.5 and 144 mm and consist of eight poles of Fe-Nd-B permanent magnets 30 mm in thickness. We also studied the effects of the number of poles and the size on the transferable torque forces and found that a practical torque transfer and switching systems can be constructed with a combination of permanent magnetic circuits.

  18. Performance analysis of switch-based multiuser scheduling schemes with adaptive modulation in spectrum sharing systems

    KAUST Repository

    Qaraqe, Marwa

    2014-04-01

    This paper focuses on the development of multiuser access schemes for spectrum sharing systems whereby secondary users are allowed to share the spectrum with primary users under the condition that the interference observed at the primary receiver is below a predetermined threshold. In particular, two scheduling schemes are proposed for selecting a user among those that satisfy the interference constraint and achieve an acceptable signal-to-noise ratio level. The first scheme focuses on optimizing the average spectral efficiency by selecting the user that reports the best channel quality. In order to alleviate the relatively high feedback required by the first scheme, a second scheme based on the concept of switched diversity is proposed, where the base station (BS) scans the secondary users in a sequential manner until a user whose channel quality is above an acceptable predetermined threshold is found. We develop expressions for the statistics of the signal-to-interference and noise ratio as well as the average spectral efficiency, average feedback load, and the delay at the secondary BS. We then present numerical results for the effect of the number of users and the interference constraint on the optimal switching threshold and the system performance and show that our analysis results are in perfect agreement with the numerical results. © 2014 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  19. Control system of mutually coupled switched reluctance motor drive of mining machines in generator mode

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ivanov, A. S.; Kalanchin, I. Yu; Pugacheva, E. E.

    2017-09-01

    One of the first electric motors, based on the use of electromagnets, was a reluctance motor in the XIX century. Due to the complexities in the implementation of control system the development of switched reluctance electric machines was repeatedly initiated only in 1960 thanks to the development of computers and power electronic devices. The main feature of these machines is the capacity to work both in engine mode and in generator mode. Thanks to a simple and reliable design in which there is no winding of the rotor, commutator, permanent magnets, a reactive gate-inductor electric drive operating in the engine mode is actively being introduced into various areas such as car industry, production of household appliances, wind power engineering, as well as responsible production processes in the oil and mining industries. However, the existing shortcomings of switched reluctance electric machines, such as nonlinear pulsations of electromagnetic moment, the presence of three or four phase supply system and sensor of rotor position prevent wide distribution of this kind of electric machines.

  20. Research on Switched Reluctance Motor for Automobile Starter/Generator System

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    QUAN Li; LIU Qiang; ZHAO De-an; LIU Di-ji

    2006-01-01

    A self-designed and developed 12/10 switched reluctance motor(SRM)is chosen as the object of study and a prototype of 2.5 kW switched reluctance starter/generator with fly-wheel is designed based on the requirements of the selected engine (Changan Aotooc three-cylinder engine wagon) for the starter, generator and drive. The 36 V/42 V DC source system is applied to establishing the simulation-analyzing model of the motor. A finite-element (FE) analysis of its two-dimensional electromagnetic field is conducted to obtain the exact model of the motor. Systematic simulation is carried out combining with its power conversion circuit and control element. Meanwhile the starting process and performance of the system are studied and analyzed with special efforts. Satisfactory result is derived from the testing of the prototype:theoretical analysis is basically matched with the tested data, which proves the rationality and feasibility of the design procedures, systematic modeling and control strategies. Therefore, the new 12/10-structure scheme is put forward based on the development and analysis of various SRM and it meets the requirements of the researched motor in terms of the structural parameters.

  1. Early Warning System in ASEAN Countries Using Capital Market Index Return: Modiied Markov Regime Switching Model

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Imam Wahyudi

    2014-08-01

    Full Text Available Asia's  inancial  crisis  in  July  1997  affects  currency,  capital  market,  and  real  market throughout  Asian  countries.  Countries  in  southeast  region  (ASEAN,  including  Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, and Thailand, are some of the countries where the crisis hit  the  most.  In  these  countries,  where  inancial  sectors  are  far  more  developed  than  real sectors  and  the  money  market  sectors,  most  of  the  economic  activities  are  conducted  in capital  market.  Movement  in  the  capital  market  could  be  a  proxy  to  describe  the  overall economic  situation  and  therefore  the  prediction  of  it  could  be  an  early  warning  system  of economic crises. This paper tries to investigate movement in ASEAN (Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines,  Singapore,  and  Thailand  capital  market  to  build  an  early  warning  system from inancial sectors perspective. This paper will be very beneicial for the government to anticipate the forthcoming crisis. The insight of this paper is from Hamilton (1990 model of regime switching process in which he divide the movement of currency into two regimes, describe the switching transition based on Markov process and creates different model for each regimes. Differ from Hamilton, our research focuses on index return instead of currency to  model  the  regime  switching.  This  research  aimed  to  ind  the  probability  of  crisis  in  the future by combining the probability of switching and the probability distribution function of each  regime.  Probability  of  switching  is  estimated  by  categorizing  the  movement  in  index return  into  two  regimes  (negative  return  in  regime  1  and  positive  return  in  regime  2  then measuring  the  proportion  of  switching  to  regime  1  in  t  given  regime

  2. Particular geoscientific perspectives on stable isotope analysis in the arboreal system

    Science.gov (United States)

    Helle, Gerhard; Balting, Daniel; Pauly, Maren; Slotta, Franziska

    2017-04-01

    In geosciences stable isotopes of carbon, oxygen and hydrogen from the tree ring archive have been used for several decades to trace the course of past environmental and climatological fluctuations. In contrast to ice cores, the tree ring archive is of biological nature (like many other terrestrial archives), but provides the opportunity to establish site networks with very high resolution in space and time. Many of the basic physical mechanisms of isotope shifts are known, but biologically mediated processes may lead to isotope effects that are poorly understood. This implies that the many processes within the arboreal system leading to archived isotope ratios in wood material are governed by a multitude of environmental variables that are not only tied to the isotopic composition of atmospheric source values (precipitation, CO2), but also to seasonally changing metabolic flux rates and pool sizes of photosynthates within the trees. Consequently, the extraction of climate and environmental information is particularly challenging and reconstructions are still of rather qualitative nature. Over the last 10 years or so, monitoring studies have been implemented to investigate stable isotope, climate and environmental signal transfer within the arboreal system to develop transfer or response functions that can translate the relevant isotope values extracted from tree rings into climate or other environmental variables. To what extent have these efforts lead to a better understanding that helps improving the meaningfulness of tree ring isotope signals? For example, do monitoring studies help deciphering the causes for age-related trends in tree ring stable isotope sequences that are published in a growing number of papers. Are existing monitoring studies going into detail enough or is it already too much effort for the outcome? Based on what we know already particularly in mesic habitats, tree ring stable isotopes are much better climate proxies than other tree ring

  3. Contact behavior evolution induced by damage growth in radio-frequency microelectromechanical system switches

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wu, Y.; Peroulis, D.

    2015-02-01

    This study provides a two-contact-event model to explain the evolution of the contact behavior of microelectromechanical system (MEMS) switches through their lifetime. The succession of two dynamic contact events is carefully considered during actuation inspired by experimental observations. The contact between the MEMS switch tip and the drain can be treated as an effective contact between an elastic hemisphere and a rigid plane. If the first contact event results in elastic deformation, the effective hemisphere will fully recover. Consequently, the subsequent contact event also produces elastic deformation. If, on the other hand, the first contact event induces elastoplastic or plastic deformation, a residual depth will be produced between the hemisphere and the rigid plane. The contact force of the subsequent contact event can be significantly reduced due to this additional residual depth. With the growth of residual depth during the switch cycling process, the modeling results show three possible situations of contact radius evolution: (1) The contact radius increases to a maximum value and then decreases to zero; (2) the contact radius increases to one local maximum value; then decreases to a local minimum value; subsequently increases again to another maximum value, and finally decreases to zero; and (3) the contact radius increases to one maximum value and then decreases to zero; after an intermittent response, the contact radius increases again to another maximum value and finally decreases to zero. Furthermore, the Maxwell spreading formula is applied to determine the contact resistance which is inversely proportional to the contact radius. Three situations of contact resistance evolution corresponding to the evolution of contact radius are obtained. All three situations are also observed and validated by the experimental results.

  4. Entropy analysis of stable isotopes in precipitation: tracing the monsoon systems in China.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Tao; Chen, Jiansheng; Li, Ling

    2016-08-10

    Due to the complexity of monsoon systems and random behaviors of isotope tracers, conventional methods are not adequate for uncovering detailed information about monsoon activities from typically limited precipitation isotope data. We developed a new approach based on the entropy theory to analyze such data with a focus on the monsoon systems in China, dealing with the complexity of these systems and data deficiency. Using precipitation isotope data from 42 selected stations in and around China within the GNIP network, we computed entropies associated with D and (18)O. These entropies were found to relate linearly to each other with a proportionality factor close to unity. The spatial variations of the D and (18)O entropy in the study area revealed the origins, extents and pathways of the Chinese monsoon systems, as well as their interactions. While further investigation is needed at a greater (global) scale, this study has demonstrated how the entropy theory enables an in-depth analysis of precipitation isotope data to trace the pathway and determine the range of a monsoon system.

  5. Output regulation of switched linear multi-agent systems: an agent-dependent average dwell time method

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jia, Hongwei; Zhao, Jun

    2016-08-01

    The output regulation problem of switched linear multi-agent systems with stabilisable and unstabilisable subsystems is investigated in this paper. A sufficient condition for the solvability of the problem is given. Owing to the characteristics of switched multi-agent systems, even if each agent has its own dwell time, the multi-agent systems, if viewed as an overall switched system, may not have a dwell time. To overcome this difficulty, we present a new approach, called an agent-dependent average dwell time method. Due to the limited information exchange between agents, a distributed dynamic observer network for agents is provided. Further, a distributed dynamic controller based on observer is designed. Finally, simulation results show the effectiveness of the proposed solutions.

  6. Kilowatt Isotope Power System. Phase I. System test report. 78-KIPS-33

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    1978-06-29

    The KIPS Ground Demonstration System (GDS) was designed to simulate, as closely as possible, a Flight System Conceptual Design (FSCD). No radiator was incorporated and electric heat sources were used in place of isotope heat sources. To minimize air in-leakage and to simulate heat losses associated with space operation, the system was operated in a vacuum chamber. Initial testing was performed on the development system which did not incorporate a high performance turbine or non-condensing configuration of the cold liquid passages in certain regenerator vapor regions. After testing of the development system and retrofit to the GDS configuration, which included improvements in the above two items, the GDS was installed in the test chamber. Testing to date showed the GDS configuration has demonstrated a system efficiency of greater than 15%. Satisfactory heat balances have been calculated on most system components, permitting evaluation of component performance. Certain performance deficiencies currently exist which prevented the 18% efficiency goal being attained. These can be corrected with further development.

  7. Switching Controller Design for a Class of Markovian Jump Nonlinear Systems Using Stochastic Small-Gain Theorem

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jin Zhu

    2009-01-01

    Full Text Available Switching controller design for a class of Markovian jump nonlinear systems with unmodeled dynamics is considered in this paper. Based on the differential equation and infinitesimal generator of jump systems, the concept of Jump Input-to-State practical Stability (JISpS in probability and stochastic Lyapunov stability criterion are put forward. By using backsetpping technology and stochastic small-gain theorem, a switching controller is proposed which ensures JISpS in probability for the jump nonlinear system. A simulation example illustrates the validity of this design.

  8. Deuterium isotope effects on 13C chemical shifts of negatively charged NH.N systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hansen, Poul Erik; Pietrzak, Mariusz; Grech, Eugeniusz

    2013-01-01

    Deuterium isotope effects on 13C chemical shifts are investigated in anions of 1,8-bis(4-toluenesulphonamido)naphthalenes together with N,N-(naphthalene-1,8-diyl)bis(2,2,2-trifluoracetamide) all with bis(1,8-dimethylamino)napthaleneH+ as counter ion. These compounds represent both “static......” and equilibrium cases. NMR assignments of the former have been revised. The NH proton is deuteriated. The isotope effects on 13C chemical shifts are rather unusual in these strongly hydrogen bonded systems between a NH and a negatively charged nitrogen atom. The formal four-bond effects are found to be negative...

  9. Preventing catastrophes in spatially extended systems through dynamic switching of random interactions

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    Anshul Choudhary; Vivek Kohar; Sudeshna Sinha

    2015-02-01

    In this paper, we review and extend the results from our recently published work [Scientific Reports (Nature) 4, 4308] on taming explosive growth in spatially extended systems. Specifically, we consider collections of relaxation oscillators, which are relevant to modelling phenomena ranging from engineering to biology, under varying coupling topologies. We find that the system witnesses unbounded growth under regular connections on a ring, for sufficiently strong coupling strengths. However, when a fraction of the regular connections are dynamically rewired to random links, this blow-up is suppressed. We present the critical value of random links necessary for successful prevention of explosive growth in the oscillators for varying network rewiring time-scales. Further, we outline our analysis on the possible mechanisms behind the occurrence of catastrophes and how the switching of links helps to suppress them.

  10. Leader-Following Consensus of Linear Multiagent Systems with State Observer under Switching Topologies

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Lixin Gao

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available The leader-following consensus problem of higher order multiagent systems is considered. The dynamics of each agent are given in general form of linear system, and the communication topology among the agents is assumed to be directed and switching. To track the leader, two kinds of distributed observer-based consensus protocols are proposed for each following agent, whose distributed observers are used to estimate the leader’s state and tracking error based on the relative outputs of the neighboring agents, respectively. Some sufficient consensus conditions are established by using parameter-dependent Lyapunov function method under a class of directed interaction topologies. As special cases, the consensus conditions for balanced and undirected interconnection topology cases can be obtained directly. The protocol design technique is based on algebraic graph theory, Riccati equation, and Sylvester equation. Finally, a simulation example is given to illustrate our obtained result.

  11. Observer-Based Robust Tracking Control for a Class of Switched Nonlinear Cascade Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ben Niu

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper is devoted to robust output feedback tracking control design for a class of switched nonlinear cascade systems. The main goal is to ensure the global input-to-state stable (ISS property of the tracking error nonlinear dynamics with respect to the unknown structural system uncertainties and external disturbances. First, a nonlinear observer is constructed through state transformation to reconstruct the unavailable states, where only one parameter should be determined. Then, by virtue of the nonlinear sliding mode control (SMC, a discontinuous nonlinear output feedback controller is designed using a backstepping like design procedure to ensure the ISS property. Finally, an example is provided to show the effectiveness of the proposed approach.

  12. Robust Filtering for a Class of Networked Nonlinear Systems With Switching Communication Channels.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhang, Lixian; Yin, Xunyuan; Ning, Zepeng; Ye, Dong

    2016-02-15

    This paper is concerned with the problem of robust filter design for a class of discrete-time networked nonlinear systems. The Takagi-Sugeno fuzzy model is employed to represent the underlying nonlinear dynamics. A multi-channel communication scheme that involves a channel switching phenomenon described by a Markov chain is proposed for data transmission. Two typical communication imperfections, network-induced time-varying delays and packet dropouts are considered in each channel. The objective of this paper is to design an admissible filter such that the filter error system is stochastically stable and ensures a prescribed disturbance attenuation level bound. Based on the Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional method and matrix inequality techniques, sufficient conditions on the existence of the desired filter are obtained. A numerical example is provided to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed design approach.

  13. Robust fault detection for switched positive linear systems with time-varying delays.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Xiang, Mei; Xiang, Zhengrong

    2014-01-01

    This paper investigates the problem of robust fault detection for a class of switched positive linear systems with time-varying delays. The fault detection filter is used as the residual generator, in which the filter parameters are dependent on the system mode. Attention is focused on designing the positive filter such that, for model uncertainties, unknown inputs and the control inputs, the error between the residual and fault is minimized. The problem of robust fault detection is converted into a positive L1 filtering problem. Subsequently, by constructing an appropriate multiple co-positive type Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional, as well as using the average dwell time approach, sufficient conditions for the solvability of this problem are established in terms of linear matrix inequalities (LMIs). Two illustrative examples are provided to show the effectiveness and applicability of the proposed results.

  14. A supercritical oxidation system for the determination of carbon isotope ratios in marine dissolved organic carbon

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Le Clercq, Martijn; Van der Plicht, Johannes; Meijer, Harro A.J.

    1998-01-01

    An analytical oxidation system employing supercritical oxidation has been developed. It is designed to measure concentration and the natural carbon isotope ratios (C-13, C-14) Of dissolved organic carbon (DOC) and is especially suited for marine samples. The oxidation takes place in a ceramic tube a

  15. Baseline identification in stable isotope studies of temperate lotic systems and implications for calculated trophic positions

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Kristensen, Peter Brinkmann; Riis, Tenna; Dylmer, Hans Erik;

    2016-01-01

    Relationships between land use and stream consumer δ15N values are well established and, as a consequence, different primary consumers have been suggested as suitable system-specific baseline indicators in isotope studies of trophic structure. These baselines are often based on bulked data includ...

  16. Stability of large DC power systems using switching converters, with application to the international space station

    Science.gov (United States)

    Manners, B.; Gholdston, E. W.; Karimi, K.; Lee, F. C.; Rajagopalan, J.; Panov, Y.

    1996-01-01

    As space direct current (dc) power systems continue to grow in size, switching power converters are playing an ever larger role in power conditioning and control. When designing a large dc system using power converters of this type, special attention must be placed on the electrical stability of the system and of the individual loads on the system. In the design of the electric power system (EPS) of the International Space Station (ISS), the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) and its contractor team led by Boeing Defense & Space Group has placed a great deal of emphasis on designing for system and load stability. To achieve this goal, the team has expended considerable effort deriving a dear concept on defining system stability in both a general sense and specifically with respect to the space station. The ISS power system presents numerous challenges with respect to system stability, such as high power, complex sources and undefined loads. To complicate these issues, source and load components have been designed in parallel by three major subcontractors (Boeing, Rocketdyne, and McDonnell Douglas) with interfaces to both sources and loads being designed in different countries (Russia, Japan, Canada, Europe, etc.). These issues, coupled with the program goal of limiting costs, have proven a significant challenge to the program. As a result, the program has derived an impedance specification approach for system stability. This approach is based on the significant relationship between source and load impedances and the effect of this relationship on system stability. This approach is limited in its applicability by the theoretical and practical limits on component designs as presented by each system segment. As a result, the overall approach to system stability implemented by the ISS program consists of specific hardware requirements coupled with extensive system analysis and hardware testing. Following this approach, the ISS program plans to begin

  17. PLANETARY-SCALE STRONTIUM ISOTOPIC HETEROGENEITY AND THE AGE OF VOLATILE DEPLETION OF EARLY SOLAR SYSTEM MATERIALS

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Moynier, Frederic; Podosek, Frank A. [Department of Earth and Planetary Science and McDonnell Center for Space Sciences, Washington University, St. Louis, MO 63130 (United States); Day, James M. D. [Geosciences Research Division, Scripps Institution of Oceanography, La Jolla, CA 92093-0244 (United States); Okui, Wataru; Yokoyama, Tetsuya [Department of Earth and Planetary Sciences, Tokyo Institute of Technology, Tokyo 152-8551 (Japan); Bouvier, Audrey [Department of Earth Sciences, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 55455-0231 (United States); Walker, Richard J., E-mail: moynier@levee.wustl.edu, E-mail: fap@levee.wustl.edu, E-mail: jmdday@ucsd.edu, E-mail: rjwalker@umd.edu, E-mail: okui.w.aa@m.titech.ac.jp, E-mail: tetsuya.yoko@geo.titech.ac.jp, E-mail: abouvier@umn.edu [Department of Geology, University of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742 (United States)

    2012-10-10

    Isotopic anomalies in planetary materials reflect both early solar nebular heterogeneity inherited from presolar stellar sources and processes that generated non-mass-dependent isotopic fractionations. The characterization of isotopic variations in heavy elements among early solar system materials yields important insight into the stellar environment and formation of the solar system, and about initial isotopic ratios relevant to long-term chronological applications. One such heavy element, strontium, is a central element in the geosciences due to wide application of the long-lived {sup 87}Rb-{sup 87}Sr radioactive as a chronometer. We show that the stable isotopes of Sr were heterogeneously distributed at both the mineral scale and the planetary scale in the early solar system, and also that the Sr isotopic heterogeneities correlate with mass-independent oxygen isotope variations, with only CI chondrites plotting outside of this correlation. The correlation implies that most solar system material formed by mixing of at least two isotopically distinct components: a CV-chondrite-like component and an O-chondrite-like component, and possibly a distinct CI-chondrite-like component. The heterogeneous distribution of Sr isotopes may indicate that variations in initial {sup 87}Sr/{sup 86}Sr of early solar system materials reflect isotopic heterogeneity instead of having chronological significance, as interpreted previously. For example, given the differences in {sup 84}Sr/{sup 86}Sr between calcium aluminum inclusions and eucrites ({epsilon}{sup 84}Sr > 2), the difference in age between these materials would be {approx}6 Ma shorter than previously interpreted, placing the Sr chronology in agreement with other long- and short-lived isotope systems, such as U-Pb and Mn-Cr.

  18. Exponential Admissibility and Dynamic Output Feedback Control of Switched Singular Systems with Interval Time-Varying Delay

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jinxing Lin

    2010-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper is concerned with the problems of exponential admissibility and dynamic output feedback (DOF control for a class of continuous-time switched singular systems with interval time-varying delay. A full-order, dynamic, synchronously switched DOF controller is considered. First, by using the average dwell time approach, a delay-range-dependent exponential admissibility criterion for the unforced switched singular time-delay system is established in terms of linear matrix inequalities (LMIs. Then, based on this criterion, a sufficient condition on the existence of a desired DOF controller, which guarantees that the closed-loop system is regular, impulse free and exponentially stable, is proposed by employing the LMI technique. Finally, some illustrative examples are given to show the effectiveness of the proposed approach.

  19. Fault detection for singular switched linear systems with multiple time-varying delay in finite frequency domain

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhai, Ding; Lu, Anyang; Li, Jinghao; Zhang, Qingling

    2016-10-01

    This paper deals with the problem of the fault detection (FD) for continuous-time singular switched linear systems with multiple time-varying delay. In this paper, the actuator fault is considered. Besides, the systems faults and unknown disturbances are assumed in known frequency domains. Some finite frequency performance indices are initially introduced to design the switched FD filters which ensure that the filtering augmented systems under switching signal with average dwell time are exponentially admissible and guarantee the fault input sensitivity and disturbance robustness. By developing generalised Kalman-Yakubovic-Popov lemma and using Parseval's theorem and Fourier transform, finite frequency delay-dependent sufficient conditions for the existence of such a filter which can guarantee the finite-frequency H- and H∞ performance are derived and formulated in terms of linear matrix inequalities. Four examples are provided to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed finite frequency method.

  20. Lead isotope evidence for a young formation age of the Earth-Moon system

    Science.gov (United States)

    Connelly, J. N.; Bizzarro, M.

    2016-10-01

    A model of a giant impact between two planetary bodies is widely accepted to account for the Earth-Moon system. Despite the importance of this event for understanding early Earth evolution and the inventory of Earth's volatiles critical to life, the timing of the impact is poorly constrained. We explore a data-based, two-stage Pb isotope evolution model in which the timing of the loss of volatile Pb relative to refractory U in the aftermath of the giant impact is faithfully recorded in the Pb isotopes of bulk silicate Earth. Constraining the first stage Pb isotopic evolution permits calculating an age range of 4.426-4.417 Ga for the inflection in the U/Pb ratio related to the giant impact. This model is supported by Pb isotope data for angrite meteorites that we use to demonstrate volatility-driven, planetary-scale Pb loss was an efficient process during the early Solar System. The revised age is ∼100 Myr younger than most current estimates for the age of the Moon but fully consistent with recent ages for lunar ferroan anorthosite and the timing of Earth's first crust inferred from the terrestrial zircon record. The estimated loss of ∼98% of terrestrial Pb relative to the Solar System bulk composition by the end of the Moon-forming process implies that the current inventory of Earth's most volatile elements, including water, arrived during post-impact veneering by volatile-rich bodies.

  1. Impact on plate waste of switching from a tray to a trayless delivery system in a university dining hall and employee response to the switch.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Thiagarajah, Krisha; Getty, Victoria M

    2013-01-01

    A potential strategy for decreasing food waste in foodservice operations is trayless dining. The objective of this 2010 study was to compare the impact of using a tray vs a trayless system on plate waste and on employees' attitudes. To test the hypothesis that going trayless would reduce waste, liquid and solid plate waste were measured for 1 week with the then-existing tray system and again after a new trayless system was implemented in a buffet-style university dining hall serving roughly1,000 meals a day. Foodservice staff were invited to participate in a focus group about the impact on their jobs. The investigators calculated plate waste per patron under the two systems and used an independent samples t test to examine the significance of the difference. Comments from the focus group were analyzed for themes. A significant decrease in solid waste per patron (0.81 oz; P=0.001) was observed in switching from the tray to the trayless system (4.39 ± 0.24 oz vs 3.58 ± 0.08 oz per patron). A nonsignificant reduction was observed with liquid waste (49.77 ± 2.62 mL vs 46.36 ± 4.51 mL; P=0.18). Most of the employees preferred the trayless system as long as it did reduce waste, but felt that increased breakage of dishware and increased need to wipe down tables were possible concerns resulting from the switch. This study demonstrates that trayless dining can reduce plate waste, and that employees can be supportive of the change.

  2. Progress of the AVNG System - Attribute Verification System with Information Barriers for Mass Isotopics Measurements.

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Budnikov, D. (Dmitry); Bulatov, M. (Mikhail); Jarikhine, I. (Igor); Lebedev, B. (Boris); Livke, A. (Alexander); Modenov, A.; Morkin, A. (Anton); Razinkov, S. (Sergei); Tsaregorodtsev, D. (Dmitry); Vlokh, A. (Andrey); Yakovleva, S. (Svetlana); Elmont, T. H. (Timothy H.); Langner, D. C. (Diana C.); MacArthur, D. W. (Duncan W.); Mayo, D. R. (Douglas R.); Smith, M. K. (Morag K.); Luke, S. J. (S. John)

    2005-01-01

    An attribute verification system (AVNG) with information barriers for mass and isotopics measurements has been designed and its fabrication is nearly completed. The AVNG is being built by scientists at the Russian Federal Nuclear Center-VNIIEF, with support of Los Alamos National Laboratory (LANL) and Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory (LLNL). Such a system could be used to verify the presence of several unclassified attributes of classified material with no classified information release. The system is comprised of a neutron multiplicity counter and gamma-spectrometry system based on a high purity germanium gamma detector (nominal relative efficiency @ 1332 keV 50%) and digital gamma-ray spectrometer DSPEC{sup PLUS}. The neutron multiplicity counter is a three ring counter with 164 {sup 3}He tubes. The system was designed to measure prototype containers 491 mm in diameter and 503 mm high. This paper provides a brief history of the project and documents the progress of this effort with drawings and photographs.

  3. PROGRESS OF THE AVNG SYSTEM - ATTRIBUTE VERIFICATION SYSTEM WITH INFORMATION BARRIERS FOR MASS AND ISOTOPICS MEASUREMENTS

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Budnikov, D; Bulatov, M; Jarikhine, I; Lebedev, B; Livke, A; Modenov, A; Morkin, A; Razinkov, S; Safronov, S; Tsaregorodtsev, D; Vlokh, A; Yakovleva, S; Elmont, T; Langner, D; MacArthur, D; Mayo, D; Smith, M; Luke, S J

    2005-05-27

    An attribute verification system (AVNG) with information barriers for mass and isotopics measurements has been designed and its fabrication is nearly completed. The AVNG is being built by scientists at the Russian Federal Nuclear Center-VNIIEF, with support of Los Alamos National Laboratory (LANL) and Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory (LLNL). Such a system could be used to verify the presence of several unclassified attributes of classified material with no classified information release. The system is comprised of a neutron multiplicity counter and gamma-spectrometry system based on a high purity germanium gamma detector (nominal relative efficiency {at} 1332 keV 50%) and digital gamma-ray spectrometer DSPEC{sup PLUS}. The neutron multiplicity counter is a three ring counter with 164 {sup 3}He tubes. The system was designed to measure prototype containers 491 mm in diameter and 503 mm high. This paper provides a brief history of the project and documents the progress of this effort with drawings and photographs.

  4. Oxygen isotope fractionation in the CaCO3-DIC-H2O system

    Science.gov (United States)

    Devriendt, Laurent S.; Watkins, James M.; McGregor, Helen V.

    2017-10-01

    The oxygen isotope ratio (δ18O) of inorganic and biogenic carbonates is widely used to reconstruct past environments. However, the oxygen isotope exchange between CaCO3 and H2O rarely reaches equilibrium and kinetic isotope effects (KIE) commonly complicate paleoclimate reconstructions. We present a comprehensive model of kinetic and equilibrium oxygen isotope fractionation between CaCO3 and water (αc/w) that accounts for fractionation between both (a) CaCO3 and the CO32- pool (α c / CO32-) , and (b) CO32- and water (α CO32- / w) , as a function of temperature, pH, salinity, calcite saturation state (Ω), the residence time of the dissolved inorganic carbon (DIC) in solution, and the activity of the enzyme carbonic anhydrase. The model results suggest that: (1) The equilibrium αc/w is only approached in solutions with low Ω (i.e. close to 1) and low ionic strength such as in the cave system of Devils Hole, Nevada. (2) The sensitivity of αc/w to the solution pH and/or the mineral growth rate depends on the level of isotopic equilibration between the CO32- pool and water. When the CO32- pool approaches isotopic equilibrium with water, small negative pH and/or growth rate effects on αc/w of about 1-2‰ occur where these parameters covary with Ω. In contrast, isotopic disequilibrium between CO32- and water leads to strong (>2‰) positive or negative pH and growth rate effects on α CO32-/ w (and αc/w) due to the isotopic imprint of oxygen atoms derived from HCO3-, CO2, H2O and/or OH-. (3) The temperature sensitivity of αc/w originates from the negative effect of temperature on α CO32-/ w and is expected to deviate from the commonly accepted value (-0.22 ± 0.02‰/°C between 0 and 30 °C; Kim and O'Neil, 1997) when the CO32- pool is not in isotopic equilibrium with water. (4) The model suggests that the δ18O of planktic and benthic foraminifers reflects a quantitative precipitation of DIC in isotopic equilibrium with a high-pH calcifying fluid, leading

  5. Finite-time H∞ control for a class of discrete-time switched time-delay systems with quantized feedback

    Science.gov (United States)

    Song, Haiyu; Yu, Li; Zhang, Dan; Zhang, Wen-An

    2012-12-01

    This paper is concerned with the finite-time quantized H∞ control problem for a class of discrete-time switched time-delay systems with time-varying exogenous disturbances. By using the sector bound approach and the average dwell time method, sufficient conditions are derived for the switched system to be finite-time bounded and ensure a prescribed H∞ disturbance attenuation level, and a mode-dependent quantized state feedback controller is designed by solving an optimization problem. Two illustrative examples are provided to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed theoretical results.

  6. Modeling and Simulation of a Novel Switched Reluctance Motor Drive System with Power Factor Improvement

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    G. Venkatesan

    2006-01-01

    Full Text Available This study presents a novel Switched Reluctance Motor (SRM drive system with power factor improvement. Recently, many of the converters with variable speed drives have no input power factor correction circuits. This results in harmonic pollution of the utility supply, which should be avoided. The effect of power factor variation in terms of harmonic content is also analyzed in this study. The different operations like single pulse, soft chopping and hard chopping modes are done with and without a power factor controller. This study describes the buck - boost converter topology with above said methods for SRM drive. The boost converter is used to improve the input sinusoidal current and the buck converter is used to regulate the dc source voltage. The proposed topologies were simulated using MATLAB / Simulink software package and the results were obtained. The computer simulation results support the proposed methods.

  7. Adaptive Synchronization of Networked Euler-Lagrange Systems with Directed Switching Top ology

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    GUO Hai-Bo; LI Hua-Yi; ZHONG Wei-Chao; ZHANG Shi-Jie; CAO Xi-Bin

    2014-01-01

    In this paper, the cooperative control problem of networked Euler-Lagrange systems with parametric uncertainties and unidirectional interaction is addressed under dynamically changing topology. As the communication graph evolves over time, a distributed control law via local effective interactions is designed. Adaptive techniques are used to deal with parametric uncertainties in the dynamics. With a continuous Lyapunov function, it is obtained that synchronization can still be achieved asymptotically as long as the union graph of the switching topologies has a directed spanning tree frequently enough. Extensions to disturbance rejection problems are also addressed using simple disturbance-observer or sliding mode control scheme. Illustrative examples with comparing simulation in the context of attitude synchronization of five non-identical spacecraft are further presented to show the effectiveness of the proposed cooperative control strategy.

  8. Robust consensus tracking control for multiagent systems with initial state shifts, disturbances, and switching topologies.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Meng, Deyuan; Jia, Yingmin; Du, Junping

    2015-04-01

    This paper deals with the consensus tracking control issues of multiagent systems and aims to solve them as accurately as possible over a finite time interval through an iterative learning approach. Based on the iterative rule, distributed algorithms are proposed for every agent using its nearest neighbor knowledge, for which the robustness problem is addressed against initial state shifts, disturbances, and switching topologies. These uncertainties are dynamically changing not only along the time axis but also the iteration axis. It is shown that the matrix norm conditions can be developed to achieve the convergence of the considered consensus tracking objectives, for which necessary and sufficient conditions are presented in terms of linear matrix inequalities to guarantee their feasibility in the sense of the spectral norm. Furthermore, simulation examples are given to illustrate the effectiveness and robustness of the obtained consensus tracking results.

  9. Chlorine isotope geochemistry of Icelandic thermal fluids: Implications for geothermal system behavior at divergent plate boundaries

    Science.gov (United States)

    Stefánsson, Andri; Barnes, Jaime D.

    2016-09-01

    The chlorine isotope composition of thermal fluids from Iceland were measured in order to evaluate the source of chlorine and possible chlorine isotope fractionation in geothermal systems at divergent plate boundaries. The geothermal systems studied have a wide range of reservoir temperatures from 40 to 437 °C and in-situ pH of 6.15 to 7.15. Chlorine concentrations range from 5.2 to 171 ppm and δ37 Cl values are -0.3 to + 2.1 ‰ (n = 38). The δ37 Cl values of the thermal fluids are interpreted to reflect the source of the chlorine in the fluids. Geothermal processes such as secondary mineral formation, aqueous and vapor speciation and boiling were found to have minimal effects on the δ37 Cl values. However, further work is needed on incorporation of Cl into secondary minerals and its effect on Cl isotope fractionation. Results of isotope geochemical modeling demonstrate that the range of δ37 Cl values documented in the natural thermal fluids can be explained by leaching of the basaltic rocks by meteoric source water under geothermal conditions. Magmatic gas partitioning may also contribute to the source of Cl in some cases. The range of δ37 Cl values of the fluids result mainly from the large range of δ37 Cl values observed for Icelandic basalts, which range from -0.6 to + 1.2 ‰.

  10. Tap water isotope ratios reflect urban water system structure and dynamics across a semiarid metropolitan area

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jameel, Yusuf; Brewer, Simon; Good, Stephen P.; Tipple, Brett J.; Ehleringer, James R.; Bowen, Gabriel J.

    2016-08-01

    Water extraction for anthropogenic use has become a major flux in the hydrological cycle. With increasing demand for water and challenges supplying it in the face of climate change, there is a pressing need to better understand connections between human populations, climate, water extraction, water use, and its impacts. To understand these connections, we collected and analyzed stable isotopic ratios of more than 800 urban tap water samples in a series of semiannual water surveys (spring and fall, 2013-2015) across the Salt Lake Valley (SLV) of northern Utah. Consistent with previous work, we found that mean tap water had a lower 2H and 18O concentration than local precipitation, highlighting the importance of nearby montane winter precipitation as source water for the region. However, we observed strong and structured spatiotemporal variation in tap water isotopic compositions across the region which we attribute to complex distribution systems, varying water management practices and multiple sources used across the valley. Water from different sources was not used uniformly throughout the area and we identified significant correlation between water source and demographic parameters including population and income. Isotopic mass balance indicated significant interannual and intra-annual variability in water losses within the distribution network due to evaporation from surface water resources supplying the SLV. Our results demonstrate the effectiveness of isotopes as an indicator of water management strategies and climate impacts within regional urban water systems, with potential utility for monitoring, regulation, forensic, and a range of water resource research.

  11. Can Galactic chemical evolution explain the oxygen isotopic variations in the Solar System?

    CERN Document Server

    Lugaro, Maria; Ireland, Trevor R; Maddison, Sarah T

    2012-01-01

    A number of objects in primitive meteorites have oxygen isotopic compositions that place them on a distinct, mass-independent fractionation line with a slope of one on a three-isotope plot. The most popular model for describing how this fractionation arose assumes that CO self-shielding produced 16O-rich CO and 16O-poor H2O, where the H2O subsequently combined with interstellar dust to form relatively 16O-poor solids within the Solar Nebula. Another model for creating the different reservoirs of 16O-rich gas and 16O-poor solids suggests that these reservoirs were produced by Galactic chemical evolution (GCE) if the Solar System dust component was somewhat younger than the gas component and both components were lying on the line of slope one in the O three-isotope plot. We argue that GCE is not the cause of mass-independent fractionation of the oxygen isotopes in the Solar System. The GCE scenario is in contradiction with observations of the 18O/17O ratios in nearby molecular clouds and young stellar objects. ...

  12. Improved Multicast Traffic Scheduling Scheme in the Packet-Switching Systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    SONG Mei-na; SONG Jun-de; LI Hong-wen

    2004-01-01

    This paper proposes a new switching scheme of switch fabric, which is named Multicast-enabled Protocol Agnostic Forwarding Engine (M-PAFE). M-PAFE is a central scheduling crossbar-based switch fabric with embedded Combined Input and Output Queue from the queuing view. An extra switching path is dedicated for multicast cell processing in M-PAFE. And the simulation results are provided to evaluate the performance of M-PAFE in comparison with ESLIP, which is a well-known algorithm implemented in Cisco 12000 routers.

  13. Dial-up switched 56,000 bits-per-second teleradiology system

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dwyer, Samuel J., III; Templeton, Arch W.; Stewart, Brent K.; Honeyman, Janice C.

    1992-07-01

    A dial-up, wide bandwidth, digital teleradiology system was implemented between Irwin Army Community Hospital (Fort Riley, Kansas), Munson Army Community Hospital (Fort Leavenworth, Kansas), and the University of Kansas (KU) Medical Center (Kansas City, Kansas). A laser film digitizer and a gray scale display system were used at Irwin and Munson Army Community Hospitals to digitize radiographic films and display digital images. A laser film printer at KU Medical Center generates a film hardcopy of the transmitted digital data and an interactive gray scale display is used to review the digital image data. The communication system consists of dial-up, switched, multiple 56,000 bits per second digital channels, transmitting digital image data in parallel. Conventional radiographic films, multiformat camera films, and laser printed films from multimodality imaging systems-- computed tomography (CT), magnetic resonance (MR), ultrasound (US), nuclear medicine (NM), digital fluorography, and phosphor plate computed radiography (CR)--have been successfully digitized, transmitted, and laser film recorded or gray scale displayed. It is concluded that the implemented dial-up, wide bandwidth, multiple 56,000 bits per second digital teleradiology system provides clinically acceptable image quality reproductions.

  14. Mock-up Test for Isotope Target Transport and Cooling System

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Yoon, Sang-pil; Kwon, Hyeok-jung; Kim, Han-sung; Cho, Yong-sub; Chung, Bo-hyun; Seol, Kyung-tae; Song, Young-gi; Kim, Dae-il; Min, Yi-sub [KOMAC, Gyeongju (Korea, Republic of)

    2015-10-15

    In this paper, we described the design and fabrication of the test mock-up of target transport and cooling system for the isotope production by using the 100-MeV proton irradiation. For Sr-82 production, RbCl target and aluminum dummy target was prepared. These targets are contained in the target carrier, which could transported by drive chain and guide rail system. Korea multi-purpose Accelerator Complex (KOMAC) has a plan to construct the new proton beam irradiation facility for the production of radioisotopes. Sr-82 and Cu-67 were selected as the target isotope in this facility, they are promising isotope for the PET imaging and cancer therapy. To produce Sr-82 by 100- MeV proton irradiation, RbCl were chosen as a target material due to their high melting point and easy separation. For the facility construction, we have designed targetry system which consists of target, target transport system and target cooling system. This paper describes the details of targetry system.

  15. Insights on Biogeochemistry from the Triple Isotope System of Nitrate (Invited)

    Science.gov (United States)

    Meixner, T.; Michalski, G. M.; Dejwahk, N.; Riha, K. M.; Lohse, K. A.; Gallo, E. L.; McIntosh, J. C.; Brooks, P. D.

    2013-12-01

    Given its central role in biogeochemistry, its multiple valences and the reactive and unreactive gaseous forms, the nitrogen cycle has long proven a difficult biogeochemical system to unravel. The oxidized form of nitrogen, nitrate, has been of particular interest due to its hydrologic mobility and role as a common groundwater contaminant. While the use of δ15N and δ18O of nitrate have long helped us over the last decade to distinguish sources of contaminant and biogeochemical processes, such as nitrate reduction, the addition of Δ17O (the triple isotope approach) has quantified the variability and importance of atmospheric contributions of nitrate, as well as the fate and transport of nitrate in natural environments. In the process of following this atmospherically sourced nitrate through hydrologic systems we have been further able to elucidate the loss and transformation processes that influence nitrate of all origins in the environment. Here, we will highlight the utility of the triple isotope system in a semi-arid system with reference to studies in other settings. The Tucson basin has four main sources of nitrogen- atmospheric deposition, terrestrial N fixation, anthropogenic fertilizer, and sewage effluent. The triple isotope system enabled the identification of denitrification as a major loss pathway after effluent discharge. We were also able to quantify the contribution of atmospheric nitrate directly to the regional groundwater system, and identify spatial patterns in surface water and groundwater. By bringing additional nitrogen budget and tracer data to bear we were able to constrain the biogeochemical cycling of N in the Tucson basin. This study offers lessons for those working on the N cycle in other settings and the triple isotope system offers a unique tool to help isolate the different processes that influence nitrate concentrations in natural waters.

  16. What makes the lac-pathway switch : identifying the fluctuations that trigger phenotype switching in gene regulatory systems

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Bhogale, Prasanna M; Sorg, Robin A; Veening, Jan-Willem; Berg, Johannes

    2014-01-01

    Multistable gene regulatory systems sustain different levels of gene expression under identical external conditions. Such multistability is used to encode phenotypic states in processes including nutrient uptake and persistence in bacteria, fate selection in viral infection, cell-cycle control and d

  17. Model predictive control of an air suspension system with damping multi-mode switching damper based on hybrid model

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sun, Xiaoqiang; Yuan, Chaochun; Cai, Yingfeng; Wang, Shaohua; Chen, Long

    2017-09-01

    This paper presents the hybrid modeling and the model predictive control of an air suspension system with damping multi-mode switching damper. Unlike traditional damper with continuously adjustable damping, in this study, a new damper with four discrete damping modes is applied to vehicle semi-active air suspension. The new damper can achieve different damping modes by just controlling the on-off statuses of two solenoid valves, which makes its damping adjustment more efficient and more reliable. However, since the damping mode switching induces different modes of operation, the air suspension system with the new damper poses challenging hybrid control problem. To model both the continuous/discrete dynamics and the switching between different damping modes, the framework of mixed logical dynamical (MLD) systems is used to establish the system hybrid model. Based on the resulting hybrid dynamical model, the system control problem is recast as a model predictive control (MPC) problem, which allows us to optimize the switching sequences of the damping modes by taking into account the suspension performance requirements. Numerical simulations results demonstrate the efficacy of the proposed control method finally.

  18. Calculation of Minimum-Detectable-Concentration Levels of Radioxenon Isotopes Using the PNNL ARSA System

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    McIntyre, Justin I.; Bowyer, Ted W.; Reeder, Paul L.

    2006-03-11

    Measurement of xenon fission product isotopes is a key element in the global network being established to monitor the Comprehensive Nuclear-Test-Ban Treaty. The automated Radio-xenon Analyzer/Sampler (ARSA), built by Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, can detect 131mXe, 133mXe, 133Xe, and 135Xe via a beta-gamma counting system. Due to the variable background and sources of these four radio-xenon isotopes, it is important to have as sensitive a detection system as possible and to quantify the Minimum-Detectable-Concentrations (MDC) that such a system will be able to detect to preclude false negative and false positive results. From data obtained from IAR in Germany MDC values for 133Xe were well below the 1 mBq/SCMA as required by the PTS for the Comprehensive Test BAn Treaty [WGB TL-11,1999].

  19. Non-Intrusive Magneto-Optic Detecting System for Investigations of Air Switching Arcs

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhang, Pengfei; Zhang, Guogang; Dong, Jinlong; Liu, Wanying; Geng, Yingsan

    2014-07-01

    In current investigations of electric arc plasmas, experiments based on modern testing technology play an important role. To enrich the testing methods and contribute to the understanding and grasping of the inherent mechanism of air switching arcs, in this paper, a non-intrusive detecting system is described that combines the magneto-optic imaging (MOI) technique with the solution to inverse electromagnetic problems. The detecting system works in a sequence of main steps as follows: MOI of the variation of the arc flux density over a plane, magnetic field information extracted from the magneto-optic (MO) images, arc current density distribution and spatial pattern reconstruction by inverting the resulting field data. Correspondingly, in the system, an MOI set-up is designed based on the Faraday effect and the polarization properties of light, and an intelligent inversion algorithm is proposed that involves simulated annealing (SA). Experiments were carried out for high current (2 kA RMS) discharge cases in a typical low-voltage switchgear. The results show that the MO detection system possesses the advantages of visualization, high resolution and response, and electrical insulation, which provides a novel diagnostics tool for further studies of the arc.

  20. Modeling, Simulation, and Experiment of Switched Reluctance Ocean Current Generator System

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Hao Chen

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents nonlinear simulation model of switched reluctance (SR ocean current generator system on MATLAB/SIMULINK with describing the structure of generator system. The developed model is made up of main model, rotor position calculation module, controller module, gate module, power converter module, phase windings module, flux-linkage module, torque module, and power calculation module. The magnetization curves obtained by two-dimensional finite-element electromagnetic field calculation and the conjugated magnetic energy graphics obtained from the three-dimensional graphics of flux linkage are stored in the “Lookup Table” modules on MATLAB/SIMULINK. The hardware of the developed three-phase 12/8 structure SR ocean current generator system prototype with the experimental platform is presented. The simulation of the prototype is performed by the developed models, and the experiments have been carried out under the same condition with different output power, turn-off angle, and rotor speed. The simulated phase current waveforms agree well with the tested phase current waveforms experimentally. The simulated output voltage curves agree well with the tested output voltage curves experimentally. It is shown that the developed nonlinear simulation model of the three-phase 12/8 structure SR ocean current generator system is valid.